Ericsson Annual Report 2014

← All annual reports

FY2014 Annual Report · Ericsson

Loading PDF…

welcome to
the networked
society

contents

The business
Ericsson in brief ................................................................................ 1

Results
Board of Directors’ report* ......................................................... 42

2014 in review .................................................................................. 2

Consolidated financial statements* ......................................... 55

Letter from the CEO ....................................................................... 4

Notes to the consolidated financial statements* ................ 63

This is Ericsson ................................................................................. 8

Parent Company financial statements* ............................... 102

The strategic direction .................................................................. 12

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements* ....... 108

Core business ................................................................................. 14

Risk factors* .................................................................................. 121

Targeted areas ................................................................................ 20

Auditors’ report ............................................................................ 129

Resource allocation ...................................................................... 26

Forward-looking statements ................................................... 130

The IPR portfolio ............................................................................. 27

Business structure ......................................................................... 28

The people ........................................................................................36

Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility ..........................38

Letter from the Chairman ............................................................ 41

Section “The business” aims to provide insight
into Ericsson’s transformation journey and its
strategic direction (p.1–13), building on the core
business (p. 14–19) and aiming to transform
targeted areas into core business (p.20–26).
IPR portfolio and business structure (p.27–29)
lead over to the current offering and the
regional perspective (p.30–35). People and
Sustainability & CR (p.36–39) end the section.

MORE INFORMATION

Corporate Governance
Corporate Governance report 2014 ..................................... 132

Remuneration report .................................................................. 160

Shareholders
Ericsson and the capital market ............................................. 164

Share information ........................................................................ 168

Other information
Ten-year summary ...................................................................... 172

Glossary ......................................................................................... 174

Financial terminology and Exchange rates ......................... 175

Shareholder information ........................................................... 176

* Chapters covered by the Auditors’ report.

The Annual Report describes Ericsson’s financial and
operational per formance during 2014. A Corporate
Governance Report is attached to the Annual Report.

Ericsson issues a separate Sustainability and Corporate
Responsibility Report. www.ericsson.com/thecompany/
sustainability _corporateresponsibility

Find this Annual Report online:
www.ericsson.com/annualreport2014

There is further information on sustainability and
corporate respon sibility on pages 38–39 and pages 50–51.

ericsson in brief

Ericsson is a driving force behind the Networked Society – a world leader in communications technology and
services. The Company’s long-term relationships with every major telecom operator in the world allow people,
businesses and societies to fulfill their potential and create a more sustainable future. Ericsson’s services, soft-
ware and infrastructure – especially in mobility, broadband and the cloud – are enabling the telecom industry
and other sectors to do better business, increase efficiency, improve the user experience and capture new
opportunities. With more than 115,000 professionals and customers in more than 180 countries, Ericsson
combines global scale with tech nology and services leadership. Investments in research and development
ensure that Ericsson’s solutions – and its customers – stay in the forefront. The Company provides support
for networks with more than 2.5 billion subscribers. Approx imately 40% of the world’s mobile traffic is carried
through networks delivered by Ericsson.

Founded in 1876, Ericsson has its headquarters in Stockholm, Sweden. The Ericsson share is listed on Nasdaq
Stockholm and NASDAQ New York.

Net sales

SEK billion

228.0

(2013: 227.4)

Operating income

SEK billion

16.8(2013: 17.8)

Operating margin

Percent

7.4(2013: 7.8)

Cash flow from operating activities

SEK billion

18.7

(2013: 17.4)

Net sales per segment

51%

43%

Networks
SEK 117.5 (117.7) billion

Global Services
SEK 97.7 (97.4) billion

Support Solutions
SEK 12.7 (12.2) billion

Modems – no material revenues

Global presence

Ericsson is a global company supporting more than
500 operator customers and an increasing number of
non-operator customers. The Company has been present
in many countries, such as China, Brazil and India, for more
than 100 years. The ten largest customers, half of which
are multinational, account for 47% of Ericsson’s net sales.

THE BUSINESS – Ericsson in brief

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
THE BUSINESS – 2014 in review

2014 in review

Examples of what Ericsson has achieved, and of business highlights
from around the world during 2014.

JANUARY – MARCH

APRIL – JUNE

Ericsson and Samsung reached cross-
license agreement. The agreement includes
global cross licensing of patents relating to GSM,
UMTS and LTE standards for networks and hand-
sets. (Jan. 27)

Ericsson announced the acquisition of Azuki
Systems. The acquisition helps Ericsson to deliver
on the Networked Society’s demand for TV Any-
where services – on any screen, any time, across
any network. (Feb. 6)

Ericsson announced the industry’s first
coordinated network-wide software launch.
A software-driven network evolution enables
operators to respond to quickly changing network
requirements. (Feb.12)

Century Link, a large US operator, signed a
contract with Ericsson for operations and busi-
ness support systems (OSS & BSS) software
suite Service Agility. The solution enables quick
delivery of new applications to customers. (Feb. 24)

Ericsson and Royal Philips jointly launched

an innovative connected LED street lighting
solution which integrates telecom equipment
into light poles. The Zero Site provides energy-
efficient public lighting and improved network
performance in dense urban areas. (Feb. 24)

Ericsson announced several operator trials
of the Radio Dot System. Radio Dot System is a
small-cell architecture for enterprise buildings and
public venues. (Feb. 24)

At the Mobile World Congress in Barcelona,

Ericsson showed innovations and its technol-
ogy and service capabilities . Ericsson leads the
way with solutions that drive the development in
mobility, broadband and the cloud, creating the
foundation for eco-systems and transformation
across industries. (Feb. 24)

Ericsson was awarded a five-year network
transformation contract by Vodafone. The con-
tract includes products and services and is a part
of Vodafone’s growth plan, called Spring. (Feb. 26)

Ericsson completed the acquisition of Red
Bee Media, a media services company in the
UK. The acquisition, announced in 2013, strength-
ens Ericsson’s broadcast services business and
expands the customer list. (May 12)

New Ericsson Campus in Silicon Valley to

drive innovation. Ericsson will bring together
approximately 2,000 R&D staff to accelerate the
development of IP, TV and media innovation.
(May 28)

Ericsson announced OSS and BSS software

suite Cloud Manager 2.0. It supports operators
in the transformation to virtualized network infra-
structure. (June 2)

Ericsson won a long-term managed services
agreement with T-Mobile for Service Agility, the
pre-integrated OSS and BSS software suite.
The solution allows T-Mobile to create, launch,
deliver and manage services efficiently while at the
same time reduce overall operational costs. (June 2)

Taiwanese operator Far EasTone selected
Ericsson as the major supplier for its LTE radio
and core network. The contract also includes net-
work optimization and 4G Cell Broadcast System
for disaster warning services. (June 5)

The legend indicates which part
of the business strategy the
event is related to:

Core business
Targeted areas
Group

Read more on pages 33–35

THE BUSINESS – Business structure

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
S E G M E N T

networks

Within segment Networks, the strategy is to lead
the radio evolution, grow IP networking and
transform to cloud core.

Networks delivers products and solutions
needed for mobile and fixed communication,
including 2G, 3G and 4G radio networks, IP and
transmission networks, core networks and
cloud.

The main offerings include:
> The multi-standard RBS 6000 radio base
station supports all the major mobile tech-
nologies including GSM/EDGE, CDMA,
WCDMA/HSPA and LTE in a single cabinet.
> The IP and transmission solutions are based
on the SSR 8000 portfolio. The SSR 8000 is
a high-capacity platform that improves net-
work performance and supports service dif-
ferentiation in fixed and mobile networks. The
momentum for the multi-application router,
has continued with 146 contracts signed
since its launch in December 2011.

> The Ericsson Blade Server platform includes
functionality for handling network control in
fixed and mobile core networks. The IP Multi-
media Subsystem (IMS) solutions enable
operators to offer communication in new
ways, such as Voice over LTE (VoLTE),
high-definition video calling and conferenc-
ing, multi-party chat with presence informa-
tion, and screen sharing, while reducing
costs. IMS enables Voice over LTE (VoLTE),
High Definition Video and the Ericsson
Cloud System.

> The Ericsson Cloud System is a platform
for providing cloud services and to enable
virtualization of network functions according
to NFV, and where Service Provider SDN
enables the distribution of the virtualized
functionality.

> Optimized transmission/backhaul products

includes microwave and optical transmission
solutions for mobile and fixed networks. The
transmission network constitutes the links
between the core network and access
nodes.

Networks’ major business models have so far
been based on network coverage and network
capacity expansions and upgrades. The revenue
mix consists mainly of hardware and software.
Gross margins are affected by the business mix
between sales of upgrades and expansions and
coverage or new build-outs. Network coverage
build-out, which is mainly hardware related, is
to a large extent done on site, supported by
Ericsson’s network rollout services, while
upgrades and expansions usually involve soft-
ware and professional services, and are often
delivered remotely. The Company is transform-
ing its business model to be more software
based, with an increasing share of royalty and
license-based revenues.

GSM/EDGE technology has by far the widest

reach today, covering more than 85% of the
global population. The areas yet to be reached
by GSM/EDGE are in some countries that are
sparsely populated. Demand for WCDMA/HSPA
is driven by increased user demand for internet
access, the growing affordability of smartphones
and regulatory requirements to connect the
unconnected. In terms of capacity and demand
for superior network performance, mobile data
traffic continued to grow rapidly in 2014. The
rising number of smartphone subscriptions is a
key driver for mobile data traffic growth, together
with the fact that users are consuming more
data per subscription – mainly driven by video.
Total smartphone subscriptions reached 2.7
billion during 2014, and the number of subscrip-
tions for mobile PCs, tablets and mobile routers
reached 300 million. The majority of mobile
broadband subscribers are connected using
3G/WCDMA networks, but increasing numbers
are gaining 4G/LTE access. Ericsson expects
LTE to keep expanding from 400 million sub-
scriptions in 2014, reaching around 3.5 billion
in 2020.
2G/GSM/EDGE networks are still an important
part of the ecosystem and a com plement to
3G/WCDMA/HSPA and 4G/LTE coverage.

THE BUSINESS – Business structure

Ericsson provides the
network infrastructure
needed for mobile and
fixed communication,
including 2G, 3G and
4G radio networks, and
IP core and transport
networks.

Market position

in radio access

Market share estimate

23% in network equipment,

key segments*
* Key segments include Radio, IP and
Transmission as well as Core.

Sales

SEK 117.5 billion

(2013: 117.7 billion)

Operating margin

12%

(2013: 10%)

Sales and operating margin

SEK billion

150

120

12.0

117.5

2011

2012

2013

2014

Sales
Operating margin

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

Gör så här: Färglägg inte från
paletten. Markera staplar med vita
pilen. Välj Object–Graph–Column.
Där väljer man färg och ev tint.
Kolla särskilt att “Sliding” är valt på
“Column type”.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 S E G M E N T

Global Services

The business strategy within Global Services
is to extend and excel in the core business: net-
work roll-out, customer support and managed
services, while growing the business in consult-
ing and systems integration as well as in IT
managed services and broadcast services.
The Company’s global set of processes,
methods and tools are major competitive advan-
tages and support the strategy to benefit from
the global scale in targeted areas and especially
in broadcast services and media services and
in the selected industry verticals of transport,
public safety and utility industries. The telecom
services business, represented 43% of net sales
in 2014 (43% in 2013). Within Global Services,
Managed Services and Consulting & Systems
Integration continue to drive growth.

Through approximately 65,000 services pro-
fessionals and four global service centers, which
offer a universal approach to managed services
based on years of innovation and global best
practice, Ericsson deploys, operates and
evolves networks and related support systems.
The Company delivers managed services, prod-
uct-related services, consulting and systems
integration services and broadcast services.
The ambition is to support operators to
improve their revenues, increase their opera-
tional efficiency and to transform their networks.
Ericsson strives to create value by combining
technical, services and customer experience
expertise.

The offerings include:
> Network managed services for designing,

building, operating and managing the day-to-
day operations of the customer’s network or
solution; maintenance; network sharing solu-
tions; plus shared solutions such as hosting
of platforms and applications. Complex
issues are handled, such as convergence,
quality and capacity management, so that
operator resources can focus on strategy,
marketing and customer care.

> IT managed services, whereby Ericsson

assumes responsibility for aspects such as
application life-cycle management, applica-
tion development, quality assurance and
day-to-day operations and maintenance for
both applications and infrastructure.

Obs! Gjord med column design.
Prata med Eva/Catta/Sanna om
ev frågor.

Gör så här: Markera skiktade delar med
vita pilen. Välj Object–Graph–Column.
Där väljer man färg som ska vara på den
översta rundade delen. Kolla särskilt att
“Sliding” är valt på “Column type”. Då blir
alla delar med rundad topp – inte bra ;).
De nedre markeras då med vita pilen och i
Column väljer man “none” och färglägger
som vanligt från paletten swatches.

> Broadcast services for TV and media com-
panies. Services include responsibility for
technical platforms and operational services
related to TV content management, play out
and service provisioning of a TV broadcast-
er’s business. Ericsson has the capability to
consult, integrate and manage business
operations for TV and media, reusing skills,
methods and tools from network managed

services. Broadcast services help to enhance
the efficiency of the business operations of
content owners and broadcasters, providing
significant operational and capital savings
through assuming responsibility for technical
platforms, enabling speeding time to market
and minimizing business continuity risks. The
investment in Red Bee Media in 2014 further
enhanced the broadcast services capabilities.
> Product-related services: Services to expand,
upgrade, restructure, or migrate networks;
network-rollout services; customer support;
and network optimization services. Network
design and optimization services ensure that
networks can handle high levels of data traffic
while maintaining service quality and user
experience.

> Consulting and systems integration (CSI):

technology and operational consulting; inte-
gration of multi-vendor equipment; design
and integration of new solutions and transfor-
mation projects. CSI services assist opera-
tors in driving business transformation and
ensuring competitiveness while facing the
challenges of this new environment. Ericsson
is expanding the established model for net-
work and IT managed services to adjacent
areas such as cloud services, TV and media,
and selected industry verticals. The Company
also offers services related to the planning,
building and optimizing of OSS including ser-
vice fulfillment and service assurance.
> Services for Industry and Society; reusing

existing portfolio for non-telecom customers
in the areas of utilities, transport and public
safety.

The product mix is divided between network
rollout services and professional services of
which managed services is a significant part.
The proportion of network build outs as well as
managed services deals in the transition phase
affects the gross margin of Global Services. As
sales are based on various services offerings the
challenge is to manage and optimize cost of sales.
R&D investments are limited. Unlike the profes-
sional services business, rollout services of
extensive networks are working-capital intensive.
Each year, Ericsson manages more than
1,400 major projects for network build, expan-
sion or migration for all major standards of
mobile and fixed networks worldwide. On aver-
age, 100 of these are large, complex turnkey
projects. The Company provides managed
services to networks that serve more than 1 bil-
lion subscribers in approximately 100 countries.
These networks are typically multi-vendor,
multi-technology environments, with more than
half the equipment from non-Ericsson sources.

Ericsson’s approximately
65,000 services profes-
sionals around the world
deploy, operate and
evolve networks and
related support systems.
Global Services includes
professional services
and network rollout.

Market position

in telecom services

Market share estimate

13%

in telecom services

Sales

SEK 97.7 billion

(2013: 97.4 billion)

Operating margin

(2013: 6%)

Sales and operating margin

SEK billion

100

97.7

6.0

2011

2012

2013

2014

Sales
Operating margin

THE BUSINESS – Business structure

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014THE BUSINESS – Business structure

The Support Solutions
segment focuses on
software for operations
and business support
systems (OSS and BSS),
as well as TV and media
management, and
m-commerce.

S E G M E N T

support solutions

The portfolio is designed around measurable
performance improvement in an operator’s
business processes, with software that is scal-
able, configurable and provides end-to-end
capabilities.

The offerings includes:
> Operations support systems (OSS) and

business support systems (BSS) solutions
for telecom operators. The growth of mobile
broadband is leading operators to develop
their OSS and BSS solutions in order to mon-
etize the increasing amount of data traffic that
flows in the networks, while at the same time
managing the increasing complexity of net-
works and services. OSS software solutions;
support operators’ management of existing
networks and the introduction of new tech-
nologies and services, through software
products for service enablement, fulfillment
and assurance as well as telco analytics,
orchestration and cloud management. Busi-
ness Support Systems (BSS) handle revenue
management (prepaid, post-paid, convergent
charging and billing), mediation and customer
care solutions. BSS manages how services
are delivered and paid for. Products for reve-
nue assurance and billing and revenue man-
agement help maintain customer relationship
and keep track of revenues

> TV & Media solutions: a suite of standards-
based products for the creation, manage-
ment and delivery of evolved TV experiences
on any device over any network. Ericsson’s

TV platforms – enabling TV service providers
to deliver on the TV Anywhere future – are
powering more than 110 TV services for over
18 million subscribers. Through the acquisi-
tion of Tandberg Television in 2007 and Mic-
rosoft’s Mediaroom in 2013, Ericsson is now
the leader in the video compression IPTV and
business, with multi-screen solutions for TV

> M-Commerce; solutions to enable mobile
financial services for domestic and interna-
tional money transfer, payment transactions
and services between mobile subscribers
and operators and other service providers.
> Industry and Society; solutions for the indus-
try and society market, Ericsson adapts
existing solutions for new applications. The
service enablement platform has been used
to create the Connected Vehicle Cloud and
billing-as-a-service products are reused for
connected devices applications.

Sales are dominated by software and the busi-
ness is R&D-intensive, with limited working capi-
tal. In order to be profitable, continuous central-
ization and harmonization of R&D is important
in order to keep the product portfolio together.
Ericsson is executing on recent acquisitions,
while transforming the business model from
one that is based on a revenue intake from tradi-
tional telecom software licenses to one that puts
emphasis on recurring software sales based on
subscription-base software as a service (SaaS)
offerings.

Market position

in OSS and BSS

Market share estimate

>20%

in IPTV

Sales

SEK 12.7 billion

(2013: 12.2 billion)

Operating margin

(2013: 12%)

Sales and operating margin

SEK billion

–5

12.7

2011

2012

2013

2014

Sales
Operating margin

–5

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

-5
9
12
01)

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT

Ericsson is a global company, with customers
in more than 180 countries. The Company has
been present in many countries, such as China,
Brazil and India, for more than 100 years.

The expertise and local knowledge gained
through working closely with customers create
global scale, which is an important pillar of the
business success.

It is important to find a beneficial mix between

different businesses and regions in order to
secure a good balance between growth and
profitability. The differing nature of the busi-
nesses as well as regions reflects Ericsson’s
global position and the ambition to be regionally
diversified is part of the overall strategy to miti-
gate the impact from imbalances and depen-
dencies.

Ericsson has ten geographical regions which
vary in size and where the maturity of the opera-
tors and the markets differ. The solutions-based
go-to-market approach is built on close cooper-
ation between business units and regions. Each
region is organized the same way. The relation-
ship between the regions and the business units
is such that the business units develop the prod-
ucts and the regions cultivate relationship with
its customers and address customers’ needs.
This also spurs innovation, as it allows the
regions to identify local needs and when these
are translated into solutions, the innovations can
be spread globally.

To manage the extensive managed services

business in an efficient way, services are deliv-
ered locally from the ten regions and globally
from four Global Service Centers where large-
scale activities are concentrated. The Global
Service Centers are located in India, China,
Mexico and Romania.

Over the past five years, the North American

region has increased the share of total Group
sales, driven by intense operator activity.

Ericsson is a market leader both in telecom
services and mobile broadband infrastructure In

the North American market. After a couple of
years with major LTE network buildouts, the
business in North America was driven by net-
work quality and capacity expansion business in
2014. This was a consequence of the increase in
user demand for mobile data. Business slowed
down during the latter part of 2014 as operators
focused on cash flow optimization. The overall
market fundamentals are strong with continued
need for capacity investments and densification,
driven by video and the introduction of new ser-
vices such as VoLTE. This market is in the fore-
front when it comes to network development
and LTE usage, and several of the targeted
areas, such as OSS and BSS, IP, Cloud as well
as TV and Media, have a strong potential.

Ericsson has established a position in 4G in

China, as mainland China has started a large
scale roll out of LTE and over 1.2 billion LTE-
subscriptions are expected by the end of 2020.
Sales in 2014 were driven by delivery of 4G/LTE
coverage type of contracts, primarily to one
Chinese customer. Future capacity sales will
be dependent on subscriber uptake in the
LTE networks.

Ericsson has a strong installed base in
Europe, partly as a result of the modernization
projects of European networks in 2011–2013,
which was a prerequisite for the transformation.
In 2014, business in Europe was driven by
investments in network quality and capacity
combined with managed services. Vodafone
started to invest in a multi-year “project Spring”
to increase coverage and capacity in several
European countries. Operator consolidations
continued to be on the agenda partly driven by
an increasing need for network investments.
Business in Russia developed favorably during
the year driven by mobile broadband infrastruc-
ture investments.

THE BUSINESS – Business structure

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014THE BUSINESS – Business structure

ericsson 24/7 – global presence

Ericsson is a global player, with customers in more than 180 countries. The Company has
been present in many countries, such as China, Brazil and India, for more than 100 years.
The go-to-market organization is based in 10 geographical regions.

KEY

NORTH AMERICA

MEDITERRANEAN

Ericsson Global Service Center

±XX% The figure indicates percentage

revenue increase or decrease

Sales declined, driven by lower network sales as
a result of large mobile network coverage pro-
jects coming to an end, and increased operator
focus on cash flow in the second half of the year.
Sales in Support Solutions and Professional
Services continued to grow, driven by OSS
and BSS modernization.

–8%

Sales decreased as the European moderniza-
tion projects came to an end while managed
services contributed positively to sales.

–5%

OTHER

Includes revenues generated across all regions through licensing, broadcast
services, power modules, Ericsson-LG Enterprise and other businesses.
Sales declined somewhat due to exit of the telecom and power cable busines-
ses in 2013 as well as lower IPR revenues. Broadcast services grew, driven by
the acquired Red Bee Media business that was fully consolidated in 2014.

–2%

LATIN AMERICA

Sales increased, driven by mobile broadband
coverage projects and network quality invest-
ments, partly offset by currency restrictions.

+3%

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
WESTERN AND
CENTRAL EUROPE

NORTHERN EUROPE
AND CENTRAL ASIA

The European modernization projects came
to an end in 2014. Sales growth was increa-
singly driven by investments in network
quality and capacity during the year.

Sales increased, driven primarily by mobile bro-
adband deployments in Russia with sales of
SEK 6.7 (5.6) billion. Professional Services sales
grew, driven by network design and optimization
services. TV & Media business showed positive
development.

NORTH EAST ASIA

Sales increased in mainland China and Taiwan
as a result of delivering on previously awarded
4G/LTE contracts. The increase was partly
offset by reduced network investment levels
in Korea and Japan.

+7% +6% +1%

MIDDLE EAST

Sales growth was driven by mobile broad-
band investments related to new licenses
and growth in data traffic in both advanced
and developing markets.

+22%

SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA

INDIA

Sales declined but recovered in the second
half of the year, mainly driven by operator
focus on network traffic and quality mana-
gement. This resulted in a continued
demand for managed services.

–13%

Sales growth was driven by mobile broadband
infrastructure investments. Increased smart-
phone penetration drove growth in mobile data
usage.

SOUTH EAST ASIA
AND OCEANIA

Sales remained flat. Growth in major rollout
projects in Australia compensated for a decline
in Indonesia where major 3G projects peaked
in 2013.

+25% ±0%

THE BUSINESS – Business structure

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014THE BUSINESS – The people

the PEOPLE

Ericsson’s People Strategy is clear – to attract the best,
to develop the best, and to establish a high performing
organization of engaged employees.

Right from the start, the ingenuity and profes-
sionalism of the people have taken Ericsson
forward in a world of continuous technical and
societal developments. The Company and the
employees share the vision of a sustainable
Networked Society, and the continuous trans-
formation of the business builds a culture of
creativity and innovation.

Ericsson’s future success largely depends on
the ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain
the talent needed to uphold and develop the
business. Competition for skilled professionals
in the ICT industry remains intense. To help
Ericsson reach its full potential and maintain its
leading position, the People Strategy has three
objectives: attract the best talent, develop the
best talent, and to establish a high performing
organization of engaged employees.

Attracting the best talent
The Ericsson brand is well known in the ICT
space. To attract the talent and skills needed
to transform the business, strong efforts are
being made to reach out even further. Ericsson
is active in the global social media with the

“You + Ericsson” concept, telling powerful peo-
ple stories and presenting global opportunities.
Through the employee referral program, the
Company engages its top talent to attract other
top talent from the marketplace. Ericsson is con-
tinuously working with universities all over the
world to increase the exposure to new talent in
the different markets in which the Company
operates. To attract exceptional talent, Ericsson
takes a holistic approach to becoming an
employer of choice across the world, with the
consistent Ericsson values, but the Company
also brings local nuances to meet local needs.
Ericsson wants to be recognized as the Com-
pany that fulfills both the personal and career
ambitions of a potential employee.

Continuous focus on competence
In order to stay relevant and remain a pioneer
and a thought leader in the Networked Society,
Ericsson needs to keep continuous focus on
competence. The Company has a strategic
approach to learning, using a two-tier frame-
work. Top-down, the process identifies gaps for
strategic competences in relation to a specific

Ericsson’s strategic foundation

VISION

A Networked Society where every person and every
industry is empowered to reach their full potential

We lead transformation through mobility

MISSION

Professionalism, Respect & Perseverance (culture)

VALUES

ASSETS

Technology & Services leadership
Global scale & skills

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014companies included in this benchmark. One of
the contributing factors to the high score was
leadership. Strong leaders are essential for
Ericsson to keep the technology and services
leadership amid evolving business conditions.
Therefore, the Company applies a rigorous
talent planning process and run structured lead-
ership programs at all levels. The leadership
pipeline is under continual review to ensure that
the right leadership capabilities are developed
to take the business forward.

Diversity of thought
With customers in more than 180 countries
around the world, Ericsson strives for the leader-
ship teams and employee base to be as diverse
as the world around. The Company’s definition of
diversity extends beyond gender, race, religion,
ethnicity, age and other established categories
to focus on diversity of thought, the prime driver
of the innovative culture.

In Ericsson’s experience, diverse teams are
the most productive and stable. The diversity is
supported by a truly inclusive workplace, in which
people are valued for the different perspectives,
ideas and experiences that they bring.

position or geography. These targeted gaps are
being closed through development and deploy-
ment of global learning programs. Ericsson has
structured formal and on the job training pro-
grams to build competences in emerging tech-
nology areas and in best practices with a special
focus on sales, services and product develop-
ment teams. Bottom-up, each employee
together with his or her manager identifies com-
petence gaps and develop an annual develop-
ment plan so that they continue to grow and
advance.

Ericsson invests in impactful and innovative
ways of learning that can be accessed by every-
one at all times, such as collaborative learning
through a new virtual campus with live experts
sharing knowledge or through Ericsson Play, a
new mobile video sharing and learning platform.
Certifications and assessments support the
learning program to ensure that competence is
obtained. The comprehensive career and com-
petence model, supported by online and class-
room training from Ericsson Academy and
on-the-job development, helps employees to
build their careers and develop capabilities that
contribute to the Company’s continued success.

Engagement and leadership
The level of engagement from the people
remains very high. The last employee survey had
a 93% response rate. The Employee Engage-
ment Index measures employees’ overall moti-
vation and commitment to the Company’s suc-
cess. Ericsson’s score for 2014 is 78% which
puts the Company amongst the top-scoring ICT

A learning organization – 2014 facts and numbers

Share of employees
that took formal
training

Average learning
hours per active
employee

78%
26.7

HOURS

Total

learning hours: 2.7 million
different courses:13,000

No. of

THE BUSINESS – The people

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014THE BUSINESS – Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility

sustainability and
corporate responsibility

By advocating Technology for Good, Ericsson aims to lead the industry in pro viding
significant and measurable contributions to a sustainable Networked Society.

In the Networked Society, Ericsson is the leading
advocate of Technology for Good, the transfor-
mative power of mobility, broadband and cloud
solutions to help tackle global sustainable devel-
opment challenges. In the Company’s sustain-
ability and corporate responsibility work,
Ericsson has two main focus areas: to reduce
risks, and to create positive impacts for people,
business and society. The below areas are
integrated in the Ericsson business:
> Conducting business responsibly
> Environment, energy and climate change
> Creating positive socio-economic impacts

Conducting business responsibly
Embedding responsible business practices into
the Ericsson operations ensures that the Com-
pany is running the business responsibly and
capable of managing risks on a global scale.
No matter what country or environment Ericsson
operates in, global policies apply in terms of
sound business practices, social responsibility
and environmental protection.

Ericsson is committed to upholding the ten
UN Global Compact Principles in the areas of
human rights, labor standards, the environment
and anti-corruption as well as to the UN Guiding
Principles on Business and Human Rights
(UNGP).

Ericsson’s key areas of commitment and
actions are the respect for human rights in the
ICT field, fostering anti-corruption, applying
responsible sourcing practices, improving
environmental performance and upholding
high standards for labor rights as well as occu-
pational health and safety.

The Company has a strong global gover-
nance process through the Ericsson Group
Management System (EGMS) that supports
efforts to create business value and minimize
negative impacts. The robustness of the
processes have systematically been improved
over time.

In 2014, Ericsson updated its Code of Busi-
ness Ethics to align it with the UNGP, with par-
ticular focus on human rights. Ericsson’s most
salient human rights issues are the right to pri-
vacy and freedom of expression. Human rights

focus is growing in many of the Company opera-
tions. One example is through Ericsson’s Sales
Compliance Board, which provides a cross-
functional forum for handling, for example,
human rights risks as part of the sales process.
In 2014, more than 300 cases were reviewed
and 6% of the cases reviewed by the Sales
Compliance Board were rejected.

In 2014, at the request of the Sales Compli-

ance Board, Human Rights Impact Assess-
ments of Iran and Myanmar were conducted
and still ongoing in Iran, in accordance with
the UNGP.

In the area of Occupational Health and Safety,

22 workplace fatalities were reported. Of these
1 was an Ericsson employee while suppliers
reported 21, including 1 public fatality.

Environment, energy and climate change
Substantial greenhouse gas reductions can
be achieved in a wide variety of ways by using
ICT in different sectors. During 2014, Ericsson
reduced societal carbon emission by imple-
menting ICT-enabled solutions such as smart
meters and smart transport solutions.

Erics son’s second Energy and Carbon report,
published in 2014, analyzes the ICT sector’s own
environmental impact in terms of energy use and
greenhouse gas emissions. The report shows
that, while the expansion of ICT is stimulating
economic growth and development, the result-
ing increase in carbon emissions is expected to
be marginal, compared to the substantial reduc-
tion of greenhouse gases that can be achieved.
Ericsson and UN-Habitat produced a report

in 2014,“The Role of ICT in the New Urban
Agenda,” describing how ICT supports the sus-
tainable cities of the future and offered recom-
mendations to policymakers on the creation of
an ICT-enabling environment to bridge digital
divides.

The Company’s latest generation of network

infrastructure equipment provides better per-
formance than previous generations, while
consuming less energy. The work on improving
energy efficiency continues across the entire
portfolio, to enable an increased connectivity
of cities, industries and societies. The carbon

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 refugee and Internally Displaced Persons (IDP)
camps; and in Iraq, by deploying volunteers to
facilitate communications for humanitarian
workers in IDP camps.

Ericsson and operators in the Middle East
launched the Refugees United service for the
nearly 1.4 million Syrian refugees residing in Iraq,
Jordan and Turkey at the launch of service.
Another key focus was Ebola infection-preven-
tion in Guinea, Liberia and Sierra Leone.
Ericsson worked with multiple partners to
support community health workers with about
1,400 mobile devices, with specific health apps,
and provided UN and humanitarian workers
with emergency telecoms support through
Ericsson Response.

The Company also seeks to scale its impact

in other key focus areas, including:
> Education – as lead technology partner in

Connect to Learn, a global education initiative
with the Earth Institute at Columbia University
and Millennium Promise. The program is now
in 16 countries, engaging 12 mobile opera-
tors, benefiting about 45,000 students. In
2014, the program was launched in Myanmar
in partnership with the UK Department for
International Development, through the Girls’
Education Challenge with the aim of reaching
14,000 marginalized girls over the next two
years.

> Financial inclusion – Ericsson’s m-commerce
solutions can enable many of the approxi-
mately 2.5 billion people who are unbanked
globally to access financial services. In 2014,
ASBANC, Peru’s National Bank Association,
recognized Ericsson’s global scale and inte-
grated solution as well as its commitment to
Technology for Good, and selected Ericsson
as a partner to design and implement its
Mobile Money project, the country’s largest
private initiative for financial inclusion.

footprint of Ericsson’s own activities has steadily
decreased. Progress is on track towards the
five-year target of reducing CO2 emissions per
employee by 30% and keeping absolute CO2
emissions at 2011 levels, despite forecast
growth in sales and number of employees.

Creating positive socio-economic impacts
Mobility, broadband and the cloud can greatly
enable socio-economic development. But for
people to benefit, affordability and accessibility
are key. Ericsson has been actively involved in
advocating the role of ICT in the Sustainable
Development Goals (SDGs) for the post-2015
agenda that seek to address such challenges.

In 2014, the Task Force on Sustainable Devel-
opment for the Broadband Commission on Digi-
tal Development, chaired by Ericsson President
and CEO Hans Vestberg, produced a report,
“Means of Transformation,” offering practical
guidance for governments on leveraging ICT in
support of the SDGs.

Ericsson’s objective to positively impact 2.5
million people directly through Technology for
Good initiatives by 2016 was achieved in 2014.
The bar has now been raised even higher,
aiming to positively impact 4.8 million by the
end of 2015.

In 2014, Ericsson focused on using ICT to
transform humanitarian response and scaling
solutions for greater impact. Ericsson and the
International Rescue Committee announced a
partnership using mobile technology to improve
the frontline response of humanitarian workers
in health, natural disasters and conflict-driven
humanitarian crisis.

Ericsson Response is the global Ericsson
employee volunteer initiative formed in the year
2000 to provide communications expertise,
equipment and resources to assist humanitarian
relief organizations.

In 2014, active missions assisting the Emer-
gency Telecommunications Cluster focused on:
continuing support to the Philippines in the after-
math of the 2013 typhoon; collaborating with the
World Food Programme in war-torn South Sudan
to provide communications and expertise to
support long-term humanitarian efforts in

Read more about
Ericsson’s approach and
initiatives in the Sustaina-
bility and Corporate Resp-
onsibility Report available
at: www.ericsson.com.

THE BUSINESS – Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Addressing connectivity
barriers with internet.org

There are still many regions where connectivity is
not taken for granted and where slow networks with
insufficient capacity are a common issue. Ericsson
is founding member of a Facebook initiative, internet.
org, and together we have launched an Innovation
Lab that enables developers to test their apps in a
real-world environment and under conditions which
are typical for growth markets. This enables the

developers to develop apps that are optimized for
customers who are commonly exposed to network
capacity and accessibility issues. The ambition of
the project is to make the internet more accessible,
affordable and less data-consuming and remove the
connectivity barriers, thereby enabling access to
the two-thirds of the world not yet connected.

LETTER FROM
THE Chairman

Dear shareholders

For the fourth time, it is my pleasure, as Chair-
man of the Board of Ericsson, to reflect on
another year of performance and progress. As
a Board, we are deeply involved both in helping
develop a long-term strategic vision and
responding to more immediate opportunities
and challenges.

The ability to balance today’s reality with a
rapidly evolving future has always been part of
Ericsson’s culture, and has sustained its suc-
cess for more than a century. Never before has
this culture been more important. Customers
face numerous challenges, and by adapting
the product and services portfolio to meet their
needs, Ericsson can take advantage of the many
business opportunities that are emerging. In a
sense, business has always been this way, but
the rate and scale of change in today’s macro
environment are exceptional.

The task of ensuring long-term development
in this environment is both exciting and challeng-
ing. As a Board, we must consider what this
industry will look like 10 or perhaps 20 years from
now, so that investments and resources can be
allocated responsibly. Ericsson’s ambition is to
lead future developments and it is satisfying to
see Ericsson positioning itself effectively as a
leader in the transformative Networked Society.
In 2014, Ericsson and the Board concentra-
ted on three major areas: strategy, governance
and talent management.

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

In its strategic work, the Board always invests

considerable time evaluating several strategic
alternatives. In 2014, this led to an important
decision: that Ericsson should exit the modem

Dividend per share

SEK

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00

3.40

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

1) For 2014 as proposed by
the Board of Directors.

business – a long journey is now completed.
To strengthen Ericsson’s position in its targeted
areas, the Board decided on several strategic
acquisitions.

The Board is committed to maintaining
Ericsson’s high standards of corporate gover-
nance, sustainability and responsible business
practice. Ericsson is a large global company and
it is essential that high standards are met across
markets. Ericsson aims high: every part of the
company is required to meet demanding finan-
cial, social and environmental standards.
Ericsson works constantly to uphold these
standards, and as a result has won and retains
the trust of its stakeholders.

Companies are only as good as the people
they hire. The Board is appreciative of CEO and
President Hans Vestberg and his leadership team
for their dedication in attracting and developing
some of the best talent in our industry, a vital
component in securing Ericsson’s leading
position. The Company is naturally interested in
succession planning, particularly at executive
levels but also in technology and commercial
management. Ericsson’s values of respect,
professionalism and perseverance require good
talent management.

Ericsson’s capital structure is another of the

Board’s major responsibilities and an area of
great interest to shareholders and the capital
market. In approaching this responsibility, the
Board carefully considers the previous year’s
earnings and balance sheet, coming years’
business plans, and projections of economic
development. Maintaining industry leadership
requires significant R&D investment as well as
continued focus on developing our core busi-
ness, and expanding into new and targeted
areas. With all this taken into account, the
Board’s proposal is to increase the dividend
from SEK 3.00 in 2013 to SEK 3.40 per share
for 2014.

As a leader in an industry that is leading
change across all industries, Ericsson is an
extraordinary company. It is a privilege to be
part of Ericsson’s journey and a pleasure to
serve as the Chairman.

Leif Johansson
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS

Board of
Directors’ report

Contents

Business in 2014

Financial highlights

Business results-Segments

Business results-Regions

Corporate Governance

Material contracts

Risk management

Sourcing and supply

Sustainability and Corporate Responsibility

Legal proceedings

Parent Company

Post-closing events

Board assurance

Full-year highlights 1)

> Sales were SEK 228.0 (227.4) billion, flat compared with 2013.
Sales, adjusted for com parable units and currency, decreased
by –2%.

> Operating income was SEK 16.8 (17.8) billion. with an operating
margin of 7.4% (7.8%). Gross margin improved due to a higher
share of capacity business, offset by increased operating
expenses and currency hedge losses.

> Segment Networks showed an operating margin of 12% (10%)
driven by improved business mix and earlier actions to improve
commercial and operational efficiency.

> Cash flow from operating activities was SEK 18.7 (17.4) billion.

Cash conversion was 84%, above the target of 70%.

> The Board of Directors proposes a dividend for 2014 of

SEK 3.40 (3.00) per share.

Business in 2014 1)

Obs! Stapel gjord med
column design. Prata
med Eva/Catta/Sanna om
ev frågor.

In 2014, Ericsson showed stable sales develop-
ment with a solid operating margin. A sales
decline in North America of –8% was compen-
sated by growth in the Middle East, Europe and
Asia. Operating margin improved in the core
business, driven by a higher share of capacity
sales and efficiency enhancements. This was
partly offset by currency hedge losses, invest-
ments in targeted areas as well as losses related
to the modems operations.

The more than 100 IPR licensing agreements
signed to date show the value of Ericsson’s R&D
investments and enable industry players to con-
tinue to innovate and bring exciting products to
the market. In 2014, IPR revenues showed a
steady positive development. Ericsson remains
committed to licensing its standard-essential
patents on fair, reasonable and non-discrimina-
tory (FRAND) terms.

At the Capital Markets Day (CMD) in Novem-

Obs! Stapel gjord med
column design. Prata
med Eva/Catta/Sanna om
ev frågor.

ber, Ericsson outlined the progress on its Net-
worked Society strategy, with focus on market
development, growth agenda, transformation
and profitability. In line with the strategy, the
Company has invested into the targeted areas:
IP networks, Cloud, TV & Media, Industry &
Society and OSS & BSS. Sales in targeted areas
showed a growth of more than 10% in 2014.

Net sales

SEK billion

250

200

150

100

228.0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Operating income and
operating margin

SEK billion

Percent

16.8

7.4

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Operating income
Operating margin

Ericsson continues to proactively identify effi-
ciency opportunities in the Company. The cost
and efficiency program presented at the CMD,
with the ambition to achieve savings of approxi-
mately SEK 9 billion, with full effect during 2017,
is progressing. Activities for the discontinuation
of the modems business are included in the
program and are ahead of plan.

Ericsson improved the cash flow from operat-
ing activities, and generated a cash flow of SEK
18.7 (17.4) billion. For the third consecutive year,
the Company exceeded its cash conversion
target of more than 70%. This resulted in a solid
balance sheet, enabling Ericsson to continue to
implement its strategy and to deliver consistent
returns to its shareholders.

The Board of Directors proposes a dividend

for 2014 of SEK 3.40 (3.00) per share, an
increase of 13%.

1) Comments based on non-IFRS figures.

See Financial results of operations on page 43.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014IPR revenues (net)

SEK billion

Financial highlights

9.9

Financial results of operations
In this report, unless otherwise indicated, com-
mentry on sales, gross margin, operating income
and net income reflects adjustments made on full
year 2013 for the initial payment from Samsung

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

following the January 2014 licensing agreement
with Samsung. The table below presents the rec-
onciliation between reported IFRS figures and the
non-IFRS figures upon which the comments are
based.

Percent

100

Software
Hardware
Services

2010

1)
2011

2012

2013

2014

1) One-off patent sales included

Software, hardware and
services: share of total sales

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Reconciliation IFRS – Non-IFRS measures

Net sales
Cost of sales

Type–Options:
1 stapel: 76% 70%
2 staplar: 80% 80%

Gross income
Operating expenses
Other operating income and expenses
Share in earnings of associated companies

Operating income
Financial items
Taxes

IFRS

2014

228.0
–145.6

82.4
–63.4
–2.2
–0.1

16.8
–1.0
–4.7

11.1

2013

227.4
–151.0

76.4
–58.5
0.1
–0.1

17.8
–0.7
–4.9

12.2

Adjustment initial
Samsung IPR payment 1)

2014

2013

–2.1

0.0

–2.1

0.0

–2.1

0.5

–1.6

Non-IFRS

2014

228.0
–145.6

82.4
–63.4
–2.2
–0.1

16.8
–1.0
–4.7

11.1

2013

225.3
–151.0

74.3
–58.5
0.1
–0.1

15.7
–0.7
–4.4

10.6

Net income

Obs! Gjord med column design.
Prata med Eva/Catta/Sanna om
ev frågor.

1) The initial payment from Samsung in Q4 2013 was SEK 4.2 billion of which SEK 2.1 billion relates to 2013.

The adjustment impacts segments Networks and Support Solutions.

Sales, adjusted for comparable units and
currency, decreased by –2%.

Reported sales were flat and amounted to
SEK 228.0 (227.4) billion. Strong sales growth
in China, the Middle East and India was offset
by lower sales in North America and Japan,
where several larger mobile broadband cover-
age projects were completed.

During the year, the SEK has weakened
towards a number of currencies, including the
USD, which has had a gradual positive impact
on sales.

Segments Networks and Global Services

sales were flat compared with 2013, while
Support Solutions sales grew by 3%.

IPR and licensing revenues amounted to
SEK 9.9 (10.6) billion. For 2013, IPR revenues
included an initial payment of SEK 4.2 billion
from Samsung for patent licensing.

The mix of sales by commodity was: Soft-

ware 24% (24%), hardware 34% (34%) and
services 42% (42%).

Restructuring charges amounted to

SEK 1.5 (4.5) billion and were mainly related to
the continued implementation of the service
delivery strategy. Implementation started on
the cost and efficiency program announced in
November 2014. As part of the continuous busi-
ness transformation, annual restructuring

normally generates charges of approximately
SEK 2 billion. In addition, the cost and efficiency
program is expected to generate approximately
SEK 3–4 billion in restructuring charges in
2015–2017.

With current visibility, total restructuring

charges for 2015 are estimated at approximately
SEK 3–4 billion.

Gross margin increased to 36.2%, due to
a business mix with a higher share of capacity
sales, lower restructuring charges and efficiency
enhancements. The Global Services share of
Group sales was flat at 43%, where the share
of Network Rollout sales declined to 12% (14%)
as a result of fewer large coverage projects.

Total operating expenses increased to SEK

63.4 (58.5) billion due to increased organic
expenses in targeted areas and acquisitions
such as Microsoft Mediaroom as well as inclu-
sion of the modems operations.

In line with the strategy to establish leadership

in targeted areas, the Company has increased
its R&D activities, primarily in IP and Cloud. In
addition the modems operations were taken
over from the ST-Ericsson joint venture. This
resulted in total R&D expenses of SEK 36.3
(32.2) billion in 2014.

Other operating income and expenses
decreased to SEK –2.2 (0.1) billion of which

Financials – Board of Directors’ report

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Board of Directors’ report

SEK –2.8 (0.5) billion relates to negative currency
hedge effects. They derive from the hedge con-
tract balance in USD, which has further decreased
in value. The SEK has weakened towards the
USD between December 31, 2013 (SEK/USD
rate 6.46) and December 31, 2014 (7.79).

Operating income increased slightly to
SEK 16.8 billion, positively impacted by an
improved gross margin. Operating income was
negatively impacted by higher operating
expenses, and negative effects from hedge
contracts. Operating margin was 7.4%.

Financial net amounted to SEK –1.0 (–0.7)
billion. The difference is mainly attributable to
foreign currency revaluation effects.

The tax rate for 2014 was 30% compared

with 29% in 2013. Tax costs were SEK –4.7
(–4.9) billion.

Net income increased to SEK 11.1 billion,

for the same reasons as for the increase in
operating income.

EPS diluted was SEK 3.54. EPS, Non-IFRS,

was SEK 4.80.

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

Cash flow
Cash flow from operating activities was positive
at SEK 18.7 (17.4) billion.

Total investing activities amounted to
SEK 7.5 (11.1) billion. Investments in property,
plant and equipment were SEK 5.3 (4.5) billion,
representing 2% of sales. Acquisitions and
divestments, net, were SEK 4.4 (2.7) billion.
Th acquisitions are strategic investments made
to strengthen the position in targeted areas.

In 2014, approximately SEK 8 billion of debt
outstanding was repaid:
> A SEK 4 billion EIB loan, with original maturity

in 2015, was repaid.

> A USD 300 million bond, with original maturity

in 2016, was repaid.

> A EUR 219 million bond matured and was

repaid in full.

Working capital
Days sales outstanding (DSO) increased to
105 (97) days mainly due to geographical mix and
negative currency effects. Inventory turn over
days increased to 64 (62) days due to a larger
share of projects and negative currency effects.
Accounts payable days increased to 56 (53)

days.

Provisions amounted to SEK 4.4 (5.4) billion at

year end, reflecting implementation of previous
years’ efficiency programs and headcount
reductions.

Financial position
The average maturity of long-term borrowings as
of December 31, 2014, was 5.7 years, compared
with 5.1 years at the end of 2013.

The net cash decreased from SEK 37.8 billion

to SEK 27.6 billion as a result of increased
post-employment benefits of SEK 10.6 billion
due to lower discount rates.

Ericsson has an unutilized Revolving Credit

Facility of USD 2.0 billion.

Change in gross cash

SEK billion

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

22.3

100

77.1

Operating
cash flow 18.7

–2.4

Investing
activities* –11.3

Financing
activities –18.2

FX on
cash 5.9

–1.2

–5.3

–6.0

–8.4

–9.8

5.9

72.2

Change in gross cash –4.9

Gross cash
opening
balance

Net income
reconciled
to cash

Change net
operating
assets excl.
restructuring

Restruc-
t uring

CAPEX

Acquisitions,
divestments
and other

Other
financing
activities

Dividend

FX on
cash

Gross cash
closing
balance

* As disclosed under Financial Terminology, Gross Cash is defined as cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Cash as presented in the
balance sheet and related notes includes cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of a maturity less than three months. Due to different
treatment of cash in the above table and related foreign currency impact, the amounts differ from those in other presentations of cash flows.

Working capital

Days

120

100

105

9.0

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Days sales outstanding
(Target is less than 90 days)
Inventory days
(Target is less than 65 days)
Payable days
(Target is more than 60 days)

Net cash

SEK billion

27.6

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Debt maturity, Parent
Company

SEK billion

7.7

1.3

5.3

4.7

0.8

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Notes & bonds
Nordic Investment Bank
European Investment bank
Swedish Export Credit Corporation
MTN Bond

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Employees
In 2014, the net number of employees increased
by 3,715. At the end of 2014, the total number
of employees was 118,055 (114,340) of which
19,251 joined Ericsson during the year. 15,536
employees left Ericsson, reflecting the natural
attrition rate and ongoing Company transfor-
mation.

Research and development,
patents and licensing
In line with the strategy to establish leadership in
targeted areas, the Company has increased its
R&D activities, primarily in IP and Cloud. In addi-
tion, the modems operations were taken over
from the ST-Ericsson joint venture. This resulted
in total R&D expenses of SEK 36.3 (32.2) billion.

Research and development, patents and licensing

Expenses (SEK billion)
As percent of Net sales
Employees within R&D as
of December 31 1)
Patents 1)
IPR revenues, net (SEK
billion)

2014

36.3
15.9%

2013

32.2
14.2%

2012

32.8
14.4%

25,700
37,000

25,300
35,000

24,100
33,000

9.9

10.6

6.6

1) The number of employees and patents are approximate.

Seasonality
The Company’s sales, income and cash flow
from operations vary between quarters, and are
generally lowest in the first quarter of the year
and highest in the fourth quarter. This is mainly
a result of the seasonal purchase patterns of
network operators.

Most recent five-year average seasonality

Off-balance sheet arrangements
There are currently no material off-balance sheet
arrangements that have, or would be reasonably
likely to have, a current or anticipated material
effect on the Company’s financial condition, rev-
enues, expenses, result of operations, liquidity,
capital expenditures or capital resources.

Capital expenditures
For 2014, capital expenditures were SEK 5.3 (4.5)
billion, representing 2% of sales. Expenditures
are largely related to test sites and equipment for
R&D and network operation centers as well as
manufacturing and repair operations.

Investments are being made in three new
global ICT centers. The centers will support R&D
and services in developing and verifying solu-
tions more efficiently and bringing innovation
faster to the market. The first center, in
Linköping, Sweden, was opened in 2014.

Apart from these investments, Ericsson
believes that the Company’s property, plant
and equipment and the facilities the Company
occupies are suitable for its present needs in
most locations.

Annual capital expenditures are normally
around 2% of sales. This corresponds to the
needs for keeping and maintaining the current
capacity level. The Board of Directors reviews
the Company’s investment plans and proposals.
As of December 31, 2014, no material land,
buildings, machinery or equipment were pledged
as collateral for outstanding indebtedness.

The Company believes it has sufficient cash
and cash generation capacity to fund expected
capital expenditures without external borrow-
ings in 2015.

Sequential change
Share of annual
sales

First
quarter

Second
quarter

Third
quarter

Fourth
quarter

Capital expenditures 2010–2014

–22%

23%

SEK billion

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

22%

24%

30%

Capital
expenditures
Of which in
Sweden

Share of annual
sales

5.3

2.4

4.5

1.9

5.4

1.3

5.0

1.7

3.7

1.4

2.3% 2.0% 2.4% 2.2% 1.8%

Financials – Board of Directors’ report

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Board of Directors’ report

Business results – Segments

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

Networks 1)
Sales, adjusted for comparable units and cur-
rency, decreased by –3%, primarily due to lower
sales in North America, where two large LTE
coverage projects were completed. In addition,
operators in the US increased their focus on
cash flow optimization during the second half of
the year, with reduced network investments as a
consequence. The decline in the North American
business was partly offset by increased mobile
broadband sales in the Middle East. Large LTE
network deployments continued in mainland
China.

In 2014, operators increased their focus on
improving network performance as a key differ-
entiator. This, in combination with continued
data traffic increase, and introduction of new
services such as VoLTE, led to increased
cap acity business in Radio, IMS and IP.

Operating income improved significantly

Obs! Gjord med column design.
Prata med Eva/Catta/Sanna om
ev frågor.

compared with last year due to increased
capacity business, earlier actions to improve
commercial and operational efficiency and lower
restructuring charges. This was partly offset
by a negative effect from currency hedges of
SEK –2.1 (0.5) billion and higher operating
expenses, mainly in IP and Cloud. Restructuring
charges amounted to SEK –0.4 (–2.2) billion.

Global Services
Sales for Global Services were flat compared
with 2013. Sales, adjusted for comparable units
and currency, declined by –2% despite strong
development in Managed Services and in
Network Design and Optimization.

There was continued momentum for Profes-
sional Services with double-digit sales growth
during the second half of the year. Sales in tar-
geted areas developed positively and in line with
plan. Network Rollout sales declined, primarily
due to a lower share of coverage projects.

Professional Services operating margin declined
to 12% (14%), partly due to negative currency
hedge effects and partly due to the high share
of managed services contracts in the trans-
formation phase.

Restructuring charges declined to

SEK –0.8 (–2.0) billion. Implementation of the
service delivery strategy, to move local service
delivery resources to global centers continued,
but at a slower pace during the first half of
the year.

Support Solutions 1)
Sales adjusted for comparable units and cur-
rency declined by –2% due to lower sales for
legacy systems. Reported sales grew by 3%,
driven by growth in OSS and in TV & Media
through the Mediaroom acquisition. Regions
North America and North East Asia showed
strong growth while Latin America and Sub-
Saharan Africa declined, primarily due to lower
BSS sales.

Operating income declined slightly, partly
due to lower sales in legacy systems and partly
due to acquired operating expenses.

Modems
Ericsson took over the LTE thin-modem opera-
tions as part of the breakup of the joint venture
with STMicroelectronics in 2013. Since the
integration, the modems market developed in a
direction that reduced the addressable market
for thin modems. In addition, there is strong
competition, price erosion and an accelerating
pace of technology innovation. Success in this
evolved market requires significant R&D invest-
ments. In 2014, Ericsson announced the discon-
tinuation of further development of modems and
the shift of approximately 500 R&D resources to
Networks to pursue growth opportunities in the
radio business.

Global Services operating income was flat

Operating income was SEK –2.0 billion. The

compared with 2013. The Network Rollout
margin gradually improved during the year due
to the declining dilutive effect from the European
network modernization projects.

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

discontinuation of the modems business will
lead to a significant reduction in costs. Good
progress has been made in 2014, and activities
are ahead of plan. End-of-life agreements have
been signed with existing customers.

1) Comments based on non-IFRS figures.

See Financial results of operations on page 43.

Networks sales

SEK billion

150

120

117.5

2011

2012

2013

2014

Global Services sales

SEK billion

100

26.8

70.8

2011

2012

2013

2014

Professional services
Network Rollout

Support Solutions sales

SEK billion

12.7

2011

2012

2013

2014

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Business results – Regions

> North America: Sales declined, driven by
lower network sales as a result of large
mobile network coverage projects coming
to an end, and increased operator focus on
cash flow in the second half of the year. Sales
in Support Solutions and Professional Ser-
vices continued to grow, driven by OSS and
BSS modernization.

> Latin America: Sales increased, driven by
mobile broadband coverage projects and
network quality investments, partly offset
by currency restrictions.

> Northern Europe and Central Asia: Sales
increased, driven primarily by mobile broad-
band deployments in Russia with sales of
SEK 6.7 (5.6) billion. Professional Services
sales grew, driven by network design and
optimization services. TV & Media business
showed positive development.

> Western and Central Europe: The Euro-

pean modernization projects came to an end
in 2014. Sales growth was increasingly driven
by investments in network quality and capac-
ity during the year.

> Mediterranean: Sales decreased as the

European modernization projects came to
an end, while managed services contributed
positively to sales.

> Middle East: Sales growth was driven by
mobile broadband investments related to
new licenses and growth in data traffic in both
advanced and developing markets.

> Sub-Saharan Africa: Sales declined but
recovered in the second half of the year,
mainly driven by operator focus on network
traffic and quality management. This resulted
in a continued demand for managed ser-
vices.

> India: Sales growth was driven by mobile
broadband infrastructure investments.
Increased smartphone penetration drove
growth in mobile data usage.

> North East Asia: Sales increased in main-

land China and Taiwan as a result of delivering
on previously awarded 4G / LTE contracts.
The increase was partly offset by reduced
network investment levels in Korea and
Japan.

> South East Asia and Oceania: Sales

remained flat in 2014. Growth in major roll-
out projects in Australia compensated for a
decline in Indonesia where major 3G projects
peaked in 2013.

> Other: Sales declined somewhat due to exit
of the telecom and power cable businesses
in 2013 and lower IPR revenues. Broadcast
services grew, driven by the acquired Red
Bee Media business that was fully consoli-
dated in 2014.

Sales per region and segment 2014 and percent change from 2013

Networks

Global Services

Support Solutions

Total

2014

Change

2014

Change

2014

Change

2014

Change

SEK billion

North America
Latin America
Northern Europe and Central Asia
Western and Central Europe
Mediterranean
Middle East
Sub-Saharan Africa
India
North East Asia
South East Asia and Oceania
Other 1)

Total

Share of total

26.1
10.7
8.0
8.1
9.6
11.6
3.9
4.1
18.0
8.4
9.1

117.5

51%

–9%
–5%
10%
6%
–11%
36%
–21%
32%
8%
–6%
–10%

25.0
10.8
4.1
11.0
12.6
8.5
4.3
3.1
8.9
7.0
2.3

97. 7

43%

–12%
14%
–1%
8%
0%
12%
3%
15%
–14%
10%
61%

3.5
1.0
0.3
0.6
0.8
1.2
0.6
0.5
0.7
0.5
3.1

12.7

34%
–10%
10%
1%
12%
–11%
–39%
55%
82%
–4%
–12%

54.5
22.6
12.4
19.7
23.0
21.3
8.7
7.7
27.6
15.9
14.7 2)

228.0

100%

1) Region “Other” includes licensing revenues, broadcast services, power modules, mobile broadband modules, Ericsson-LG Enterprise and other businesses.

The power cable business was divested in 2013.

2) Total sales for Region “Other” includes SEK 0.2 billion for Modems.

Financials – Board of Directors’ report

–8%
3%
6%
7%
–5%
22%
–13%
25%
1%
0%
–2%

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Board of Directors’ report

Corporate Governance

In accordance with the Annual Accounts Act
((SFS 1995:1554), Chapter 6, Sections 6 and 8)
and the Swedish Corporate Governance Code (the
“Code”), a separate Corporate Governance Report,
including an Internal Control section, has been
prepared and attached to this Annual Report.

Continued compliance with the Swedish
Corporate Governance Code
Ericsson is committed to complying with best-
practice corporate governance standards on a
global level wherever possible. For 2014, Ericsson
does not report any deviations from the Code.

Business integrity
Ericsson’s Code of Business Ethics summarizes
the Group’s basic policies and directives govern-
ing its relationships internally, with its stakehold-
ers and with others. It also sets out how the
Group works to secure that business activities
are conducted with a strong sense of integrity.

Board of Directors
At the Annual General Meeting, held on April 11,
2014, Leif Johansson was re-elected Chairman
of the Board and Roxanne S. Austin, Sir Peter L.
Bonfield, Nora Denzel, Börje Ekholm, Alexander
Izosimov, Ulf J. Johansson, Sverker Martin-Löf,
Kristin Skogen Lund, Hans Vestberg, Jacob
Wallenberg and Pär Östberg were re-elected
members of the Board. Pehr Claesson, Kristina
Davidsson and Karin Åberg were appointed
employee representatives by the unions, with
Rickard Fredriksson, Karin Lennartsson and
Roger Svensson as deputies.

Management
Hans Vestberg has been President and CEO of
the Group since January 1, 2010. The President
and CEO is supported by the Group manage-
ment, consisting of the Executive Leadership
Team (ELT).

A global management system is in place to
ensure that Ericsson’s business is well con-
trolled and has the ability to fulfill the objectives
of major stakeholders within established risk
limits. The management system also monitors
internal control and compliance with applicable
laws, listing requirements and governance
codes.

Remuneration
Remuneration to the members of the Board of
Directors and to Group management, as well
as the Guidelines for remuneration to Group
Management resolved by the Annual General
Meeting 2014, are reported in Notes to the
consolidated financial statements – Note C28,
“Information regarding members of the Board
of Directors, the Group management and
employees”.

The Board of Directors’ proposal for guide-
lines for remuneration to Group management
The Board of Directors proposes no material
changes to the current guidelines for remuner-
ation to Group management for the period up
to the 2016 Annual General Meeting.

Executive Performance Stock Plan
The Company has a Long-Term Variable Com-
pensation program (LTV). It builds on a common
platform of investment in, and matching of,
Ericsson shares. It consists of three separate
plans: one targeting all employees, one targeting
key contributors and one targeting senior man-
agers. The program is designed to encourage
long-term value creation in alignment with share-
holders’ interests. The aim of the plan for senior
managers is to attract, retain and motivate exec-
utives in a competitive market through perfor-
mance-based share-related incentives and to
encourage the build-up of significant equity
stakes. The performance criteria for senior
managers under the Executive Performance
Stock Plan are approved by the Annual General

Shareholder value creation

Executive Performance Stock Plan 2012
targets for 2012–2014
Base year 2011

Executive Performance Stock Plan 2013
targets for 2013–2015
Base year 2012

Executive Performance Stock Plan 2014
targets for 2014–2016
Base year 2013

Net sales growth 2–8% CAGR

Net sales growth 2–8% CAGR 2)

Operating income growth 5–15% CAGR
including JV(s) and restructuring

Operating income growth 5–15% CAGR
including JV(s) and restructuring 1)

Operating income growth 5–15% CAGR
including JV(s) and restructuring 2)

Cash conversion ≥ 70% annually

1) Base year 2012 excludes non-cash charge for ST-Ericsson. 2) Base year 2013 has been adjusted for the impact of the Samsung IPR agreement.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Meeting. Performance criteria for the 2015 Exec-
utive Performance Stock Plan will be communi-
cated in the notice to the Annual General Meeting.

The targets for the 2012, 2013 and 2014
Executive Performance Stock Plans are shown
in the illustration on page 48. The performance
criteria are:
> Up to one-third of the award will vest if the
target for compound annual growth rate of
consolidated net sales is achieved. For the
2014 plan, net sales for base year 2013 has
been adjusted by SEK 2.1 billion for the
impact of the Samsung IPR agreement.
> Up to one-third of the award will vest if the
target for compound annual growth rate of
consolidated operating income, including
earnings in joint ventures and restructuring, is
achieved. For the 2013 plan, base year 2012
excludes a non-cash charge of SEK 8.0 billion
for ST-Ericsson. For the 2014 plan, operating
income for the base year 2013 has been
adjusted by SEK 2.1 billion for the impact
of the Samsung IPR agreement.

> Up to one-third of the award will vest if cash

conversion is at or above 70% during each of
the years and vesting one-ninth of the award
for each year the target is achieved. The cash
conversion target was reached in 2014, 2013
and 2012.

Before the number of performance shares to
be matched are finally determined, the Board
of Directors shall examine whether the perfor-
mance matching is reasonable considering the
Company’s financial results and position, con-
ditions on the stock market and other circum-
stances, and if not, reduce the number of per-
formance shares.

Material contracts

Material contractual obligations are outlined in
Note C31, “Contractual obligations.” These were
entered into in the ordinary course of business
and were primarily related to operating leases
for office and production facilities, purchase
contracts for outsourced manufacturing, R&D
and IT operations, and the purchase of compo-
nents for the Company’s own manufacturing.
Ericsson is party to certain agreements,
which include provisions that may take effect or
be altered or invalidated by a change in control
of the Company as a result of a public takeover
offer. Such provisions are not unusual for certain
types of agreements, such as financing agree-
ments and certain license agreements. How-
ever, considering among other things the Com-
pany’s strong financial position, none of the
agreements currently in effect would entail any
material consequence to Ericsson due to a
change in control of the Company.

Risk management

Risks are defined in both short-term and long-
term perspective. They are categorized into
industry and market risks, commercial risks,
operational risks and compliance risks. Ericsson’s
risk management is based on the following
principles, which apply universally across all
business activities and risk types:
> Risk management is an integrated part of
the Ericsson Group Management System.
> Each operational unit is accountable for own-
ing and managing its risks according to poli-
cies, directives and process tools. Decisions
are made or escalated according to defined
delegation of authority. Financial risks are
coordinated through Group Function Finance.

> Risks are dealt with during the strategy pro-
cess, annual planning and target setting,
continuous monitoring through monthly and
quarterly steering group meetings and during
operational processes (customer projects,
customer bid/contract, acquisition, invest-
ment and product development projects).
They are subject to various controls such
as decision tollgates and approvals.

At least twice a year, in connection with the
approval of strategy and targets, risks are
reviewed by the Board of Directors.

A central security unit coordinates manage-
ment of certain risks, such as business interrup-
tion, information security and physical security.
The Crisis Management Council deals with
events of a serious nature.

For information on risks that could impact
the fulfillment of targets and form the basis for
mitigating activities, see the other sections of
the Board of Directors’ report, Notes C2, “Criti-
cal accounting estimates and judgments,” C14,
“Trade receivables and customer finance,” C19,
“Interest-bearing liabilities,” C20, “Financial risk
management and financial instruments” and the
chapter Risk factors.

Sourcing and supply

Ericsson’s hardware largely consists of electron-
ics. For manufacturing, the Company purchases
customized and standardized components and
services from several global providers as well as
from local and regional suppliers. Certain types
of components, such as power modules, are
produced in-house.

The production of electronic modules and
sub-assemblies is mostly outsourced to manu-
facturing services companies, of which the vast
majority are in low-cost countries. Final configu-
ration of products is largely done in-house and
on-demand. This consists of assembling and
testing modules and integrating them into

Financials – Board of Directors’ report

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Board of Directors’ report

complete units. Final assembly and testing are
concentrated to a few sites. Ericsson has 12
manufacturing sites in Brazil, China, Estonia,
India, Italy, Mexico and Sweden.

A number of suppliers design and manufac-
ture highly specialized and customized compo-
nents. The Company generally negotiates global
supply agreements with its primary suppliers.
Ericsson’s suppliers are required to comply with
the requirements of Ericsson’s Code of Conduct.
In general, Ericsson has alternative supply
sources and seeks to avoid single source supply
situations.

Variations in market prices for raw materials

generally have a limited effect on total cost of
goods sold. For more information, see the
chapter Risk factors.

Sustainability and
Corporate Responsibility

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

The Company has a strong focus on social, envi-
ronmental and responsible business standards.
This supports Ericsson’s ambition to be a rele-
vant and responsible driver of positive change.
The Company aims to create positive impacts
Gör så här: Färglägg inte från
and minimize risks.
paletten. Markera staplar med vita
pilen. Välj Object–Graph–Column.
Där väljer man färg och ev tint.
Kolla särskilt att “Sliding” är valt på
“Column type”.

Ericsson’s approach to Sustainability and
Corporate Responsibility (CR) is integrated into
its core business operations throughout its value
chain and performance is regularly measured
and assessed. The Board of Directors is
apprised of Sustainability and CR issues twice
per year, or as needed on an ad hoc basis.
Group policies and directives are implemented
to ensure consistency across global operations.
Ericsson publishes an annual Sustainability and
Corporate Responsibility Report, which pro-
vides additional information.

Responsible business practices
Since 2000, Ericsson has supported the UN
Global Compact, and endorses its ten principles
regarding human rights and labor standards,
anti-corruption and environmental protection.

Obs! Stapel gjord med
column design. Prata
med Eva/Catta/Sanna om
ev frågor.

Since 2012, Ericsson has reported its
Communication on Progress at the Global
Compact Advanced level. The Ericsson Group
Management System (EGMS) includes a Code
of Business Ethics, a Code of Conduct and a
Sustainability Policy which reflect responsible
business practices. These practices are
reinforced by employee awareness training,
workshops and monitoring, including a global
assessment plan run by an external assurance
provider.

The Code of Conduct was updated in 2014

to include stronger human rights language in
accordance with the UN Guiding Principles on
Business and Human Rights as well as stronger
labor standards.

Ericsson has an anti-corruption program which
focuses on prevention but also accountability.
The program is reviewed and evaluated by the
Audit Committee of the Board of Directors annu-
ally. In 2014, a new anti-corruption e-learning
was launched for suppliers.

Human rights
The Code of Business Ethics reflects the Com-
pany’s ongoing commitment to respect human
rights. Ericsson has actively worked to integrate
United Nations Guiding Principles on Business
and Human Rights into its governance frame-
work since 2011. A Sales Compliance Board
evaluates risk to human rights impacts with
respect to four criteria: country, customer,
product and purpose. Ericsson joined the Shift
Business Learning Program in 2012 to further
strengthen its framework on Human Rights.
The learning included conducting Human Rights
Impact Assessments in Myanmar and ongoing
in Iran, in accordance with the UN Guiding
Principles.

Responsible sourcing
All suppliers must comply with the requirements
of Ericsson’s Code of Conduct. The Company
has 197 employees, covering all regions, who
are trained as Code of Conduct auditors. The
Company uses a risk-based approach to ensure
that the high risk portfolio areas, and highest risk
markets, are targeted first. For prioritized areas,
Ericsson performs regular audits and works with
suppliers to ensure measurable and continuous
improvements. Findings are followed up to
ensure that improvements are made.

Ericsson addresses the issue of conflict
minerals, including compliance with the US
Dodd-Frank Act and the disclosure rule adopted
by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commis-
sion (SEC) through measures in its sourcing and
product management processes. The Company
also actively works with suppliers on this issue
and engages in industry initiatives such as the
Conflict-Free Sourcing Initiative (CFSI), driven
by the Global e-Sustainability Initiative (GeSI),
and the Electronic Industry Citizenship Coalition
(EICC).

Reducing environmental impact
Continuously improving sustainability perfor-
mance is fundamental to Ericsson’s strategy
and a priority remains improving the life-cycle
carbon footprint. The Company works to reduce
negative environmental impacts while delivering
solutions that enable a low-carbon economy.
As energy use of products in operation remains
the Company’s most significant environmental
impact, Ericsson works proactively with mobile
operators to encourage network and site energy
optimization, through innovative products, soft-

Supplier Code of Conduct

Audits and assessments

600

500

400

300

200

100

444

197

151

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Number of auditors
Number of audits
Number of assessments

Ericsson life-cycle assessment
– carbon footprint 2014

Mtonnes CO2e

˜ 35

˜ 5

˜ 3

˜ 0.8

˜ – 0.3

–5

Activities in 2014

Supply chain
Own activities

Future (lifetime) operation
of products delivered in 2014

Operator activities
Products in operation
End-of-life treatment
˜ Approximately

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Ericsson own activities
Carbon footprint intensity target

Tonnes CO2e/Employee

Mtonnes

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

0.2

0.0

0.63

5.43

2011

2012

2013

2014

Carbon footprint intensity Tonnes CO2e/
Employee
Carbon footprint absolute emission,
Mtonnes

ware, solutions and advisory services. Processes
and controls are in place to ensure compliance
with relevant product-related environmental,
customer and regulatory requirements. An
important aspect of Ericsson’s Design for
Environment is materials management and
efficiency.

severe incidents internally and in the supply chain
by further enhancing sub-contractor manage-
ment, assessment criteria, inspections and
consequence management. Occupational health
and safety was significantly strengthened and
prioritized by integrating it into the Sustainability
and Corporate responsibility organization.

In 2014, Ericsson strengthened its focus on
providing solutions to help other sectors of the
economy, primarily utilities and transport, to
offset carbon emissions. In line with this focus
area, Ericsson set a target for 2015; to reduce
societal carbon emissions by a factor of 2 in
relation to carbon emissions from Ericsson’s
own activities in 2014, by implementing ICT-
enabled solutions, such as smart meters and
smart transport solutions.

Ericsson has a long-term objective to main-
tain absolute CO2e emissions from its own activ-
ities for business travel, product transportation
and facilities energy use in 2017 at the same
level as in 2011. To achieve this long-term objec-
tive, the Company aims to reduce CO2e emis-
sions per employee by 30% over five years.
The Company achieved a 10% reduction of
CO2e emissions per employee in 2014.

Ericsson Ecology Management is a program
to take responsibility for products at the end of
their life and to treat them in an environmentally
preferable way. The program also ensures that
Ericsson fulfills its producer responsibility and is
offered to all customers globally free of charge,
not only in markets where it is required by law.

When taking back the Company’s products,

more than 98% of the materials is recycled.

Occupational health and safety
Providing a safe and healthy workplace is of fun-
damental importance to Ericsson. The ambition
is zero fatalities and the long-term objective is
based on continuous improvements in order to
reduce the number and severity of Occupational
Health and Safety (OHS) incidents. The OHS
system helps to protect Ericsson’s employees
and others engaged in company business.

Certain operations undergo internal audits
as well as regular third-party assurance audits
according to the OHSAS 18001 standard.
Ericsson has taken a comprehensive approach
by not only reporting its own fatalities but also
addressing partners and suppliers working with
high-risk activities. This includes providing
requirements and controls but also guidance
and training. Competence and awareness is key
to reducing major incidents and must be based
on trust and transparency, in which reporting
of incidents is encouraged. Key performance
indicators are published in the Sustainability
and Corporate Responsibility report.

A program “Zero Incidents in High-Risk
Environments” was established 2014 to reduce

Radio waves and health
Ericsson employs rigid product testing and
installation procedures with the goal of ensuring
that radio wave exposure levels from products
and network solutions are below established
safety limits. The Company also provides public
information on radio waves and health, and sup-
ports independent research to further increase
knowledge in this area. Since 1996, Ericsson
has co-sponsored over 100 studies related to
electromagnetic fields and health, primarily
through the Mobile Manufacturers Forum.

To assure scientific independence, firewalls
were in place between the industrial sponsors
and the researchers conducting these studies.
Independent expert groups and public health
authorities, including the World Health Organiza-
tion, have reviewed the total amount of research
and have consistently concluded that the balance
of evidence does not demonstrate any health
effects associated with radio wave exposure
from either mobile phones or radio base stations.

Reporting according to GRI 3.0
Ericsson publishes an annual Sustainability
and Corporate Responsibility report and full key
performance data is made available on the
Ericsson website according to the Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI). The performance
data is assured by a third party.

Legal proceedings

In 2013, Adaptix Inc. (“Adaptix”) filed two law-
suits against Ericsson, AT&T, AT&T Mobility and
MetroPCS Communications in the US District
Court for Eastern District of Texas alleging that
certain Ericsson products infringe five US pat-
ents purportedly assigned to Adaptix. The trial is
currently anticipated to take place in May 2015
and Adaptix seeks damages and an injunction.
On May 20, 2014, Adaptix filed three more
patent infringement lawsuits against Ericsson in
the same court regarding three US patents, all
of which are also included in the 2013 lawsuit.
One of the 2014 lawsuits accuses Ericsson’s LTE
products and Sprint’s use thereof of infringe-
ment, one accuses Ericsson’s LTE products and
Verizon’s use thereof of infringement, and one
accuses Ericsson’s LTE products and T-Mobile’s
use thereof of infringement.

Financials – Board of Directors’ report

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Board of Directors’ report

In January 2015, Adaptix filed one more lawsuit
in the same court alleging that Ericsson’s LTE
products, and Sprint and Verizon’s use thereof,
infringe one U.S. Patent.

In addition to its complaint filed in 2013 with
the Tokyo District Court, Adaptix filed another
lawsuit in Japan in September 2014 alleging that
Ericsson’s LTE products infringe another Japa-
nese patent. In the lawsuits in Japan, Adaptix is
also seeking damages and an injunction.

In 2013, Ericsson filed a patent infringement

lawsuit in the Delhi High Court against Indian
handset company Micromax, seeking damages
and an injunction. As part of its defense, Micro-
max filed a complaint with the Competition
Commission of India (CCI) and the CCI has
decided to refer the case to the Director Gener-
al’s Office for an in-depth investigation.

In January 2014, the CCI opened another
investigation against Ericsson based on claims
made by Intex Technologies (India) Limited.
Ericsson has made numerous attempts to sign
a license agreement with both Micromax and
Intex on Fair, Reasonable and Non-discrimina-
tory (FRAND) terms.

In 2012, Wi-LAN Inc., a Canadian patent
licensing company, filed a complaint against
Ericsson in the US District Court for the South-
ern District of Florida alleging that Ericsson’s LTE
products infringe three of Wi-LAN’s US patents.
In June 2013, Ericsson’s motion for summary

judgment was granted and in August 2014, the
decision was reversed by the United States
Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. As a
result, the case is back before the Florida court.
Trial is currently scheduled for May 2015.

In 2011, TruePosition sued Ericsson, Qual-
comm, Alcatel-Lucent, the European Telecom-
munications Standards Institute (ETSI) and the
Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP)
in the US District Court for the Eastern District
of Pennsylvania for purported federal antitrust
violations. The complaint alleged that Ericsson,
Qualcomm and Alcatel-Lucent illegally con-
spired to block the adoption of TruePosition’s
proprietary technology into the new mobile posi-
tioning standards for LTE, while at the same time
ensuring that their own technology was included
into the new standards. In July 2014, Ericsson
and TruePosition reached an amicable settle-
ment. As part of the settlement, Ericsson did not
pay TruePosition any money to settle the case
and TruePosition withdrew its allegations of
wrongdoing against Ericsson.

Parent Company

The Parent Company business consists mainly
of corporate management, holding company
functions and internal banking activities. It also
handles customer credit management, performed
on a commission basis by Ericsson Credit AB.

The Parent Company has 5 (5) branch offices.

In total, the Group has 81 (81) branch and repre-
sentative offices.

Financial information
Income after financial items was SEK 25.6 (7.2)
billion. The Parent Company had no sales in
2014 or 2013 to subsidiaries, while 54% (30%)
of total purchases of goods and services were
from such companies.

Major changes in the Parent Company’s

financial position for the year included:
> In 2012, a provision of SEK 3.3 billion was
recognized, which provides for Ericsson’s
share of obligations for the wind-down of
ST-Ericsson. In 2013 and 2014, SEK 2.6 bil-
lion has been utilized or reversed, which
resulted in a net liability of SEK 0.7 billion.
> Increased current and non-current receiv-
ables from subsidiaries of SEK 9.6 billion.
> Decreased other current receivables of SEK

0.2 billion.

> Decreased cash, cash equivalents and

short-term investments of SEK 3.5 billion.
> Decreased current and non-current liabilities

to subsidiaries of SEK 3.8 billion.

> Increased other current liabilities of SEK 3.0

billion.

At year-end, cash, cash equivalents and short-
term investments amounted to SEK 55.0 (58.5)
billion.

Share information
As of December 31, 2014, the total number of
shares in issue was 3,305,051,735, of which
261,755,983 were Class A shares, each carrying
one vote, and 3,043,295,752 were Class B
shares, each carrying one tenth of one vote.
Both classes of shares have the same rights
of participation in the net assets and earnings.
The two largest shareholders at year-end were
Investor AB and AB Industrivärden holding
21.50% and 15.20% respectively of the voting
rights in the Parent Company.

In accordance with the conditions of the Long-

Term Variable Compensation Program (LTV) for
Ericsson employees, 10,517,620 treasury shares
were sold or distributed to employees in 2014.
The quotient value of these shares was SEK
5.00, totaling SEK 52.6 million, representing less
than 1% of capital stock, and compensation
received for shares sold and distributed shares
amounted to SEK 129.2 million.

The holding of treasury stock at December

31, 2014 was 63,450,558 Class B shares.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014The quotient value of these shares is SEK 5.00,
totaling SEK 317.3 million, representing 1.9% of
capital stock, and the purchase price amounts
to SEK 490.3 million.

Proposed disposition of earnings
The Board of Directors propose s that a dividend
of SEK 3.40 (3.00) per share be paid to share-
holders duly registered on the record date April
16, 2015, and that the Parent Company shall
retain the remaining part of non-restricted
equity.

The Class B treasury shares held by the
Parent Company are not entitled to receive divi-
dend. Assuming that no treasury shares remain
on the record date, the Board of Directors pro-
poses that earnings be distributed as follows:

Amount to be paid to the
shareholders
Amount to be retained by the
Parent Company
Total non-restricted equity of
the Parent Company

SEK 11,237,175,899

SEK 26,633,889,879

SEK 37,871,065,778

As a basis for its dividend proposal, the Board
of Directors has made an assessment in accor-
dance with Chapter 18, Section 4 of the Swedish
Companies Act of the Parent Company’s and
the Group’s need for financial resources as well
as the Parent Company’s and the Group’s liquid-
ity, financial position in other respects and long-
term ability to meet their commitments. The
Group reports an equity ratio of 49.5% (53%)
and a net cash amount of SEK 27.6 (37.8) billion.
The Board of Directors has also considered
the Parent Company’s result and financial posi-
tion and the Group’s position in general. In this
respect, the Board of Directors has taken into
account known commitments that may have an
impact on the financial positions of the Parent
Company and its subsidiaries.

The proposed dividend does not limit the
Group’s ability to make investments or raise
funds, and it is the Board of Directors’ assess-
ment that the proposed dividend is well-bal-
anced considering the nature, scope and risks
of the business activities as well as he capital
requirements for the Parent Company and the
Group in addition to coming years’ business
plans and economic development.

Post-closing events

On January 12, 2015, Apple filed a lawsuit
asking the United States District Court for the
Northern District of California to find that it does
not infringe a small subset of Ericsson’s patents.
On January 14, 2015, following Apple’s legal
action, Ericsson filed a complaint in the United
States District Court for the Eastern District of
Texas requesting a ruling on Ericsson’s pro-
posed global licensing fees with Apple. During

the past two years of negotiations, the compa-
nies have not been able to reach an agreement
on licensing of Ericsson’s patents that enable
Apple’s mobile devices to connect with the
world and power many of their applications.
Ericsson filed the suit in order to receive an inde-
pendent assessment on whether Ericsson’s
global licensing offer complies with Ericsson’s
FRAND commitment.

The global license agreement for mobile tech-
nology between Ericsson and Apple has expired
and Apple has declined to take a new license on
offered FRAND terms.

On January 15, 2015, Ericsson announced
that Johan Wibergh, Executive Vice President
and Head of Segment Networks, will leave his
position to take on a role outside of Ericsson.
Wibergh joined Ericsson in 1996 and has since
held a number of executive positions within the
company. Since 2008, Wibergh has also been
part of Ericsson’s Executive Leadership Team.
Although stepping down from his position imme-
diately, Johan Wibergh will remain available to
Ericsson until April 30, 2015 when he formally
leaves the company. Effective January 15, 2015,
Hans Vestberg will, in addition to his role as
President and CEO, assume the role as Head of
Segment Networks.

Rockstar Consortium LLC (Rockstar) is a
company that was formed in 2011 by Apple,
Blackberry, Ericsson, Microsoft, and Sony to
purchase approximately 4,000 patent assets
out of the original about 6000 from the Nortel
bankruptcy estate. On December 23, 2014, it
was agreed between the owners of Rockstar
and RPX Corporation (RPXC) that RPX should
purchase the remaining patents of Rockstar.
The transaction occured in 2015 and the impact
on income will not be material in 2015.

Board assurance

The Board of Directors and the President
declare that the consolidated financial state-
ments have been prepared in accordance with
IFRS, as issued by the IASB and adopted by the
EU, and give a fair view of the Group’s financial
position and results of operations. The financial
statements of the Parent Company have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles in Sweden and give a fair
view of the Parent Company’s financial position
and results of operations.

The Board of Directors’ Report for the Ericsson

Group and the Parent Company provides a fair
view of the development of the Group’s and the
Parent Company’s operations, financial pos ition
and results of operations and describes material
risks and uncertainties facing the Parent Com-
pany and the companies included in the Group.

Financials – Board of Directors’ report

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Board of Directors’ report

Stockholm, February 20, 2015

Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ)
Org. no. 556016-0680

Leif Johansson
Chairman

Sverker Martin-Löf
Deputy Chairman

Jacob Wallenberg
Deputy Chairman

Roxanne S. Austin
Member of the Board

Sir Peter L. Bonfield
Member of the Board

Nora Denzel
Member of the Board

Börje Ekholm
Member of the Board

Alexander Izosimov
Member of the Board

Ulf J. Johansson
Member of the Board

Kristin Skogen Lund
Member of the Board

Hans Vestberg
President, CEO and Member of the Board

Pär Östberg
Member of the Board

Pehr Claesson
Member of the Board

Kristina Davidsson
Member of the Board

Karin Åberg
Member of the Board

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS with NOTES

Contents

Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated income statement
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
Consolidated balance sheet
Consolidated statement of cash flows
Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
C1 Significant accounting policies
C2 Critical accounting estimates and judgments
C3 Segment information
C4 Net sales
C5 Expenses by nature
C6 Other operating income and expenses
C7 Financial income and expenses
C8 Taxes
C9 Earnings per share
C10 Intangible assets
C11 Property, plant and equipment
C12 Financial assets, non-current
C13 Inventories
C14 Trade receivables and customer finance
C15 Other current receivables
C16 Equity and other comprehensive income
C17 Post-employment benefits
C18 Provisions
C19 Interest-bearing liabilities
C20 Financial risk management and financial instruments
C21 Other current liabilities
C22 Trade payables
C23 Assets pledged as collateral
C24 Contingent liabilities
C25 Statement of cash flows
C26 Business combinations
C27 Leasing
C28 Information regarding members of the Board

of Directors, the Group management and employees

C29 Related party transactions
C30 Fees to auditors
C31 Contractual obligations
C32 Events after the reporting period

56
57
58
59
60

63
69
70
74
74
74
74
75
76
76
78
79
80
80
82
82
83
87
88
89
92
92
92
92
92
93
95

96
101
101
101
101

Financials – Consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Consolidated financial statements

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

Consolidated income statement

January–December, SEK million

Net sales
Cost of sales

Gross income
Gross margin (%)

Research and development expenses
Selling and administrative expenses

Operating expenses

Other operating income and expenses

Operating income before shares in earnings of joint ventures and associated companies
Operating margin before shares in earnings of joint ventures and associated companies (%)

Share in earnings of joint ventures and associated companies

Operating income

Financial income
Financial expenses

Income after financial items

Taxes

Net income

Net income attributable to:

Stockholders of the Parent Company
Non-controlling interest

Other information

Average number of shares, basic (million)
Earnings per share attributable to stockholders of the Parent Company, basic (SEK) 2)
Earnings per share attributable to stockholders of the Parent Company, diluted (SEK) 2)

1) Includes gain on sale of Sony Ericsson of SEK 7.7 billion.
2) Based on Net income attributable to stockholders of the Parent Company.

Notes

C3, C4

C3, C12

C7
C7

C9
C9
C9

2014

227,983
–145,556

82,427
36.2%

–36,308
–27,100

–63,408

–2,156

16,863
7.4%

–56

16,807

1,277
–2,273

15,811

–4,668

11,143

11,568
–425

3,237
3.57
3.54

2013

227,376
–151,005

76,371
33.6%

–32,236
–26,273

–58,509

113

17,975
7.9%

–130

17,845

1,346
–2,093

17,098

–4,924

12,174

12,005
169

3,226
3.72
3.69

2012

227,779
–155,699

72,080
31.6%

–32,833
–26,023

–58,856

8,965 1)

22,189
9.7%

–11,731

10,458

1,708
–1,984

10,182

–4,244

5,938

5,775
163

3,216
1.80
1.78

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

January–December, SEK million

Net income

Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements of defined benefits pension plans including asset ceiling
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Cash flow hedges

Gains/losses arising during the period
Reclassification adjustments for gains/losses included in profit or loss
Adjustments for amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

Revaluation of other investments in shares and participations

Fair value remeasurement

Changes in cumulative translation adjustments
Share of other comprehensive income of joint ventures and associated companies
Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

Stockholders of the Parent Company
Non-controlling interests

2014

11,143

2013

12,174

–10,017
2,218

3,214
–1,235

–
–
–

47
8,734
579
5

1,566

12,709

12,981
–272

251
–1,072
–

71
–1,687
–14
179

–293

11,881

11,712
169

2012

5,938

–451
–59

1,668
–568
92

6
–3,947
–486
–363

–4,108

1,830

1,716
114

Financials – Consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Consolidated financial statements

Consolidated balance sheet

December 31, SEK million

Assets
Non-current assets
Intangible assets

Capitalized development expenses
Goodwill
Intellectual property rights, brands and other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Financial assets

Equity in joint ventures and associated companies
Other investments in shares and participations
Customer finance, non-current
Other financial assets, non-current

Deferred tax assets

Current assets
Inventories

Trade receivables
Customer finance, current
Other current receivables

Short-term investments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Equity and liabilities
Equity
Stockholders’ equity
Non-controlling interest in equity of subsidiaries

Non-current liabilities
Post-employment benefits
Provisions, non-current
Deferred tax liabilities
Borrowings, non-current
Other non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Provisions, current
Borrowings, current
Trade payables
Other current liabilities

Total equity and liabilities 1)

1) Of which interest-bearing liabilities and post-employment benefits SEK 44,530 (39,280) million.

Notes

C10, C26

C11, C26, C27

C12
C12
C12
C12
C8

C13

C14
C14
C15

C20
C25

C16

C17
C18
C8
C19, C20

C18
C19, C20
C22

C21

2014

2013

3,570
38,330
12,534

13,341

2,793
591
1,932
5,900
12,778

91,769

28,175

77,893
2,289
21,273

31,171
40,988

201,789

293,558

144,306
1,003

145,309

20,385
202
3,177
21,864
1,797

47,425

4,225
2,281
24,473

69,845

100,824

293,558

3,348
31,544
12,815

11,433

2,568
505
1,294
5,684
9,103

78,294

22,759

71,013
2,094
17,941

34,994
42,095

190,896

269,190

140,204
1,419

141,623

9,825
222
2,650
22,067
1,459

36,223

5,140
7,388
20,502

58,314

91,344

269,190

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
Consolidated statement of cash flows

January–December, SEK million

Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash

Changes in operating net assets
Inventories
Customer finance, current and non-current
Trade receivables
Trade payables
Provisions and post-employment benefits
Other operating assets and liabilities, net

Cash flow from operating activities

Investing activities
Investments in property, plant and equipment
Sales of property, plant and equipment
Acquisitions of subsidiaries and other operations
Divestments of subsidiaries and other operations
Product development
Other investing activities
Short-term investments

Cash flow from investing activities

Cash flow before financing activities

Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Proceeds from stock issue
Sale/repurchase of own shares
Dividends paid
Other financing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

Net change in cash

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

C25

1) Includes payment of external loan of SEK –6.2 billion attributable to the acquisition of Telcordia.

Notes

2014

2013

2012

C25

C11

C25, C26
C25, C26
C10

11,143
11,200

22,343

–2,924
–710
1,182
1,265
–859
–1,595

–3,641

18,702

–5,322
522
–4,442
48
–1,523
–3,392
6,596

–7,513

11,189

1,282
–9,384
–
–
–9,846
–277

–18,225

5,929

–1,107

42,095

40,988

12,174
9,828

22,002

4,868
1,809
–8,504
–2,158
–3,298
2,670

–4,613

17,389

–4,503
378
–3,147
465
–915
–1,330
–2,057

–11,109

6,280

5,956
–5,094
–
90
–9,153
–1,307

–9,508

641

–2,587

44,682

42,095

5,938
13,077

19,015

2,752
–1,259
–1,103
–1,311
–1,920
5,857

3,016

22,031

–5,429
568
–11,529 1)
9,452
–1,641
1,540
2,151

–4,888

17,143

8,969
–9,670
159
–93
–8,632
–118

–9,385

–1,752

6,006

38,676

44,682

Financials – Consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Consolidated financial statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Equity and Other comprehensive income 2014

SEK million

January 1, 2014

Net income
Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements related to post-employment benefits

Group

Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Cash flow hedges

Gains/losses arising during the year

Group

Reclassification adjustments for gains/losses included in profit
or loss

Revaluation of other investments in shares and participations

Group

Changes in cumulative translation adjustments

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 2)

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue
Sale/repurchase of own shares
Stock purchase plans

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Dividends paid
Transactions with non-controlling interest

December 31, 2014

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

Capital stock

Addi tional
paid in capital

16,526

24,731

Retained
earnings

98,947

Stock holders’
equity

Non-control ling
interest

140,204

1,419

Total equity

141,623

11,624
–56

–425
–

11,199
–56

–10,014
2,218

–

8,578
579
5

1,413

12,981

–
106

717
–
–9,702
–

–

8,578 1)
579
5

1,413

12,981

–
106

717
–

–9,702 3)

–

144,306

–3
–

–

156
–
–

153

–272

–
–

–
–
–144
–

1,003

–10,017
2,218

–

8,734
579
5

1566

12,709

–
106

717
–
–9,846
–

145,309

16,526

24,731

103,049

1) Changes in cumulative translation adjustments include changes regarding revaluation of goodwill in local currency of SEK 4,794 million (SEK –204 million in 2013 and SEK 1,400 million in 2012),

and realized gain/losses net from sold/liquidated companies, SEK 3 million (SEK –20 million in 2013 and SEK –461 million in 2012).

2) For further disclosures, see Note C8, “Taxes.”
3) Dividends paid per share amounted to SEK 3.00 (SEK 2.75 in 2013 and SEK 2.50 in 2012).

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Equity and Other comprehensive income 2013

SEK million

January 1, 2013

Net income
Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements related to post-employment benefits

Group

Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Cash flow hedges

Gains/losses arising during the year

Group

Reclassification adjustments for gains/losses included in profit
or loss

Revaluation of other investments in shares and participations

Group

Changes in cumulative translation adjustments

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue
Sale/repurchase of own shares
Stock purchase plans

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Dividends paid
Transactions with non-controlling interest

December 31, 2013

Capital stock

Addi tional
paid in capital

16,526

24,731

Retained
earnings

95,626

Stock holders’
equity

Non-control ling
interest

136,883

1,600

Total equity

138,483

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

16,526

24,731

12,135
–130

169
–

12,304
–130

3,214
–1,235

251

–1,072

–1,687
–14
179

–293

11,712

–
90

388
–
–8,863
–6

98,947

–1,687
–14
179

–293

11,712

–
90

388
–
–8,863
–6

140,204

–
–

–

0
–
–

–

169

–
–

–
–
–290
–60

1,419

3,214
–1,235

251

–1,072

–1,687
–14
179

–293

11,881

–
90

388
–
–9,153
–66

141,623

Financials – Consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Consolidated financial statements

Equity and Other comprehensive income 2012

SEK million

January 1, 2012

Net income
Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Other comprehensive income

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements related to post-employment benefits

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Tax on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Cash flow hedges

Gains/losses arising during the year

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Reclassification adjustments for gains/losses included in profit
or loss
Adjustment for amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of
hedged items

Revaluation of other investments in shares and participations

Group

Changes in cumulative translation adjustments

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Tax on items that may be reclassified to profit or loss

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue
Sale/repurchase of own shares
Stock purchase plans

Group
Joint ventures and associated companies

Dividends paid
Transactions with non-controlling interest

December 31, 2012

Capital stock

Addi tional
paid in capital

16,367

24,731

Retained
earnings

102,007

Stock holders’
equity

Non-control ling
interest

143,105

2,165

Total equity

145,270

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

159
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–
–
–
–

16,526

24,731

17,411
–11,636

163
–

17,574
–11,636

–451
50
–59

1,668
–25

–568

–3,898
–511
–363

–4,059

1,716

–
–93

405
–
–8,033
–376

95,626

–451
50
–59

1,668
–25

–568

–3,898
–511
–363

–4,059

1,716

159
–93

405
–
–8,033
–376

136,883

–
–
–

–
–

–

–49
–
–

–49

114

–
–

–
–
–599
–80

1,600

–451
50
–59

1,668
–25

–568

–3,947
–511
–363

–4,108

1,830

159
–93

405
–
–8,632
–456

138,483

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS

notes to the CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

C1 Significant accounting policies

Introduction
The consolidated financial statements comprise Telefonaktie bolaget
LM Ericsson, the Parent Company, and its subsidiaries (“the Company”)
and the Company’s interests in joint ventures and associated companies.
The Parent Company is domiciled in S weden at Torshamnsgatan 21,
SE-164 83 Stockholm.

The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31,

2014 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as endorsed by the EU and RFR 1 “Additional
rules for Group Accounting,” related interpretations issued by the Swedish
Financial Reporting Board (Rådet för finansiell rapportering), and the
Swedish Annual Accounts Act. For the financial reporting of 2014, the
Company has applied IFRS as issued by the IASB (IFRS effective as per
December 31, 2014). There is no difference between IFRS effective as per
December 31, 2014, and IFRS as endorsed by the EU, nor is RFR 1 related
interpretations issued by the Swedish Financial Reporting Board (Rådet
för Finansiell Rapportering) or the Swedish Annual Accounts Act in con-
flict with IFRS, for all periods presented.

The financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors
on February 20, 2015. The balance sheets and income statements are
subject to approval by the Annual General Meeting of shareholders.
New standards, amendments of standards and interpretations,

effective as from January 1, 2014 are as follows:

> Amendment to IAS 32, “Financial instruments: Presentation,”
on asset and liability offsetting. This amendment is related to the
application of guidance in IAS 32, ‘Financial instruments: Presentation,’
and clarifies some of the requirements for offsetting financial assets
and financial liabilities on the balance sheet.

> IFRIC 21, “Levies.” This sets out the accounting for an obligation to

pay a levy that is not income tax. The interpretation addresses what the
obligating event is that gives rise to the need to pay a levy and when a
liability should be recognized.

None of the new or amended standards and interpretations have had any
significant impact on the financial result or position nor on the disclosure
of the Company.

For information on “New standards and interpretations not yet

adopted,” refer to the end of this Note.

Basis of presentation
The financial statements are presented in millions of Swedish Krona
(SEK). They are prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain
financial assets and liabilities that are stated at fair value: derivative finan-
cial instruments, financial instruments held for trading, financial instru-
ments classified as available-for-sale and plan assets related to defined
benefit pension plans. Financial information in the consolidated income
statement, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the
consolidated statement of cash flows and the consolidated statement of
changes in equity with related notes are presented with two comparison
years while for the consolidated balance sheet financial information with
related notes is presented with only one comparison year.

Basis of consolidation and composition of the group
The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with
the purchase method. Accordingly, consolidated stockholders’ equity
includes equity in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated companies
earned only after their acquisition.

Subsidiaries are all companies for which Telefonaktiebolaget LM

Ericsson, directly or indirectly, is the parent. To be classified as a parent,

Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, directly or indirectly, must control
another company which requires that the Parent Company has power
over that other company, is exposed to variable returns from its involve-
ment and has the ability to use its power over that other company. The
financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated
financial statements from the date that control commences until the date
that such control ceases.

Intra-group balances and any unrealized income and expense arising
from intra-group transactions are fully eliminated in preparing the consoli-
dated financial statements. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same
way as unrealized gains, but only to the extent that there is no evidence
of impairment.

The Company is composed of a parent company, Telefonaktie bolaget
LM Ericsson, with generally fully-owned subsidiaries in many countries of
the world. The largest operating subsidiaries are the fully-owned telecom
vendor companies Ericsson AB, incorporated in Sweden and Ericsson
Inc., incorporated in the US.

Business combinations
At the acquisition of a business, the cost of the acquisition, being the
purchase price, is measured as the fair value of the assets given, and
liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, including any cost
related to contingent consideration. Transaction costs attributable to the
acquisition are expensed as incurred. The acquisition cost is allocated to
acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities based upon appraisals
made, including assets and liabilities that were not recognized on the
acquired entity’s balance sheet, for example intangible assets such as
customer relations, brands, patents and financial liabilities. Goodwill
arises when the purchase price exceeds the fair value of recognizable
acquired net assets. In acquisitions with non-controlling interests full
or partial goodwill can be recognized. Final amounts are established
within one year after the transaction date at the latest.

In case there is a put option for non-controlling interest in a subsidiary

a corresponding financial liability is recognized.

Non-controlling interest
The Company treats transactions with non-controlling interests as
transactions with equity owners of the Company. For purchases from
non-controlling interests, the difference between any consideration paid
and the relevant share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the
subsidiary is recorded in equity. Gains or losses on disposals to non-
controlling interests are also recorded in equity.

When the Company ceases to have control, any retained interest in the

entity is remeasured to its fair value, with the change in carrying amount
recognized in profit or loss. The fair value is the initial carrying amount for
the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest in an
associate, joint venture or financial asset. In addition, any amounts previ-
ously recognized in Other comprehensive income in respect of that entity
are accounted for as if the Company had directly disposed of the related
assets or liabilities. This may mean that amounts previously recognized in
Other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

At acquisition, there is a choice on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis
to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value
or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s
net assets.

Joint ventures and associated companies
Both joint ventures and associated companies are accounted for in
accordance with the equity method. Under the equity method, the invest-
ment in an associate or joint venture is initially recognized at cost and the
carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s
share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

If the Company’s interest in an associated company or joint venture is nil,
the Company shall not, as prescribed by IFRS, recognize its part of any
future losses. Provisions related to obligations for such an interest shall,
however, be recognized in relation to such an interest.

JVs are classed as ownership interests under which the Company has

joint control of another company.

Investments in associated companies, i.e., when the Company has

significant influence and the power to participate in the financial and
operating policy decisions of the associated company, but is not in control
or joint control over those policies. Normally, this is the case in voting
stock interest, including effective potential voting rights, which stand at
at least 20% but not more than 50%.

The Company’s share of income before taxes is reported in item

“Share in earnings of joint ventures and associated companies,” included
in Operating Income. This reflects the fact that these interests are held for
operating rather than investing or financial purposes. Ericsson’s share of
income taxes related to joint ventures and associated companies is
reported under the line item “Taxes,” in the income statement.

Unrealized gains on transactions between the Company and its asso-

ciated companies and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the
Company’s interest in these entities. Unrealized losses are also eliminated
unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset
transferred.

Shares in earnings of joint ventures and associated companies included

in consolidated equity which are undistributed are reported in Retained
earnings in the balance sheet.

Impairment testing as well as recognition or reversal of impairment of
investments in each joint venture is performed in the same manner as for
intangible assets other than goodwill. The entire carrying value of each
investment, including goodwill, is tested as a single asset. See also
description under “Intangible assets other than goodwill” below.

If the ownership interest in an associate is reduced but significant influ-

ence is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts previously
recognized in Other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or
loss where appropriate.

In Note C2, “Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments,” further dis-
closure is presented in relation to (i) key sources of estimation uncertainty
and (ii) the decision made in relation to accounting policies applied.

Foreign currency remeasurement and translation
Items included in the financial statements of each entity of the Company
are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in
which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated
financial statements are presented in Swedish Krona (SEK), which is the
Parent Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency
using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of each respective trans-
actions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement
of such transactions and from the translation at period-end exchange rates
of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
recognized in the income statement, unless deferred in Other comprehen-
sive income under the hedge accounting practices as described below.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in foreign
currency classified as available-for-sale are analyzed between translation
differences resulting from changes in the amortized cost of the security
and other changes in the carrying amount of the security. Translation dif-
ferences related to changes in the amortized cost are recognized in profit
or loss, and other changes in the carrying amount are recognized in OCI.
Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets and liabilities

are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss.

Group companies
The results and financial position of all the group entities that have a func-
tional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into
the presentation currency as follows:
> Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated

at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet

> Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at

average exchange rates

> All resulting net exchange differences are recognized as a separate

component of OCI.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of
the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other
currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are
accounted for in OCI. When a foreign operation is partially disposed of
or sold, exchange differences that were recorded in OCI are recognized
in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a
foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity
and translated at the closing rate.

There is no significant impact due to any currency of a hyperinflationary

economy.

Statement of cash flows
The statement of cash flow is prepared in accordance with the indirect
method. Cash flows in foreign subsidiaries are translated at the average
exchange rate during the period. Payments for subsidiaries acquired or
divested are reported as cash flow from investing activities, net of cash
and cash equivalents acquired or disposed of, respectively.

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash, bank, and short-term
investments that are highly liquid monetary financial instruments with
a remaining maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition.

Revenue recognition
Background
The Company offers a comprehensive portfolio of telecommunication
and data communication systems, professional services, and support
solutions. Products, both hardware and software as well as services, are
in general standardized. The impact of this is that any acceptance terms
are normally only formal requirements. In Note C3, “Segment information,”
the Company’s products and services are disclosed in more detail as per
operating segment.

The Company’s products and services are generally sold under deliv-
ery-type or multi-year recurring services contracts. The delivery type con-
tracts often contain content from more than one segment.

Accounting treatment
Sales are based on fair values of consideration received and recorded
net of value added taxes, goods returned and estimated trade discounts.
Revenue is recognized when risks and rewards have been transferred to
the customer, with reference to all significant contractual terms, when:
> The product or service has been delivered
> The revenue amount is fixed or determinable
> The customer has received and activation has been made of separately

sold software

> Collection is reasonably assured

Estimations of contractual performance criteria impact the timing and
amounts of revenue recognized and may therefore defer revenue recogni-
tion until the performance criteria are met. The profitability of contracts is
periodically assessed, and provisions for any estimated losses are made
immediately when losses are probable.

Allocation and/or timing criteria specific to each type of contract are:
> Delivery-type contracts – These contracts relate to delivery, installation,
integration of products and provision of related services, normally under
multiple elements contracts. Under multiple elements contracts, account-
ing is based on that the revenue recognition criteria are applied to the
separately identifiable components of the contract. Revenue, including
the impact of any discount or rebate, is allocated to each element
based on relative fair values. Networks, Global Services and Support
Solutions have contracts that relate to this type of arrangement.
> Contracts for services – These relate to multi-year service contracts
such as support- and managed service contracts and other types of
recurring services. Revenue is recognized when the services have
been provided, generally pro rata over the contract period. Global
Services has contracts that relate to this type of arrangement.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 > Contracts generating license fees from third parties for the use of the
Company’s intellectual property rights – License fees are normally
measured as a percentage of sales or currency amount per unit and
recognized over the license period as the amount of the consideration
becomes reasonably certain. Networks and Support Solutions have
contracts that relate to this type of arrangement.

For sales between consolidated companies, associated companies, joint
ventures and segments, the Company applies arm’s length pricing.

In Note C2, “Critical accounting estimates and judgments,” a further
disclosure is presented in relation to (i) key sources of estimation uncer-
tainty and (ii) the decision made in relation to accounting policies applied.

Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income attribut-
able to stockholders of the Parent Company by the weighted average
number of shares outstanding (total number of shares less treasury stock)
during the year.

Diluted earnings per share are calculated by dividing net income attrib-

utable to stockholders of the Parent Company, when appropriately
adjusted by the sum of the weighted average number of ordinary shares
outstanding and dilutive potential ordinary shares. Potential ordinary
shares are treated as dilutive when, and only when, their conversion to
ordinary shares would decrease earnings per share.

Rights to matching shares are considered dilutive when the actual
fulfillment of any performance conditions as of the reporting date would
give a right to ordinary shares.

Financial assets
Financial assets are recognized when the Company becomes a party to
the contractual provisions of the instrument. Regular purchases and sales
of financial assets are recognized on the settlement date.

Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash

flows from the investments have expired or have been transferred and the
Company has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.
Separate assets or liabilities are recognized if any rights and obligations
are created or retained in the transfer.

The Company classifies its financial assets in the following categories:

at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, and available-
for-sale. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial
assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of its
financial assets at initial recognition.

Financial assets are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction
costs for all financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially rec-
ognized at fair value, and transaction costs are expensed in the income
statement.

The fair values of quoted financial investments and derivatives are
based on quoted market prices or rates. If official rates or market prices
are not available, fair values are calculated by discounting the expected
future cash flows at prevailing interest rates. Valuations of foreign exchange
options and Interest Rate Guarantees (IRG) are made by using the Black-
Scholes formula. Inputs to the valuations are market prices for implied
volatility, foreign exchange and interest rates.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are financial assets
held for trading. A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired
principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing in the near term.

Derivatives are classified as held for trading, unless they are designated

as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets.

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair values of the “Financial
assets at fair value through profit or loss” category (excluding derivatives)
are presented in the income statement within Financial income in the
period in which they arise. Derivatives are presented in the income state-
ment either as Cost of sales, Other operating income, Financial income
or Financial expense, depending on the intent with the transaction.

Loans and receivables
Receivables, including those that relate to customer financing, are sub-
sequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate
method, less allowances for impairment charges. Trade receivables
include amounts due from customers. The balance represents amounts
billed to customers as well as amounts where risk and rewards have been
transferred to the customer but the invoice has not yet been issued.
Collectability of the receivables is assessed for purposes of initial

revenue recognition.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either
designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories.
They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to
dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
Dividends on available-for-sale equity instruments are recognized in
the income statement as part of financial income when the Company’s
right to receive payments is established.

Changes in the fair value of monetary securities denominated in a for-
eign currency and classified as available-for-sale are analyzed between
translation differences resulting from changes in the amortized cost of
the security and other changes in the carrying amount of the security.
Translation differences on monetary securities are recognized in profit or
loss; translation differences on non-monetary securities are recognized in
OCI. Changes in the fair value of monetary and non-monetary securities
classified as available-for-sale are recognized in OCI. When securities
classified as available-for-sale are sold or impaired, the accumulated fair
value adjustments previously recognized in OCI are included in the
income statement.

Impairment
At each balance sheet date, the Company assesses whether there is
objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is
impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale,
a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its
cost is considered as evidence that the security is impaired. If any such
evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss
– measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the cur-
rent fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously
recognized in profit or loss – is removed from OCI and recognized in the
income statement. Impairment losses recognized in the income statement
on equity instruments are not reversed through the income statement.

An assessment of impairment of receivables is performed when there

is objective evidence that the Company will not be able to collect all
amounts due according to the original terms of the receivable. Significant
financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter
bankruptcy or financial reorganization, and default or delinquency in
payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired.
The amount of the allowance is the difference between the asset’s carry-
ing amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, dis-
counted at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the
asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account, and the
amount of the loss is recognized in the income statement within selling
expenses. When a trade receivable is finally established as uncollectible,
it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables.
Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited
to selling expenses in the income statement.

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes bound
to the contractual obligations of the instrument.

Financial liabilities are derecognized when they are extinguished, i.e.,

when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged, cancelled
or expires.

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs
incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any
difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period
of the borrowings using the effective interest method.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Company has

an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12
months after the balance sheet date.

Trade payables
Trade payables are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Hedge accounting
When applying hedge accounting, derivatives are initially recognized at
fair value at trade date and subsequently re-measured at fair value. The
method of recognizing the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the
derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and, if so, the nature of
the item being hedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as
either:
a) Fair value hedges: a hedge of the fair value of recognized liabilities;
b) Net investment hedges: a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.

At the inception of the hedge, the Company documents the relationship
between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk man-
agement objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging trans-
actions. The Company also documents its assessment, both at hedge
inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are
used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in
fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative instruments used for hedging
purposes are disclosed in Note C20, “Financial risk management and
financial instruments.” Movements in the hedging reserve in OCI are
shown in Note C16, “Equity and other comprehensive income.”

The fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a non-current asset
or liability when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12
months, and as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity of
the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified
as current assets or liabilities.

Fair value hedges
The purpose of fair value hedges is to hedge the variability in the fair value
of fixed-rate debt (issued bonds) from changes in the relevant benchmark
yield curve for its entire term by converting fixed interest payments to a
floating rate (e.g., STIBOR or LIBOR) by using interest rate swaps (IRS).
The credit risk/spread is not hedged. The fixed leg of the IRS is matched
against the cash flows of the hedged bond. Hereby, the fixed-rate bond/
debt is converted into a floating-rate debt in accordance with the policy.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify
as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with
any changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attrib-
utable to the hedged risk, when hedge accounting is applied. The Com-
pany only applies fair value hedge accounting for hedging fixed interest
risk on borrowings. Both gains and losses relating to the interest rate
swaps hedging fixed rate borrowings and the changes in the fair value
of the hedged fixed rate borrowings attributable to interest rate risk are
recognized in the income statement within Financial expenses. If the
hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment
to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the effective interest
method is used is amortized to the income statement over the remaining
period to maturity.

Net investment hedges
Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion
of the hedge is recognized in the cumulative translation adjustment (CTA).
A gain or loss relating to an ineffective portion is recognized immediately
in the income statement within Financial income or expense. Gains and
losses deferred in CTA are included in the income statement when the
foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold.

Financial guarantees
Financial guarantee contracts are initially recognized at fair value (i.e.,
usually the fee received). Subsequently, these contracts are measured at
the higher of:
> The amount determined as the best estimate of the net expenditure
required to settle the obligation according to the guarantee contract.

> The recognized contractual fee less cumulative amortization when

amortized over the guarantee period, using the straight-line-method.
> The best estimate of the net expenditure comprising future fees and

cash flows from subrogation rights.

Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value on a
first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.

Risks of obsolescence have been measured by estimating market value

based on future customer demand and changes in technology and cus-
tomer acceptance of new products.

A significant part of Inventories is Contract work in progress (CWIP).
Recognition and derecognition of CWIP relates to the Company’s revenue
recognition principles meaning that costs incurred under a customer
contract are recognized as CWIP. When revenue is recognized, CWIP is
derecognized and is instead recognized as Cost of sales.

In Note C2, “Critical accounting estimates and judgments,” further dis-
closure is presented in relation to (i) key sources of estimation uncertainty
and (ii) the decision made in relation to accounting policies applied.

Intangible assets
Intangible assets other than goodwill
Intangible assets other than goodwill comprise acquired intangible
assets, such as patents, customer relations, trademarks and software, as
well as capitalized development expenses and separately acquired intan-
gible assets, mainly consisting of software. At initial recognition, acquired
intangible assets related to business combinations are stated at fair value
and capitalized development expenses and software are stated at cost.
Subsequent to initial recognition, separately acquired intangible assets,
mainly software and capitalized development expenses, are stated at
initially recognized amounts less accumulated amortization and any
impairment. Amortization and any impairment losses are included in
Research and development expenses, which mainly consists of capital-
ized development expenses and patents; in Selling and administrative
expenses, which mainly consists of expenses relating to customer
relations and brands; and in Cost of sales.

Costs incurred for development of products to be sold, leased or other-

wise marketed or intended for internal use are capitalized as from when
technological and economic feasibility has been established until the
product is available for sale or use. Research and development expenses
directly related to orders from customers are accounted for as a part of
Cost of sales. Other research and development expenses are charged to
income as incurred. Amortization of acquired intangible assets, such as
patents, customer relations, trademarks and software, is made according
to the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding
ten years. However, if the economic benefit related to an item of intangible
assets is front-end loaded the amortization method reflects this. Thus, the
amortization for such an item is amortized on a digressive curve basis and
the asset value decreases by higher amounts in the beginning of its useful
life compared to the end.

The Company has not recognized any intangible assets with indefinite

useful life other than goodwill.

Impairment tests are performed whenever there is an indication of pos-
sible impairment. However, intangible assets not yet available for use are
tested annually. An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount
of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is the higher of the value in use and the fair value
less costs to sell. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash
flows after tax are discounted to their present value using an after-tax dis-
count rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of
money and the risks specific to the asset. Application of after tax amounts
in calculation, both in relation to cash flows and discount rate is applied
due to that available models for calculating discount rate include a tax
component. The after tax discount rate applied by the Company is not

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014materially different from a discounting based on before-tax future cash
flows and before-tax discount rates, as required by IFRS.

Corporate assets have been allocated to cash-generating units in rela-

tion to each unit’s proportion of total net sales. The amount related to
corporate assets is not significant. Impairment losses recognized in prior
periods are assessed at each reporting date for any indications that the
loss has decreased or no longer exists. An impairment loss is reversed if
there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recover-
able amounts and if the recoverable amount is higher than the carrying
value. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s
carrying amount after reversal does not exceed the carrying amount, net
of amortization, which would have been reported if no impairment loss
had been recognized.

Goodwill
As from the acquisition date, goodwill acquired in a business combination
is allocated to each cash-generating unit (CGU) of the Company expected
to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The Company’s four
operating segments have been identified as CGUs. Goodwill is assigned
to three of them: Networks, Global Services and Support Solutions.

An annual impairment test for the CGUs to which goodwill has been
allocated is performed in the fourth quarter, or when there is an indication
of impairment. Impairment testing as well as recognition of impairment of
goodwill is performed in the same manner as for intangible assets other
than goodwill: see description under “Intangible assets other than good-
will” above. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill is not reversed.
Additional disclosure is required in relation to goodwill impairment
testing: see Note C2, “Critical accounting estimates and judgments”
below and Note C10, “Intangible assets.”

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment consist of real estate, machinery and other
technical assets, other equipment, tools and installation and construction
in process and advance payment. They are stated at cost less accumu-
lated depreciation and any impairment losses.

Depreciation is charged to income, generally on a straight-line basis,
over the estimated useful life of each component of an item of property,
plant and equipment, including buildings. Estimated useful lives are, in gen-
eral, 25–50 years for real estate and 3–10 years for machinery and equip-
ment. Depreciation and any impairment charges are included in Cost of
sales, Research and development or Selling and administrative expenses.

The Company recognizes in the carrying amount of an item of property,
plant and equipment the cost of replacing a component and derecognizes
the residual value of the replaced component.

Impairment testing as well as recognition or reversal of impairment of
property, plant and equipment is performed in the same manner as for
intangible assets other than goodwill: see description under “Intangible
assets other than goodwill” above.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the
proceeds less cost to sell with the carrying amount and are recognized
within Other operating income and expenses in the income statement.

Leasing
Leasing when the Company is the lessee
Leases on terms in which the Company assumes substantially all the risks
and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Upon initial
recognition, the leased asset is measured at an amount equal to the lower
of its fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments.
Subsequent to initial recognition, the asset is accounted for in accordance
with the accounting policy applicable to that type of asset, although the
depreciation period must not exceed the lease term.

Other leases are operating leases, and the leased assets under such
contracts are not recognized on the balance sheet. Costs under operating
leases are recognized in the income statement on a straight-line basis
over the term of the lease. Lease incentives received are recognized as an
integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.

Leasing when the Company is the lessor
Leasing contracts with the Company as lessor are classified as finance
leases when the majority of risks and rewards are transferred to the les-
see, and otherwise as operating leases. Under a finance lease, a receiv-
able is recognized at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease
and revenue is recognized in accordance with the revenue recognition
principles.

Under operating leases the equipment is recorded as property, plant
and equipment and revenue as well as depreciation is recognized on a
straight-line basis over the lease term.

Income taxes
Income taxes in the consolidated financial statements include both cur-
rent and deferred taxes. Income taxes are reported in the income state-
ment unless the underlying item is reported directly in equity or OCI. For
those items, the related income tax is also reported directly in equity or
OCI. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes
payable or refundable for the current year or prior years.

Deferred tax is recognized for temporary differences between the book

values of assets and liabilities and their tax values and for tax loss carry-
forwards. A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the
deductible temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards can be
utilized. In the recognition of income taxes, the Company offsets current
tax receivables against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets
against deferred tax liabilities in the balance sheet, when the Company
has a legal right to offset these items and the intention to do so. Deferred
tax is not recognized for the following temporary differences: goodwill not
deductible for tax purposes, for the initial recognition of assets or liabilities
that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, and for differences
related to investments in subsidiaries when it is probable that the tempo-
rary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is measured at the tax rate that is expected to be applied

to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on the tax laws
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.
An adjustment of deferred tax asset/liability balances due to a change in
the tax rate is recognized in the income statement, unless it relates to a
temporary difference earlier recognized directly in equity or OCI, in which
case the adjustment is also recognized in equity or OCI.

The measurement of deferred tax assets involves judgment regarding
the deductibility of costs not yet subject to taxation and estimates regard-
ing sufficient future taxable income to enable utilization of unused tax
losses in different tax jurisdictions. All deferred tax assets are subject to
annual review of probable utilization. The largest amounts of tax loss car-
ry-forwards relate to Sweden, which have an indefinite period of utiliza-
tion.

Provisions and contingent liabilities
Provisions are made when there are legal or constructive obligations as a
result of past events and when it is probable that an outflow of resources
will be required to settle the obligations and the amounts can be reliably
estimated. When the effect of the time value of money is material, dis-
counting is made of estimated outflows. However, the actual outflows as
a result of the obligations may differ from such estimates.

The provisions are mainly related to warranty commitments, restructur-
ing, customer projects and other obligations, such as unresolved income
tax and value added tax issues, claims or obligations as a result of patent
infringement and other litigations, supplier claims and customer finance
guarantees.

Product warranty commitments consider probabilities of all material
quality issues based on historical performance for established products
and expected performance for new products, estimates of repair cost
per unit, and volumes sold still under warranty up to the reporting date.
A restructuring obligation is considered to have arisen when the
Company has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring (approved by
management), which has been communicated in such a way that a valid
expectation has been raised among those affected.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Project-related provisions include estimated losses on onerous contracts,
contractual penalties and undertakings. For losses on customer con-
tracts, a provision equal to the total estimated loss is recorded when a
loss from a contract is anticipated and possible to estimate reliably. These
contract loss estimates include any probable penalties to a customer
under a loss contract.

Other provisions include provisions for unresolved tax issues, litiga-
tions, supplier claims, customer finance and other provisions. The Com-
pany provides for estimated future settlements related to patent infringe-
ments based on the probable outcome of each infringement. The actual
outcome or actual cost of settling an individual infringement may vary
from the Company’s estimate.

The Company estimates the outcome of any potential patent infringe-
ment made known to the Company through assertion and through the
Company’s own monitoring of patent-related cases in the relevant legal
systems. To the extent that the Company makes the judgment that an
identified potential infringement will more likely than not result in an
outflow of resources, the Company records a provision based on the
Company’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle with the
counterpart.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to proceed-
ings, lawsuits and other unresolved claims, including proceedings under
laws and government regulations and other matters. These matters are
often resolved over a long period of time. The Company regularly
assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments in or outcomes of these
matters, as well as potential ranges of possible losses. Provisions are rec-
ognized when it is probable that an obligation has arisen and the amount
can be reasonably estimated based on a detailed analysis of each individ-
ual issue.

Certain present obligations are not recognized as provisions as it is not
probable that an economic outflow will be required to settle the obligation
or the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with sufficient reli-
ability. Such obligations are reported as contingent liabilities. For further
detailed information, see Note C24, “Contingent liabilities.” In Note C2,
“Critical accounting estimates and judgments,” further disclosure is
presented in relation to (i) key sources of estimation uncertainty and (ii)
the decision made in relation to accounting policies applied.

Post-employment benefits
Pensions and other post-employment benefits are classified as either
defined contribution plans or defined benefit plans. Under a defined con-
tribution plan, the Company’s only obligation is to pay a fixed amount to a
separate entity (a pension trust fund) with no obligation to pay further con-
tributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee
benefits. The related actuarial and investment risks fall on the employee.
The expenditures for defined contribution plans are recognized as
expenses during the period when the employee provides service.

Under a defined benefit plan, it is the Company’s obligation to provide

agreed benefits to current and former employees. The related actuarial
and investment risks fall on the Company.

The present value of the defined benefit obligations for current and for-
mer employees is calculated using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The
discount rate for each country is determined by reference to market yields
on high-quality corporate bonds that have maturity dates approximating
the terms of the Company’s obligations. In countries where there is no
deep market in such bonds, the market yields on government bonds are
used. The calculations are based upon actuarial assumptions, assessed
on a quarterly basis, and are as a minimum prepared annually. Actuarial
assumptions are the Company’s best estimate of the variables that deter-
mine the cost of providing the benefits. When using actuarial assump-
tions, it is possible that the actual results will differ from the estimated
results or that the actuarial assumptions will change from one period to
another. These differences are reported as actuarial gains and losses.
They are, for example, caused by unexpectedly high or low rates of
employee turnover, changed life expectancy, salary changes, remeasure-
ment of plan assets and changes in the discount rate. Actuarial gains and
losses are recognized in OCI in the period in which they occur. The Com-
pany’s net liability for each defined benefit plan consists of the present
value of pension commitments less the fair value of plan assets and is rec-
ognized net on the balance sheet. When the result is a net benefit to the

Company, the recognized asset is limited to the present value of any future
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan.

Interest cost on the defined benefit obligation and interest income on
plan assets is calculated as a net interest amount by applying the discount
rate to the net defined benefit liability. All past service costs are recog-
nized immediately. Swedish special payroll tax is accounted for as a part
of the pension cost and the pension liability respectively.

Payroll taxes related to actuarial gains and losses are included in deter-

mining actuarial gains and losses, reported under OCI.

In Note C2, “Critical accounting estimates and judgments,” further dis-

closure is presented in relation to key sources of estimation uncertainty.

Share-based compensation to employees and
the Board of Directors
Share-based compensation is related to remuneration to all employees,
including key management personnel and the Board of Directors.

Under IFRS, a company shall recognize compensation costs for share-

based compensation programs based on a measure of the value to the
company of services received under the plans.

This value is based on the fair value of, for example, free shares at grant
date, measured as stock price as per each investment date. The value at
grant date is charged to the income statement as any other remuneration
over the service period. For example, value at grant date is 90. Given the
normal service period of three years within Ericsson, 30 would be charged
per year during the service period.

The amount charged to the income statement is reversed in equity

each time of the income statement charge.

The reason for this IFRS accounting principle is that compensation cost

is a cost with no direct cash flow impact. The purpose of share-based
accounting according to IFRS (IFRS 2) is to present the impact of share-
based programs, being part of the total remuneration, in the income
statement.

Compensation to employees
Stock purchase plans
For stock purchase plans, compensation costs are recognized during
the vesting period, based on the fair value of the Ericsson share at the
employee’s investment date. The fair value is based upon the share price
at investment date, adjusted for the fact that no dividends will be received
on matching shares prior to matching and other features that are non-
vesting conditions. The employee pays a price equal to the share price at
investment date for the investment shares. The investment date is consid-
ered as the grant date. In the balance sheet, the corresponding amounts
are accounted for as equity. Vesting conditions are non-market-based
and affect the number of shares that Ericsson will match. Other features
of a share-based payment are non-vesting conditions. These features
would need to be included in the grant date fair value for transactions with
employees and others providing similar services. Non-vesting conditions
would not impact the number of awards expected to vest or valuation
thereof subsequent to grant date. When calculating the compensation
costs for shares under performance-based matching programs, the
Company at each reporting date assesses the probability that the per-
formance targets will be met. Compensation expenses are based on
estimates of the number of shares that will match at the end of the vesting
period. When shares are matched, social security charges are to be paid
in certain countries on the value of the employee benefit. The employee
benefit is generally based on the market value of the shares at the match-
ing date. During the vesting period, estimated amounts for such social
security charges are expensed and accrued.

Compensation to the Board of Directors
During 2008, the Parent Company introduced a share-based compens-
ation program as a part of the remuneration to the Board of Directors. The
program gives non-employee Directors elected by the General Meeting
of Shareholders a right to receive part of their remuneration as a future
payment of an amount which corresponds to the market value of a share
of class B in the Parent Company at the time of payment, as further dis-
closed in Note C28, “Information regarding members of the Board of
Directors, the Group management and employees.” The cost for cash
settlements is measured and recognized based on the estimated costs

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014for the program on a pro rata basis during the service period, being one
year. The estimated costs are remeasured during and at the end of the
service period.

Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of a company whose operating
results are regularly reviewed by the Company’s chief operating decision
maker, (CODM), to make decisions about resources to be allocated to
the segment and assess its performance. The President and the Chief
Executive Officer is defined as the CODM function in the Company.

The segment presentation, as per each segment, is based on the
Company’s accounting policies as disclosed in this note. The arm’s
length principle is applied in transactions between the segments.

The Company’s segment disclosure about geographical areas is

based on the country in which transfer of risks and rewards occur.

New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
A number of issued new standards, amendments to standards and inter-
pretations are not yet effective for the year ended December 31, 2014 and
have not been applied in preparing these consolidated financial statements.
Below is a list of applicable standards/interpretations, that have been

issued and are effective for periods as described per standard.

> IFRS 9, “Financial instruments.” The complete version of IFRS 9

replaces most of the guidance in IAS 39. IFRS 9 retains but simplifies
the mixed measurement model and establishes three primary mea-
surement categories for financial assets: amortized cost, fair value
through OCI and fair value through P&L. The basis of classification
depends on the entity’s business model and the contractual cash flow
characteristics of the financial asset. Investments in equity instruments
are required to be measured at fair value through profit or loss with the
irrevocable option at inception to present changes in fair value in OCI.
There is now a new expected credit losses model that replaces the
incurred loss impairment model used in IAS 39. This standard is effec-
tive as from January 1, 2018. The EU has not yet endorsed IFRS 9,
‘Financial instruments.’ The Company has not yet finalized the evalua-
tion of any impact on financial result or position.

> IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” Revenue is
recognized when a customer obtains control of a good or service. A
customer obtains control when it has the ability to direct the use of and
obtain the benefits from the good or service. The core principle of IFRS
15 is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of prom-
ised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for
those goods or services. This standard is effective as from January 1,
2017. The EU has not yet endorsed IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts
with Customers.” The Company has not yet finalized the evaluation of
any impact on financial result or position.

Revenue recognition
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Examples of estimates of total contract revenue and cost that are nec-
essary are the assessing of customer possibility to reach conditional
purchase volumes triggering contractual discounts to be given to the
customer, the impact on the Company revenue in relation to performance
criteria and whether any loss provisions shall be made.

Judgments made in relation to accounting policies applied
Parts of the Company’s sales are generated from large and complex
customer contracts. Managerial judgment is applied regarding, among
other aspects, conformance with acceptance criteria and if transfer of
risks and rewards to the buyer have taken place to determine if revenue
and costs should be recognized in the current period, degree of comple-
tion and the customer credit standing to assess whether payment is likely
or not to justify revenue recognition.

Trade and customer finance receivables
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
The Company monitors the financial stability of its customers and the
environment in which they operate to make estimates regarding the
likelihood that the individual receivables will be paid. Total allowances
for estimated losses as of December 31, 2014, were SEK 1.5 (1.2) billion
or 1.8% (1.6%) of gross trade and customer finance receivables.

Credit risks for outstanding customer finance credits are regularly
assessed as well, and allowances are recorded for estimated losses.

Inventory valuation
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Esti-
mates are required in relation to forecasted sales volumes and inventory
balances. In situations where excess inventory balances are identified,
estimates of net realizable values for the excess volumes are made.
Inventory allowances for estimated losses as of December 31, 2014,
amounted to SEK 2.3 (2.5) billion or 8% (10%) of gross inventory.

Deferred taxes
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differ-
ences and for tax loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax is recognized net of
valuation allowances. The valuation of temporary differences and tax loss
carry-forwards, is based on management’s estimates of future taxable
profits in different tax jurisdictions against which the temporary differences
and loss carry-forwards may be utilized.

The largest amounts of tax loss carry-forwards are reported in Sweden,

with an indefinite period of utilization (i.e. with no expiry date). For further
detailed information, please refer to Note C8, “Taxes.”

At December 31, 2014, the value of deferred tax assets amounted
to SEK 12.8 (9.1) billion. The deferred tax assets related to loss carry-
forwards are reported as non-current assets.

C2 Critical accounting estimates and judgments

The preparation of financial statements and application of accounting
standards often involve management’s judgment and the use of estimates
and assumptions deemed to be reasonable at the time they are made.
However, other results may be derived with different judgments or using
different assumptions or estimates, and events may occur that could
require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liabil-
ity affected. Following are the most important accounting policies subject
to such judgments and the key sources of estimation uncertainty that the
Company believes could have the most significant impact on the reported
results and financial position.

The information in this note is grouped as per:

> Key sources of estimation uncertainty
> Judgments management has made in the process of applying the

Company’s accounting policies.

Accounting for income tax, value added tax, and other taxes
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Accounting for these items is based upon evaluation of income-, value
added- and other tax rules in all jurisdictions where the Company per-
forms activities. The total complexity of rules related to taxes and the
accounting for these require management’s involvement in judgments
regarding classification of transactions and in estimates of probable
outcomes of claimed deductions and/or disputes.

Acquired intellectual property rights and other intangible assets,
including goodwill
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
At initial recognition, future cash flows are estimated, to ensure that the
initial carrying values do not exceed the expected discounted cash flows
for the items of this type of assets. After initial recognition, impairment
testing is performed whenever there is an indication of impairment, except
in the case of goodwill for which impairment testing is performed at least

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

once per year. Negative deviations in actual cash flows compared to esti-
mated cash flows as well as new estimates that indicate lower future cash
flows might result in recognition of impairment charges.

For further discussion on goodwill, see Note C1, “Significant account-

ing policies” and Note C10, “Intangible assets.” Estimates related to
acquired intangible assets are based on similar assumptions and risks as
for goodwill.

At December 31, 2014, the amount of acquired intellectual property
rights and other intangible assets amounted to SEK 50.9 (44.4) billion,
including goodwill of SEK 38.3 (31.5) billion.

Judgments made in relation to accounting policies applied
At initial recognition and subsequent remeasurement, management judg-
ments are made, both for key assumptions and regarding impairment
indicators. In the purchase price allocation made for each acquisition, the
purchase price shall be assigned to the identifiable assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities based on fair values for these assets. Any remaining
excess value is reported as goodwill.

This allocation requires management judgment as well as the definition

of cash-generating units for impairment testing purposes. Other judg-
ments might result in significantly different results and financial position
in the future.

Provisions
Warranty provisions
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Provisions for product warranties are based on current volumes of
products sold still under warranty and on historic quality rates for mature
products as well as estimates and assumptions regarding future quality
rates for new products and estimates of costs to remedy the various
qualitative issues that might occur. Total provisions for product warranties
as of December 31, 2014, amounted to SEK 0.8 (0.9) billion.

Provisions other than warranty provisions
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Provisions, other than warranty provisions, mainly comprise amounts
related to contractual obligations and penalties to customers and estimated
losses on customer contracts, restructuring, risks associated with patent
and other litigations, supplier or subcontractor claims and/or disputes, as
well as provisions for unresolved income tax and value added tax issues.
The estimates related to the amounts of provisions for penalties, claims or
losses receive special attention from the management. At December 31,
2014, provisions other than warranty commitments amounted to SEK 3.6
(4.5) billion. For further detailed information, see Note C18, “Provisions.”

Judgments made in relation to accounting policies applied
Whether a present obligation is probable or not requires judgment. The
nature and type of risks for these provisions differ and management’s
judgment is applied regarding the nature and extent of obligations in
deciding if an outflow of resources is probable or not.

Contingent liabilities
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
As disclosed under ‘Provisions other than warranty provisions’ there are
uncertainties in the estimated amounts. The same type of uncertainty
exists for contingent liabilities.

Judgments made in relation to accounting policies applied
As disclosed under Note C1, “Significant accounting policies” a potential
obligation that is not likely to result in an economic outflow is classified as
a contingent liability, with no impact on the Company’s financial state-
ments. However, should an obligation in a later period be deemed to be
probable, then a provision shall be recognized, impacting the financial
statements.

Pension and other post-employment benefits
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Accounting for the costs of defined benefit pension plans and other appli-
cable post-employment benefits is based on actuarial valuations, relying
on key estimates for discount rates, future salary increases, employee
turnover rates and mortality tables. The discount rate assumptions are
based on rates for high-quality fixed-income investments with durations
as close as possible to the Company’s pension plans. At December 31,
2014, defined benefit obligations for pensions and other post-employ-
ment benefits amounted to SEK 73.8 (52.9) billion and fair value of plan
assets to SEK 56.9 (46.6) billion. For more information on estimates and
assumptions, see Note C17, “Post-employment benefits.”

Foreign exchange risks
Key sources of estimation uncertainty
Foreign exchange risk impacts the financial results of the Company: see
further disclosure in Note C20, “Financial Risk Management and Financial
Instruments,” under Foreign Exchange Risk.

C3 Segment information

Operating segments
When determining Ericsson’s operating segments, consideration has
been given to which markets and what type of customers the products
and services aim to attract, as well as the distribution channels they are
sold through. Commonality regarding technology, research and develop-
ment has also been taken into account. To best reflect the business focus
and to facilitate comparability with peers, four operating segments are
reported:
> Networks
> Global Services
> Support Solutions
> Modems

Networks delivers products and solutions for mobile access, IP and
transmission networks, core networks and cloud. The offering includes:
> Radio access solutions that interconnect with devices such as mobile
phones, tablets and PCs. The RBS 6000 supports all major standard-
ized mobile technologies

> IP routing and transport solutions based on the smart services routers,
(the SSR 8000 family of products), Ericsson’s evolved IP network as
well as backhaul including microwave (MINI-LINK) and optical trans-
mission solutions for mobile and fixed networks

> Core networks are based on the Ericsson Blade Server platform and

include solutions such as the IMS

> A cloud platform that can handle all types of workloads for all clouds;

telecom cloud, IT cloud and commercial cloud.

> Operations Support Systems (OSS), supporting operators’ manage-
ment of existing networks and introduction of new technologies and
services.

Global Services delivers managed services, product-related services,
consulting and systems integration services as well as broadcast and
media services. The offering includes:
> Managed Services: Services for designing, building, operating and

managing the day-to-day operations of the customer’s network or solu-
tion; maintenance; network sharing solutions; plus shared solutions
such as hosting of platforms and applications. Ericsson also offers
managed services of IT environments.

> Product-related services: Services to expand, upgrade, restructure or

migrate networks; network-rollout services; customer support; network
design and optimization services.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 > Consulting and Systems Integration: Technology and operational

consulting; integration of multi-vendor equipment; design and integra-
tion of new solutions and transforming programs.

> Broadcast Services: Services include responsibility for technical

platforms and operational services related to TV content management,
playout and service provisioning.

> Industry and Society; All above types of services for industry-specific
solutions, primarily in the areas of utilities, transport & public safety.

Support Solutions provides software suites for operators. The offering
includes:
> Operations Support Systems: plan, build and optimize, service fulfill-

ment and service assurance.

> Business Support Systems: revenue management (prepaid, post-paid,
convergent charging and billing), mediation and customer care solu-
tions.

> TV & Media solutions: a suite of open, standards-based solutions and
products for the creation, management and delivery of TV on any
device over any network, including a TV platform for content creation,
content management, on-demand video delivery, advanced video
compression and video-optimized delivery network infrastructure.
> M-Commerce solutions for money transfer: payment transactions and
services between mobile subscribers and operators or other service
providers.

Modems performs design, development and sales of the LTE multimode
thin modems solutions, including 2G, 3G and 4G interoperability. Modems
was consolidated into Ericsson in late 2013. Since the integration, the
addressable market for thin modems has been reduced. In addition,
there is strong competition, price erosion and an accelerating pace of
technology innovation. As a consequence, Ericsson announced, on
September 18, 2014, the discontinuation of further development of
modems. Modems will have no impact on Group profit and loss from
the second half of 2015.

Former segments
ST-Ericsson was a joint venture between Ericsson and STMicroelectron-
ics. In 2013, the joint venture was closed and all business was either split
up between parents or divested. As of January 1, 2013, ST-Ericsson is no
longer reported as a separate segment.

Ericsson acquired the LTE thin-modem operations which was consoli-

dated in a new segment entitled “Modems.”

As of December 31, 2012 there were no remaining investments related

to ST-Ericsson on the Company’s balance sheet. For more information,
see Note C12, “Financial assets.”

Sony Ericsson was, up until 2012, a joint venture delivering mobile
phones and accessories. In February 2012, Ericsson completed the
divestment of its 50% stake in Sony Ericsson to Sony. The sale resulted
in a gain of SEK 7.7 billion. Sony Ericsson was not consolidated by the
Company during 2012.

Unallocated
Some revenues, costs, assets and liabilities are not identified as part of
any operating segment and are therefore not allocated. Examples of such
items are costs for corporate staff, IT costs and general marketing costs.

Regions
The Regions are the Company’s primary sales channel. The Company
operates worldwide and reports its operations divided into ten georaphi-
cal regions:
> North America
> Latin America
> Northern Europe & Central Asia
> Western and Central Europe
> Mediterranean
> Middle East
> Sub-Saharan Africa
> India
> North East Asia
> South East Asia & Oceania
> Other.

Region “Other” includes licensing revenues, broadcast services, power
modules, mobile broadband modules, Ericsson-LG Enterprise and other
businesses.

Major customers
The Company does not have any customer for which revenues from
transactions have exceeded 10% of the Company’s total revenues for the
years 2014, 2013 or 2012.

Ericsson derives most of its sales from large, multi-year agreements
with a limited number of significant customers. Out of a customer base of
more than 500, mainly consisting of network operators, the 10 largest
customers accounted for 47% (44%) of net sales. The largest customer
accounted for approximately 8% (8%) of sales in 2014.

For more information, see Risk Factors, “Market, Technology and

Business Risks.”

Marketing channels
Marketing in a business-to-business environment is expanding, from
being primarily conducted through personal meetings, to on-line forums,
expert blogs and social media. Ericsson performs marketing through:
> Customer engagement with a consultative approach
> Selective focus on events and experience centers for customer experi-

ence and interaction

> Continuous dialogue with customers and target audiences through

social and other digital media (including virtual events)

> Activation of the open social and digital media landscape to strengthen

message reach and impact

> Execution of solutions-driven programs, aligned globally

and regionally.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 20140

–748
–

–69
5
–
–
–
–
–36

–

–570
–

23
–
–
–
–
–88
51

Group

227,983

16,807
7%
1,277
–2,273

15,811
–4,668

11,143

–56
–5,598
–4,329
–37
19
–1,456
–36

Group

227,376

17,845
8%
1,346
–2,093

17,098
–4,924

12,174

–130
–5,928
–4,227
–7
25
–4,453
–841

FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Operating segments 2014

Segment sales

Net sales

Operating income
Operating margin (%)
Financial income
Financial expenses

Income after financial items
Taxes

Net income

Networks

117,487

13,544
12%

Global
Services

97,659

6,067
6%

Support
Solutions

12,655

–31
0%

Modems

182

–2,025
–

Other segment items
Share in earnings of JV and associated companies
Amortization
Depreciation
Impairment losses
Reversals of impairment losses
Restructuring expenses
Gains/losses from divestments

33
–3,497
–3,225
–34
14
–443

32
–1,036
–820
–1
4
–835

–52
–902
–124
–2
0
–146

0
–168
–160
0
1
–32

13
–5,603
–4,329
–37
19
–1,456

Total
Segments

Unallocated

227,983

17,555
8%

Operating segments 2013

Segment sales

Net sales

Operating income
Operating margin (%)
Financial income
Financial expenses

Income after financial items
Taxes

Net income

Networks

117,699

11,318
10%

Global
Services

Support
Solutions

Modems

Total
Segments

Unallocated

97,443

6,185
6%

12,234

1,455
12%

–

–543
–

227,376

18,415
8%

Other segment items
Share in earnings of joint ventures and associated
companies
Amortization
Depreciation
Impairment losses
Reversals of impairment losses
Restructuring expenses
Gains/losses from divestments

–155
–4,237
–3,243
–5
19
–2,182
–621

60
–925
–788
–2
5
–1,997
–166

–58
–722
–135
0
1
–186
–105

–
–44
–61
–
–
–
–

–153
–5,928
–4,227
–7
25
–4,365
–892

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Operating segments 2012

Segment sales
Inter-segment sales

Net sales

Operating income
Operating margin (%)
Financial income
Financial expenses

Income after financial items
Taxes

Net income

Other segment items
Share in earnings of joint ventures and
associated companies
Amortization
Depreciation
Impairment losses
Reversals of impairment losses
Write-down of investment
Restructuring expenses
Gains/losses from divestments

Networks

117,185
100

117,285

7,057
6%

Global
Services

Support
Solutions

Sony
Ericsson

ST-
Ericsson

Total
Segments

Unallocated

Eliminations 1)

97,009
34

97,043

6,226
6%

13,445
6

13,451

1,150
9%

–
–

–

8,457
634

9,091

8,026 2)

–

–15,447 3)
–170%

236,096
774

236,870

7,012
3%

–
–

–

–267
–

–8,457
–634

–9,091

3,713
–

–59
–3,832
–3,035
–385
39
–
–1,253
–59

45
–853
–727
–9
9
–
–1,930
1

–20
–809
–290
–1
4
–
–246
216

–
–
–
–
–
–
–

8,026 2)

–11,734 3)
–322
–741

– 4)
–
–4,684
–624
–

–11,768
–5,816
–4,793
–395
52
–4,684
–4,053
8,184

37
–
–
–
–
–
–18
152

–
322
741
–
–
–
624
–

1) All segment sales are presented, but as ST-Ericsson sales are accounted for in accordance with the equity method, their sales are eliminated in the Eliminations column.
2) Includes a gain from the divestment of Sony Ericsson of SEK 7.7 billion.
3) Includes a write-down of SEK –4.7 billion of the ST-Ericsson investment, a provision of SEK –3.3 billion and the Company’s share in ST-Ericsson’s operating loss of SEK –3.7 billion.
4) Impairment losses included in Write-down of investment.

Revenue from the acquired Telcordia business operation is reported 50/50 between segments Global Services and Support Solutions.

Regions

North America 3)
Latin America
Northern Europe & Central Asia 1) 2)
Western & Central Europe 2)
Mediterranean 2)
Middle East
Sub-Saharan Africa
India
North East Asia 4)
South East Asia & Oceania
Other 1) 2) 3) 4)

Total
1) Of which in Sweden 6)
2) Of which in EU 6)
3) Of which in the United States 6)
4) Of which in China 6)

Net sales

Non-current assets 5)

2014

54,509
22,570
12,373
19,706
23,003
21,277
8,749
7,702
27,572
15,858
14,664

227,983
4,144
45,101
55,722
14,335

2013

59,339
21,982
11,618
18,485
24,156
17,438
10,049
6,138
27,398
15,787
14,986

227,376
4,427
43,544
59,085
11,799

2012

56,749
22,006
11,345
17,478
23,299
15,556
11,349
6,460
36,196
15,068
12,273

227,779
5,033
44,230
56,698
12,637

2014

16,148
1,749
43,868
4,227
1,389
100
54
471
2,217
345
–

70,568
43,298
48,881
13,116
1,370

2013

13,290
1,742
38,522
3,539
1,089
46
32
439
2,667
342
–

61,708
38,049
42,239
11,173
1,344

5) Total non-current assets excluding financial instruments, deferred tax assets, and post-employment benefit assets.
6) Including IPR revenue reported under Other above.

For employee information, see Note C28, “Information regarding members of the Board of Directors, the Group management and employees.”

Group

227,639
140

227,779

10,458
5%
1,708
–1,984

10,182
–4,244

5,938

–11,731
–5,494
–4,052
–395
52
–4,684
–3,447
8,336

2012

15,058
2,084
38,335
2,922
1,099
32
119
460
3,371
301
–

63,781
37,718
41,546
13,003
1,399

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C4 Net sales

Net sales

Sales of products and network rollout services 1)
Professional Services sales
License revenues

Net sales
Export sales from Sweden

1) Entirely delivery-type contracts.

C5 Expenses by nature

Expenses by nature

Goods and services
Employee remuneration
Amortization and depreciation
Impairments and obsolescence allowances,
net of reversals
Financial expenses
Taxes

Expenses incurred
Inventory increase/decrease (–/+) 1)
Additions to capitalized development

2014

2013

2012

147,235
70,831
9,917

227,983
113,734

150,429
66,395
10,552

227,376
108,944

154,068
67,092
6,619

227,779
106,997

2014

2013

2012

126,401
75,950
9,927

1,138
2,273
4,668

220,357
–2,929
–1,523

129,453
65,064
10,155

537
2,093
4,924

212,226
5,220
–915

137,769
64,100
9,546

1,999
1,984
4,244

219,642
2,782
–1,641

Expenses charged to the income statement

215,905

216,531

220,783

1) The inventory changes are based on changes of gross inventory values prior to obsolescence

allowances.

C7 Financial income and expenses

Financial income and expenses

Total restructuring charges in 2014 were SEK 1.5 (4.5) billion and were
mainly related to the continued implementation of the service delivery
strategy. Restructuring charges are included in the expenses presented
above.

Restructuring charges by function

Cost of sales
R&D expenses
Selling and administrative expenses

Total restructuring charges

2014

1,029
304
123

1,456

2013

2,657
872
924

4,453

2012

2,225
852
370

3,447

C6 Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and expenses

Gains on sales of intangible assets and PP&E
Losses on sales of intangible assets and PP&E
Gains on sales of investments and operations
Losses on sales of investments and operations

2014

843
–935
8
–44

2013

172
–307
69
–910

Capital gains/losses, net
Other operating revenues/expenses

–128
–2,028 2)

–976
1,089 2)

Total other operating income and expenses

–2,156

113

2012

12
–261
8,462 1)
–126

8,087
878

8,965

1) Includes a gain from the divestment of Sony Ericsson of SEK 7.7 billion.
2) Includes revaluation of cash flow hedges of SEK –2.8 (0.5) billion. For more information,

see Note C1, “Significant accounting policies.”

Contractual interest on financial assets

Of which on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Contractual interest on financial liabilities
Net gains/losses on:

Instruments at fair value through profit or loss 1)

Of which included in fair value hedge relationships

Loans and receivables
Liabilities at amortized cost

Other financial income and expenses

Total

2014

2013

2012

Financial
income

Financial
expenses

Financial
income

Financial
expenses

Financial
income

Financial
expenses

713
297
–

624
–
–70
–
10

–
–
–1,376

–651
–123
–
–32
–214

971
597
–

447
–
–75
–
3

–
–
–1,412

–601
–196
–
196
–276

1,277

–2,273

1,346

–2,093

1,685
1,308
–

142
–
–127
–
8

1,708

–
–
–1,734

54
–129
–
–133
–171

–1,984

1) Excluding net loss from operating assets and liabilities, SEK 143 million (net gain of SEK 49 million in 2013, SEK 1,299 million in 2012), reported as Cost of sales.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
C8 Taxes

The Company’s tax expense for 2014 was SEK –4,668 (–4,924) million
or 29.5% (28.8%) of income after financial items. The tax rate may vary
between years depending on business and geographical mix.

Income taxes recognized in the income statement

Current income taxes for the year
Current income taxes related to prior years
Deferred tax income/expense (+/–)

Subtotal
Share of taxes in joint ventures
and associated companies

Tax expense

2014

–5,714
–66
1,112

–4,668

2013

–3,985
–26
–913

–4,924

2012

–5,795
–241
1,697

–4,339

–

–4,668

–4,924

–4,244

A reconciliation between reported tax expense for the year and the
theoretical tax expense that would arise when applying statutory tax
rate in Sweden, 22.0%, on the consolidated income before taxes, is
shown in the table below.

Reconciliation of Swedish income tax rate with effective tax rate

Expected tax expense at Swedish tax rate
22.0%
Effect of foreign tax rates

Of which joint ventures and associated
companies

Current income taxes related to prior years
Remeasurement of tax loss carry- forwards
Remeasurement of deductible temporary
differences
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses
Tax effect of non-taxable income
Tax effect of changes in tax rates

Tax expense
Effective tax rate

2014

2013

2012

–3,479
–856

–3,762
–935

–2,678
–581

–2
–66
–51

–459
–2,125
2,383
–15

–4,668
29.5%

–
–26
165

86
–620
199
–31

–4,924
28.8%

–778
–241
134

468
–3,430
2,573
–489

–4,244
41.7%

Deferred tax balances
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are derived from the balance sheet
items as shown in the table below.

Tax effects of temporary differences and tax loss carry-forwards

Deferred
tax assets

Deferred
tax liabilities

Net
balance

2014
Intangible assets and property, plant
and equipment
Current assets
Post-employment benefits
Provisions
Other
Loss carry-forwards

Deferred tax assets/liabilities
Netting of assets/liabilities

Deferred tax balances, net

2013
Intangible assets and property, plant and
equipment
Current assets
Post-employment benefits
Provisions
Other
Loss carry-forwards

Deferred tax assets/liabilities
Netting of assets/liabilities

Deferred tax balances, net

Changes in deferred taxes, net

Opening balance, net
Recognized in Net income
Recognized in Other comprehensive income
Acquisitions/disposals of subsidiaries
Currency translation differences

Closing balance, net

517
2,720
4,024
1,729
2,478
3,279

14,747
–1,969

12,778

300
1,958
2,008
997
2,416
3,578

11,257
–2,154

9,103

3,645
197
1,013
63
228
–

5,146
–1,969

3,177

3,143
164
1,033
293
171
–

4,804
–2,154

2,650

2014

6,453
1,112
2,223
–377
190

9,601

6,453

2013

9,201
–913
–1,056
–663
–116

6,453

Tax effects reported directly in Other comprehensive income amount to
SEK 2,223 (–1,056) million, of which actuarial gains and losses related to
pensions constituted SEK 2,218 (–1,231) million, cash flow hedges SEK 0
(179) million and deferred tax on gains/losses on hedges on investments
in foreign entities SEK 5 (–4) million.

Deferred tax assets are only recognized in countries where the Com-

pany expects to be able to generate corresponding taxable income in
the future to benefit from tax reductions.

Significant tax loss carry-forwards are related to countries with long or
indefinite periods of utilization, mainly Sweden and Germany. Of the total
SEK 3,279 (3,578) million recognized deferred tax assets related to tax
loss carry-forwards, SEK 2,336 (2,177) million relates to Sweden with
indefinite periods of utilization. Due to the Company’s strong current
financial position and taxable income during 2014, the Company has
been able to utilize part of its tax loss carry-forwards during the year.
The assessment is that the Company will be able to generate sufficient
income in the coming years to also utilize the remaining part of the
recognized amounts.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Tax loss carry-forwards
Deferred tax assets regarding tax loss carry-forwards are reported to
the extent that realization of the related tax benefit through future taxable
profits is probable also when considering the period during which these
can be utilized, as described below.

As of December 31, 2014, the recognized tax loss carry-forwards
amounted to SEK 13,503 (14,093) million. The tax value of these tax loss
carry-forwards is reported as an asset.

The final years in which the recognized loss carry-forwards can be

utilized are shown in the following table.

Tax loss carry-forwards: year of expiration

Year of expiration

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020 or later

Total

Tax loss
carry-forwards

Tax value

516
214
41
24
41
12,667

13,503

182
79
16
8
14
2,980

3,279

In addition to the table above there are loss carry-forwards of SEK 4,572
(3,518) million at a tax value of SEK 1,216 (1,019) million that have not been
recognized due to judgments of the possibility they will be used against
future taxable profits in the respective jurisdictions. The majority of these
loss carry-forwards have an expiration date in excess of five years.

C9 Earnings per share

Earnings per share

Basic
Net income attributable to stockholders of the
Parent Company (SEK million)
Average number of shares outstanding,
basic (millions)
Earnings per share, basic (SEK)

Diluted
Net income attributable to stockholders of
the Parent Company (SEK million)
Average number of shares outstanding,
basic (millions)
Dilutive effect for stock purchase plans (millions)
Average number of shares outstanding,
diluted (millions)
Earnings per share, diluted (SEK)

2014

2013

2012

11,568

12,005

5,775

3,237
3.57

3,226
3.72

3,216
1.80

11,568

12,005

5,775

3,237
33

3,270
3.54

3,226
31

3,257
3.69

3,216
31

3,247
1.78

C10 Intangible assets

Intangible assets 2014

Cost
Opening balance
Acquisitions/capitalization
Balances regarding acquired/divested
businesses 1)
Sales/disposals
Reclassification
Translation difference

Capitalized development expenses

Goodwill

For internal use

To be
marketed

Acquired
costs

Internal
costs

Total

10,681
1,523

2,213
–

1,478
–

14,372
1,523

31,562
–

–
–
–
–

2,014
–22
–
4,794

Intellectual property rights (IPR),
trade marks and other intangible assets

Trademarks, customer
rel ation ships and
similar rights

Patents and
acquired R&D

19,289
107

1,597
–71
–
2,440

28,777
0

943
–22
–
1,307

Total

48,066
107

2,540
–93
–
3,747

Closing balance

12,204

2,213

1,478

15,895

38,348

23,362

31,005

54,367

Accumulated amortization
Opening balance
Amortization
Sales/disposals
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated impairment losses
Opening balance
Impairment losses

Closing balance

Net carrying value

–5,349
–1,267
–
–

–6,616

–1,987
–31

–2,018

3,070

–2,157
–1
–
–

–2,158

–55
–

–55

–1,439
–2
–
–

–1,441

–37
–

–37

–8,945
–1,270
–
–

–10,215

–2,079
–31

–2,110

3,570

–
–
–
–

–

–18
–

–18

38,330

–9,543
–2,502
73
–1,472

–13,444

–
–

–

9,918

–20,377
–1,826
16
–871

–23,058

–5,331
–

–5,331

2,616

–29,920
–4,328
89
–2,343

–36,502

–5,331
–

–5,331

12,534

1) For more information on acquired/divested businesses, see Note C26, “Business combinations.”

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Intangible assets 2013

Cost
Opening balance
Acquisitions/capitalization
Balances regarding acquired/divested
businesses 1)
Sales/disposals
Reclassification
Translation difference

Capitalized development expenses

Goodwill

For internal use

To be
marketed

Acquired
costs

Internal
costs

Total

9,766
915

2,213
–

1,478
–

13,457
915

30,422
–

–
–
–
–

1,646
–302
–
–204

Intellectual property rights (IPR),
trade marks and other intangible assets

Trademarks, customer
rel ation ships and
similar rights

Patents and
acquired R&D

18,595
587

200
–113
–
20

27,416
60

1,351
–
–
–50

Total

46,011
647

1,551
–113
–
–30

Closing balance

10,681

2,213

1,478

14,372

31,562

19,289

28,777

48,066

Accumulated amortization
Opening balance
Amortization
Sales/disposals
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated impairment losses
Opening balance
Impairment losses

Closing balance

Net carrying value

–4,027
–1,322
–
–

–5,349

–1,987
–

–1,987

3,345

–2,106
–51
–
–

–2,157

–55
–

–55

–1,405
–34
–
–

–1,439

–37
–

–37

–7,538
–1,407
–
–

–8,945

–2,079
–

–2,079

3,348

–
–
–
–

–

–18
–

–18

31,544

–7,277
–2,322
92
–36

–9,543

–
–

–

9,746

–18,201
–2,199
–
23

–20,377

–5,331
–

–5,331

3,069

–25,478
–4,521
92
–13

–29,920

–5,331
–

–5,331

12,815

1) For more information on acquired/divested businesses, see Note C26, “Business combinations.”

Goodwill is allocated to the operating segments Networks, at the sum of
SEK 20.1 (16.7) billion, Global Services, at the sum of SEK 5.6 (4.5) billion
and Support Solutions, at the sum of SEK 12.6 (10.3) billion.

The recoverable amounts for cash-generating units are established
as the present value of expected future cash flows. Estimation of future
cash flows includes assumptions mainly for the following key financial
parameters:
> Sales growth
> Development of operating income (based on operating margin or cost

of goods sold and operating expenses relative to sales)

> Development of working capital and capital expenditure requirements.

The assumptions regarding industry-specific market drivers and market
growth are approved by Group management and each operating seg-
ment’s management. These assumptions are based on industry sources
as input to the projections made within the Company for the development
2014–2019 for key industry parameters:
> The number of global mobile subscriptions is estimated to grow from
around 7.1 billion by the end of 2014 to around 9 billion by the end of
2019. Of these, around 7.5 billion will be mobile broadband subscrip-
tions. Around 700 million of these mobile broadband subscriptions
will use mobile PC/tablets/mobile routers, but the vast majority will still
use mobile phones to access the internet.

> Fixed broadband subscriptions are estimated to grow from around
700 million by the end of 2014 to around 850 million in 2019. Fixed
broadband includes Fiber, Cable and xDSL.

> Mobile data traffic volume is estimated to increase by around six times
in the period 2014–2019, while fixed internet traffic is estimated to
increase around three times over the same timeframe, but from a
much larger base.

The growth in network equipment is mainly driven by a shift in investments
from voice to data. The end user requirements for “app-coverage” drives
deployment of heterogeneous networks and small cells.

broadband. There is strong IPTV subscriber growth, plus rapid growth
in digital viewing and on-demand services. As a consequence, service
providers and network owners need solutions to make networks efficient
for video delivery.

The development and build out of mobile broadband networks and
increasing number of mobile broadband subscriptions drives growth in
service introduction and traffic. This puts high demand on plan to provi-
sion, implementation and systems integration services as well as real time
payment systems. The Business Support Systems’ growth is driven by
the introduction of new services, new business models and price plans.
The demand for professional services is also driven by an increasing
business and technology complexity. Therefore, operators review their
business models and look for vendor partners that can take on a broader
responsibility, including the outsourcing of network operations.

The assumptions are also based upon information gathered in the
Company’s long-term strategy process, including assessments of new
technology, the Company’s competitive position and new types of busi-
ness and customers, driven by the continued integration of telecom, data
and media industries.

The impairment testing is based on specific estimates for the first five
years and with a reduction of nominal annual growth rate to an average
GDP growth of 3% (3%) per year thereafter. The impairment tests for
goodwill did not result in any impairment.

An after-tax discount rate of 9.0% (9.5%) has been applied for all
cash-generating units for the discounting of projected after-tax cash
flows. In addition, when a higher discount rate has been applied in the
impairment tests it has not resulted in any impairment. The assumptions
for 2013 are disclosed in Note C10, “Intangible assets” in the Annual
Report of 2013.

The Company’s discounting is based on after-tax future cash flows
and after-tax discount rates. This discounting is not materially different
from a discounting based on before-tax future cash flows and before-tax
discount rates, as required by IFRS.

In Note C1, “Significant accounting policies,” and Note C2, “Critical

The demand for support solutions is driven by the opportunities for
new types of service offerings enabled by IP technology and high-speed

accounting estimates and judgments,” further disclosures are given
regarding goodwill impairment testing.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C11 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment 2014

Real estate

Machinery and other
technical assets

Other equipment,
tools and installations

Construction in progress
and advance payments

Cost
Opening balance
Additions
Balances regarding acquired/divested businesses
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance
Depreciation
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated impairment losses
Opening balance
Impairment losses
Reversals of impairment losses
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Net carrying value

6,120
218
–
–483
–217
740

6,378

–2,492
–461
75
219
–321

–2,980

–40
–
–
62
–52
–2

–32

3,366

4,232
180
308
–842
935
460

5,273

–3,182
–539
720
–736
–337

–4,074

–123
–
19
75
14
–5

–20

1,179

24,060
2,452
119
–1,911
316
1,990

27,026

–17,945
–3,329
1,890
517
–1,539

–20,406

–62
–6
–
20
38
–4

–14

865
2,472
–
–218
–1,034
105

2,190

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment as per December 31, 2014, amounted to SEK 192 (203) million.

6,606

2,190

13,341

Real estate

Machinery and other
technical assets

Other equipment,
tools and installations

Construction in progress
and advance payments

Property, plant and equipment 2013

Cost
Opening balance
Additions
Balances regarding acquired/divested businesses
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance
Depreciation
Balances regarding divested businesses
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated impairment losses
Opening balance
Impairment losses
Reversals of impairment losses
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Net carrying value

4,985
975
–29
–185
404
–30

6,120

–2,355
–479
–
399
–75
18

–2,492

–45
–
–
4
–
1

–40

3,588

4,746
175
–564
–341
165
51

4,232

–3,489
–558
450
386
80
–51

–3,182

–124
–7
2
6
1
–1

–123

927

23,033
2,113
315
–1,677
627
–351

24,060

–16,623
–3,190
147
1,493
–5
233

–17,945

–86
–
23
–
–1
2

–62

6,053

Total

35,277
5,322
427
–3,454
0
3,295

40,867

–23,619
–4,329
2,685
0
–2,197

–27,460

–225
–6
19
157
0
–11

–66

Total

34,215
4,503
–297
–2,801
–
–343

35,277

–22,467
–4,227
597
2,278
–
200

–23,619

–255
–7
25
10
–
2

–225

1,451
1,240
–19
–598
–1,196
–13

865

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–

865

11,433

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014C12 Financial assets, non-current

Equity in joint ventures and associated companies

Opening balance
Share in earnings
Contributions to joint ventures
and associated companies
OCI
Dividends
Divestments

Closing balance

1) Goodwill, net, amounts to SEK 15 (11) million.

2014

2,568
–56

–2
579
–249
–47

2013

2,842
–130

–2
–14
–128
–

2,793 1)

2,568 1)

The major holdings in joint ventures and associated companies are specified below.

All companies apply IFRS in the reporting to the Company as issued by IASB.

Ericsson’s share of assets, liabilities and income in associated company
Rockstar Consortium

Ericsson’s share of assets, liabilities and income in joint venture
ST-Ericsson 1)

Percentage in ownership interest
Total assets
Total liabilities

Net assets (100%)
Company’s share of net assets (21.26%)
Net sales
Income after financial items

Net income and total comprehensive
income (100%)
Company’s share of net income and other
comprehensive income (21,26%)

2014

2013

2012

21.26% 21.26% 21.26%
7,342
6,429
28
53

7,348
196

7,152
1,520
–
–484

6,376
1,356
–
–897

7,314
1,555
–
–376

–484

–897

–376

–103

–191

–80

Rockstar Consortium LLC (Rockstar) is a company that was formed in
2011 by Apple, Blackberry, Ericsson, Microsoft, and Sony to purchase
approximately 4,000 patent assets out of the original about 6000 from the
Nortel bankruptcy estate. On December 23, 2014 it was agreed between
the owners of Rockstar and RPX Corporation (RPXC) that RPX shall pur-
chase the remaining patents of Rockstar. The transaction occured in 2015
and the impact on income will not be material in 2015.

Percentage in ownership interest
Non-current assets
Current assets
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

Net assets (100%)
Company’s share of net assets (50%)
Net sales
Income after financial items
Income taxes

Net income and total comprehensive
income (100%)
Company’s share of net income and
other comprehensive income (50%)

Assets pledged as collateral
Contingent liabilities

2014

50%
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–

2013

50%
6
1,435
104
1,204

133
67
3,127
–726
–64

2012

50%
2,194
2,012
740
2,678

788
394
9,090
–5,006
–800

–790

–5,806

–395 2)

–2,903

–
–

1) The table consists of amounts considered by the Company when applying the equity method in

relation to ST-Ericsson.

2) Reported losses has not been recognized in the result for the Company, due to IFRS principles

disclosed in Note C1, “Significant accounting policies.”

The joint venture ST-Ericsson, equally owned by the Company and
STMicroelectronics, is winding down. Since December 2012, there are
no remaining investments related to ST-Ericsson recognized in the Com-
pany’s balance sheet. The result in ST-Ericsson for 2014 and 2013 has
therefore not been recognized due to losses in previous periods, as per
IFRS principles disclosed in C1 “Significant accounting policies.” For more
information, see Note C3, “Segment information.”

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Financial assets, non-current

Cost
Opening balance
Additions
Disposals/repayments/deductions
Change in value in funded pension plans 1)
Revaluation
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated impairment losses/allowances
Opening balance
Impairment losses/allowance
Disposals/repayments/deductions
Translation difference

Closing balance

Net carrying value

Other investments in sha-
res and participations

Customer finance, non-
current

Derivatives,
non-current

Other assets, non-current

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

1,905
–
–1
–
47
164

2,115

–1,400
–
27
–151

–1,524

591

1,758
85
–20
–
71
11

1,905

–1,372
–
–14
–14

–1,400

505

1,484
1,452
–963
–
–
38

2,011

–190
–79
190
–

–79

1,538
3,070
–3,070
–
–
–54

1,484

–248
9
47
2

–190

613
–
–
–
–62
–

551

–
–
–
–

–

825
–
–30
–
–182
–

613

–
–
–
–

–

1,932

1,294

551

613

6,387
327
–1,238
–38
–
183

5,621

–1,316
–5
1,076
–27

–272

5,349

4,414
1,215
–130
951
–
–63

6,387

–1,275
–
–12
–29

–1,316

5,071

1) This amount includes asset ceiling. For further information, see Note C17, “Post-employment benefits.”

2014

2013

78,727
–1,123

77,604

289

77,893
4,629
–408

4,221
2,289
12,018

71,850
–880

70,970

71,013
3,693
–305

3,388
2,094
6,402

C13 Inventories

Inventories

Raw materials, components, consumables and
manufacturing work in progress
Finished products and goods for resale
Contract work in progress

Inventories, net

C14 Trade receivables and customer finance

2014

2013

6,880
11,117
10,178

28,175

5,747
7,743
9,269

22,759

Trade receivables and customer finance

Trade receivables excluding associated companies
and joint ventures
Allowances for impairment

Trade receivables, net
Trade receivables related to associated companies
and joint ventures

Contract work in progress includes amounts related to delivery-type
contracts and service contracts with ongoing work in progress.

Reported amounts are net of obsolescence allowances of SEK 2,326

(2,496) million.

Trade receivables, total
Customer finance credits
Allowances for impairment

Customer finance credits, net

Of which current

Movements in obsolescence allowances

Credit commitments for customer finance

Opening balance
Additions, net
Utilization
Translation difference
Balances regarding acquired/ divested busines-
ses

Closing balance

2014

2,496
691
–979
204

–86

2,326

2013

3,473
308
–1,308
12

2,496

2012

3,343
1,403
–1,140
–133

–

3,473

The amount of inventories recognized as expense and included in Cost of
sales was SEK 53,722 (56,781) million.

Days sales outstanding (DSO) were 105 (97) in December 2014.

Movements in allowances for impairment

Opening balance
Additions
Utilized
Reversal of excess amounts
Reclassification
Translation difference

Closing balance

Trade receivables

Customer finance

2014

880
316
–136
–8
–43
114

1,123

2013

655
417
–127
–72
42
–35

880

2014

305
121
–4
–5
–
–9

408

2013

422
38
–13
–136
–
–6

305

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
Aging analysis as per December 31

Total

Of which neither
impaired nor past due

Of which impaired,
not past due

less than
90 days

90 days
or more

less than
90 days

90 days
or more

Of which
past due in the following
time intervals:

Of which past due
and impaired in the following
time intervals:

2014
Trade receivables, excluding associated
companies and joint ventures
Allowances for impairment
Customer finance credits
Allowances for impairment

2013
Trade receivables, excluding associated
companies and joint ventures
Allowances for impairment
Customer finance credits
Allowances for impairment

78,727
–1,123
4,629
–408

71,850
–880
3,693
–305

71,601
–
1,602
–

66,414
–
2,851
–

35
–21
1,981
–120

25
–11
98
–82

3,412
–
1
–

3,134
–
60
–

2,577
–
677
–

1,400
–
459
–

16
–16
21
–5

23
–19
149
–139

1,086
–1086
347
–283

854
–850
76
–84

Credit risk
Credit risk is divided into three categories: credit risk in trade receivables,
customer finance risk and financial credit risk: see Note C20, “Financial
risk management and financial instruments.”

Credit risk in trade receivables
Credit risk in trade receivables is governed by a policy applicable to all
legal entities in the Company. The purpose of the policy is to:
> Avoid credit losses through establishing internal standard credit

approval routines in all the Company’s legal entities

> Ensure monitoring and risk mitigation of defaulting accounts, i.e. events

OECD. The commercial risk is assessed by analyzing a large number of
parameters, which may affect the level of the future commercial credit risk
exposure. The output from the assessment tool for the credit rating also
includes an internal pricing of the risk. This is expressed as a risk margin
per annum over funding cost. The reference pricing for political and com-
mercial risk, on which the tool is based, is reviewed using information from
Export Credit Agencies and prevailing pricing in the bank loan market for
structured financed deals. The objective is that the internally set risk mar-
gin shall reflect the assessed risk and that the pricing is as close as possi-
ble to the current market pricing. A reassessment of the credit rating for
each customer finance facility is made on a regular basis.

of non-payment and/or delayed payments from customers

Risk provisions related to customer finance risk exposures are only

> Ensure efficient credit management within the Company and thereby

improve Days sales outstanding and Cash flow
> Ensure payment terms are commercially justifiable
> Define escalation path and approval process for payment terms and

customer credit limits.

The credit worthiness of all customers is regularly assessed and a credit
limit is set. Through credit management system functionality, credit
checks are performed every time a sales order or an invoice is generated
in the source system. These are based on the credit risk set on the cus-
tomer. Credit blocks appear if the credit limit set on customer is exceeded
or if past due receivables are higher than permitted levels. Release of a
credit block requires authorization.

Letters of credits are used as a method for securing payments from
customers operating in emerging markets, in particular in markets with
unstable political and/or economic environments. By having banks con-
firming the letters of credit, the political and commercial credit risk expo-
sures to the Company are mitigated.

Trade receivables amounted to SEK 78,727 (71,850) million as of

December 31, 2014. Provisions for expected losses are regularly
assessed and amounted to SEK 1,123 (880) million as of December 31,
2014. The Company’s nominal credit losses have, however, historically
been low. The amounts of trade receivables closely follow the distribution
of the Company’s sales and do not include any major concentrations of
credit risk by customer or by geography. The five largest customers repre-
sented 30% (25%) of the total trade receivables in 2014.

Customer finance credit risk
All major commitments to finance customers are made only after approval
by the Finance Committee of the Board of Directors, according to the
established credit approval process.

Prior to the approval of new facilities reported as customer finance, an
internal credit risk assessment is conducted in order to assess the credit
rating of each transaction, for political and commercial risk. The credit risk
analysis is made by using an assessment tool, where the political risk rat-
ing is identical to the rating used by all Export Credit Agencies within the

made upon events which occur after the financing arrangement has
become effective and which are expected to have a significant adverse
impact on the borrower’s ability and/or willingness to service the out-
standing debt. These events can be political (normally outside the control
of the borrower) or commercial, e.g. a borrower’s deteriorated creditwor-
thiness.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s total outstanding exposure
related to customer finance was SEK 4,631 (3,693) million. As of Decem-
ber 31, 2014, the Company also had unutilized customer finance commit-
ments of SEK 12,018 (6,402) million. Customer finance is arranged for
infrastructure projects in different geographic markets and for a large
number of customers. As of December 31, 2014, there were a total of 88
(73) customer finance arrangements originated by or guaranteed by the
Company. The five largest facilities represented 56% (52%) of the total
credit exposure in 2014.

Total outstanding customer finance exposure per region as of December 31

Percent

North America
Latin America
Northern Europe & Central Asia
Western & Central Europe
Mediterranean
Middle East
Sub-Saharan Africa
India
North East Asia
South East Asia and Oceania

Total

2014

2013

8
3
2
3
15
30
24
1
6
8

10
3
9
1
11
22
26
5
9
4

100

The effect of risk provisions and reversals for customer finance affecting
the income statement amounted to a net negative impact of SEK 70 mil-
lion in 2014 compared to a negative impact of SEK 55 million in 2013.
Credit losses amounted to SEK 4 (13) million in 2014.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Security arrangements for customer finance facilities normally include
pledges of equipment, pledges of certain assets belonging to the borrower
and pledges of shares in the operating company. If available, third-party
risk coverage is, as a rule, arranged. “Third-party risk coverage” means
that a financial payment guarantee covering the credit risk has been
issued by a bank, an export credit agency or other financial institution.
A credit risk cover from a third party may also be issued by an insurance
company. A credit risk transfer under a sub-participation arrangement
with a bank can also be arranged. In this case the entire credit risk and
the funding is taken care of by the bank for the part that they cover.

Information about guarantees related to customer finance is included

in Note C24, “Contingent liabilities,” and information about leasing is
included in Note C27, “Leasing.”

The table below summarizes the Company’s outstanding customer

finance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Outstanding customer finance

Total customer finance
Accrued interest
Less third-party risk coverage

Ericsson’s risk exposure

2014

4,631
173
–649

4,154

2013

3,693
155
–222

3,626

Transfers of financial assets
Transfers where the Company has not derecognized
the assets in their entirety
As per December 31, 2014 there existed certain customer financing
assets that the Company had transferred to third parties where the Com-
pany did not derecognize the assets in their entirety. The total carrying
amount of the original assets transferred was SEK 811 (899) million;
the amount of the assets that the Company continues to recognize was
SEK 168 (210) million; and the carrying amount of the associated liabilities
was SEK 0 (0) million.

C15 Other current receivables

Other current receivables

Prepaid expenses
Accrued revenues
Advance payments to suppliers
Derivatives with a positive value 1)
Taxes
Other

Total

2014

4,592
3,166
746
1,000
9,853
1,916

2013

2,766
2,846
877
1,532
7,950
1,970

21,273

17,941

1) See also Note C20, “Financial risk management and financial instruments.”

C16 Equity and other comprehensive Income

Capital stock 2014
Capital stock at December 31, 2014, consisted of the following:

Capital stock

Parent Company

Class A shares
Class B shares

Total

Number of shares

261,755,983
3,043,295,752

3,305,051,735

Capital stock
(SEK million)

1,309
15,217

16,526

The capital stock of the Parent Company is divided into two classes:
Class A shares (quota value SEK 5.00) and Class B shares (quota value
SEK 5.00). Both classes have the same rights of participation in the net
assets and earnings. Class A shares, however, are entitled to one vote per
share while Class B shares are entitled to one tenth of one vote per share.

At December 31, 2014, the total number of treasury shares was

63,450,558 (73,968,178 in 2013 and 84,798,095 in 2012) Class B shares.
Ericsson did not repurchase shares in 2014 in relation to the Stock Pur-
chase Plan.

Reconciliation of number of shares

Number of shares Jan 1, 2014

3,305,051,735

16,526

Number of shares

Capital stock
(SEK million)

Number of shares Dec 31, 2014

3,305,051,735

16,526

For further information about the number of shares, see the chapter
Share Information.

Dividend proposal
The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual General Meeting 2015 a
dividend of SEK 3.40 per share (SEK 3.00 in 2014 and SEK 2.75 in 2013).

Additional paid in capital
This relates to payments made by owners and includes share premiums
paid.

Retained earnings
Retained earnings, including net income for the year, comprise the earned
profits of the Parent Company and its share of net income in subsidiaries,
joint ventures and associated companies. Retained earnings also include:

Remeasurements related to post-employment benefits
Actuarial gains and losses resulting from experience-based events and
changes in actuarial assumptions, fluctuations in the effect of the asset
ceiling, and adjustments related to the Swedish special payroll taxes.

Revaluation of other investments in shares and participations
The fair value reserve comprises the cumulative net change in the fair
value of available-for-sale financial assets.

Cash flow hedges
The cash flow hedge reserve comprises the effective portion of the cumu-
lative net change in the fair value of cash-flow-hedging instruments related
to hedged transactions that have not yet occurred.

Cumulative translation adjustments
The cumulative translation adjustments comprise all foreign currency
differences arising from the translation of the financial statements of for-
eign operations and changes regarding revaluation of excess value
in local currency as well as from the translation of liabilities that hedge
the Company’s net investment in foreign subsidiaries.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014C17 Post-employment benefits

Ericsson sponsors a number of post-employment benefit plans through-
out the Company, which are in line with market practice in each country.
The year 2014 was characterized by significant decreases in discount
rates in most plans resulting in actuarial losses on defined benefit obliga-
tions of SEK 14 billion. This was partly offset by positive development of
plan assets resulting in actuarial gains of SEK 4 billion.

Swedish plans
Sweden has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans based
on collective agreement between the parties in the Swedish labor market:
> A defined benefit plan, known as ITP 2 (occupational pension for sala-
ried employees in manufacturing industries and trade), complemented
by a defined contribution plan, known as ITPK (supplementary retire-
ment benefits). This is a final salary-based plan.

> A defined contribution plan, known as ITP 1, for employees born in

1979 or later.

> A defined contribution plan ITP 1 or alternative ITP, for employees earn-
ing more than 10 income base amount and who have opted out of the
defined benefit plan ITP 2, where rules are set by the Company and
approved by each employee selected to participate.

The Company has by far most of its Swedish pension liabilities under
defined benefit plans which are funded to 56% (73%) through Ericsson
Pensionsstiftelse (a Swedish Pension Foundation). The Pensionsstiftelse
covers the liability up to the value of the defined benefit obligation based
on Swedish GAAP calculations. There are no funding requirements for the
Swedish plans. The disability- and survivors’ pension part of the ITP-plan
is secured through an insurance solution with the company Alecta, see
section about Multi-employer plans.

The benefit payments are done from the Company since the liability is
growing and the necessary surplus therefore is not yet reached. For the
unfunded plans the Company meets the payment obligation when it falls
due. The responsibility for governance of the plans and the plan assets
lies with the Company and the Pensionsstiftelse. The Swedish Pensionss-
tiftelse is managed on the basis of a capital preservation strategy and the
risk profile is set accordingly. Traditional asset-liability matching (ALM)
studies are undertaken on a regular basis to allocate within different asset
classes.

The plans are exposed to different risks, i.e., a sudden decrease in the
bond yields, which would lead to an increase in the plan liability. A sudden
instability in the financial market might also lead to a decrease in fair value
of plan assets held by the Pensionsstiftelse, as the holdings of plan assets
partly are exposed to equity markets; however, this may be partly offset by
higher values in fixed income holdings. Swedish plans are linked to infla-
tion and higher inflation will lead to a higher liability. For the time being,
inflation is a low risk factor to the Swedish plans as actual rate of inflation
has not reached the ceiling target set by the Central Bank of Sweden.

Multi-employer plans
As before, the Company has secured the disability and survivors’ pension
part of the ITP Plan through an insurance solution with the insurance com-
pany Alecta. Although this part of the plan is classified as a multi-em-
ployer defined benefit plan, it is not possible to get sufficient information to
apply defined benefit accounting, as for most of the accrued pension
benefits in Alecta, information is missing on the allocation of earnings pro-
cess between employers. Full vesting is instead registered on the last
employer. Alecta is not able to calculate a breakdown of assets and provi-
sions for each respective employer, and therefore, the disability and survi-
vors’ pension portion of the ITP Plan has been accounted for as a defined
contribution plan.

Alecta has a collective funding ratio which acts as a buffer for its insur-

ance commitments to protect against fluctuations in investment return
and insurance risks. Alecta’s target ratio is 140% and reflects the fair value
of Alecta’s plan assets as a percentage of plan commitments, then mea-

sured in accordance with Alecta’s actuarial assumptions, which are differ-
ent from those in IAS 19R. Alecta’s collective funding ratio was 143%
(148%) as of December 31, 2014. The Company’s share of Alecta’s saving
premiums is 0.6%; the total share of active members in Alecta are 2.3%.
The expected contribution to the plan is SEK 107 million for 2015.

Contingent liabilities / Assets pledged as collateral
Contingent liabilities include the Company’s mutual responsibility as a
credit insured company of PRI Pensionsgaranti in Sweden. This mutual
responsibility can only be imposed in the instance that PRI Pensionsga-
ranti has consumed all of its assets, and it amounts to a maximum of 2%
of the Company’s pension liability in Sweden. The Company has a
pledged business mortgage of SEK 2 billion to PRI Pensionsgaranti.

US plans
The Company operates defined benefit pension plans in the US, which
are a combination of final salary pension plans and contribution-based
arrangements. The final salary pension plans provide benefits to mem-
bers in the form of a guaranteed level of pension payable for life. The level
of benefits provided depends on members’ length of service and their sal-
ary in the final years leading up to retirement. Retirees generally do not
receive inflationary increases once in payment.

The other type of plan is a contribution-based pension plan, which pro-
vides a benefit determined using a “cash balance” approach. The balance
is credited monthly with interest credits and contribution credits, based
on a combination of current year salary and length of service.

The majority of benefit payments are from trustee-administered funds;
however, there are also a number of unfunded plans where the Company
meets the benefit payment obligation as it falls due. In the US, the Com-
pany’s policy is at least to meet or exceed the funding requirements of
federal regulations. The funded level in the US Pension Plan is above the
point at which minimum funding would be required for fiscal year 2014.
Plan assets held in trusts are governed by local regulations and prac-
tice, as is the nature of the relationship between the Company and the
trustees (or equivalent) and their composition. Responsibility for gover-
nance of the plans – including investment decisions and contribution
schedules – lies with the Plan Administrative Committee (PAC). The PAC
is composed of representatives from the Company.

The Company’s plans are exposed to various risks associated with
pension plans, i.e., a sudden decrease in bond yields would lead to an
increase in the present value of the defined benefit obligation. A sudden
instability in the financial markets might also lead to a decrease in the fair
value of plan assets held by the trust. Pension benefits in the US are not
linked to inflation; however, higher inflation poses the risk of increased final
salaries being used to determine benefits for active employees. There is
also a risk that the duration of payments to retirees will exceed the life
expectancy in mortality tables.

Other plans
The Company also sponsors plans in other countries. The main plans are
in Brazil, Ireland and the United Kingdom. The plan in Brazil is a pension
plan wholly funded with a net surplus of assets. The plans in Ireland and
the UK are final salary pension plans and are partly or wholly funded. The
plans are managed by corporate trustees with directors appointed partly
by the local company and partly by the plan members. The trustees are
independent from the local company and subject to the specific country’s
pension laws.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Amount recognized in the Consolidated balance sheet

2014
Defined benefit obligation (DBO)
Fair value of plan assets

Deficit/surplus (+/–)
Plans with net surplus, excluding asset ceiling 1)
Provision for post-employment benefits 2)

2013
Defined benefit obligation (DBO)
Fair value of plan assets

Deficit/surplus (+/–)
Plans with net surplus, excluding asset ceiling 1)

Provision for post-employment benefits 2)

Sweden

Other

Total

32,885
18,412

14,473
–

14,473

23,088
16,818

6,270
–

6,270

18,281
19,665

–1,384
2,057

673

14,387
16,174

–1,787
2,307

520

22,586
18,785

3,801
1,438

5,239

15,444
13,575

1,869
1,166

3,035

73,752
56,862

16,890
3,495

20,385

52,919
46,567

6,352
3,473

9,825

1) Plans with a net surplus, i.e., where plan assets exceed DBO, are reported as Other financial assets, non-current: see Note C12, “Financial assets.”

The asset ceiling increased during the year by SEK 60 million from SEK 525 million in 2013 to SEK 585 million in 2014.

2) Plans with net liabilities are reported in the balance sheet as Post-employment benefits, non-current.

Total pension cost recognized in the Consolidated income statement
The costs for post-employment benefits within the Company are distributed between defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans, with a trend
toward defined contribution plans.

Pension costs for defined contribution plans and defined benefit plans

2014
Pension cost for defined contribution plans
Pension cost for defined benefit plans

Total
Total pension cost expressed as a percentage of wages and salaries

2013
Pension cost for defined contribution plans
Pension cost for defined benefit plans

Total
Total pension cost expressed as a percentage of wages and salaries

2012
Pension cost for defined contribution plans
Pension cost for defined benefit plans

Total
Total pension cost expressed as a percentage of wages and salaries

Sweden

953
1,039

1,992

1,088
1,581

2,669

977
936

1,913

562
39

601

502
85

587

404
–454

–50

Other

713
651

1,364

778
392

1,170

701
198

899

Total

2,228
1,729

3,957
6.8%

2,368
2,058

4,426
9.1%

2,082
680

2,762
5.7%

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Change in the net defined benefit obligation

Change in the net defined benefit obligation

Opening balance
Reclassification 1)

Included in the income statement:
Current service cost
Past service cost and gains and losses on settlements
Interest cost/ income (+/–)
Taxes and administrative expenses
Other

Remeasurements:
Return on plan assets excluding amounts in interest expense/income
Actuarial gains/losses (–/+) arising from changes in demographic
assumptions
Actuarial gains/losses (–/+) arising from changes in financial assumptions
Experience-based gains/losses (–/+)

Other changes:
Translation difference
Contributions and payments from:

Employers 2)
Plan participants
Payments from plans:
Benefit payments
Settlements

Business combinations and divestments 4)

Closing balance

Present value
of obligation

2014 3)

52,919
–

Fair value of
plan assets
2014

–46,567
–

1,476
31
2,347
54
31

3,939

–
–
–2,244
31
3

–2,210

Total
2014

6,352
–

1,476
31
103
85
34

1,729

Present value
of obligation
2013

Fair value of
plan assets
2013

51,958
1,799

–44,642
–

1,351
363
2,046
129
–4

3,885

–
–
–1,846
16
3

–1,827

Total
2013

7,316
1,799

1,351
363
200
145
–1

2,058

–

–3,643

–

–550

549
12,746
305

13,600

–
–
–

–3,643

549
12,746
305

9,957

4,949

–5,059

–110

–574
43

–1,282
–1,013
1,171

73,752

–775
–26

1,282
1,016
–880

–1,349
17

0
3
291

–56,862

16,890

46
–3,629
611

–2,972

–115

–554
55

–1,181
–116
160

52,919

–
–
–

–550

190

–971
–44

1,181
96
–

46
–3,629
611

–3,522

–1,525
11

0
–20
160

–46,567

6,352

1) The provision for the Swedish special payroll taxes which was previously included in Other current liabilities, was in 2013 re-classified as a pension liability in line

with the implementation of the revised IAS 19R on January 1, 2013.
2) The expected contribution to the plan is SEK 1,092 million during 2015.
3) The weighted average duration of DBO is 19.4 years.
4) Business combinations in 2014 are mainly related to the acquisition of Red Bee Media. In 2013 business combinations are related to the acquisition of Modems.

Present value of the defined benefit obligation

2014
DBO, closing balance

Of which partially or fully funded
Of which unfunded

2013
DBO, closing balance

Of which partially or fully funded
Of which unfunded

Sweden

Other

Total

32,885
32,348
537

23,088
22,598
490

18,281
17,608
673

14,387
13,867
520

22,586
20,005
2,581

15,444
13,396
2,048

73,752
69,961
3,791

52,919
49,861
3,058

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Asset allocation by asset type and geography

2014
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity securities
Debt securities
Real estate
Investment funds
Assets held by insurance company
Other

Total

Of which real estate occupied by the Company
Of which securities issued by the Company

2013
Cash and cash equivalents
Equity securities
Debt securities
Real estate
Investment funds
Assets held by insurance company
Other

Total

Of which real estate occupied by the Company
Of which securities issued by the Company

Sweden

Other

Total

Of which
unquoted

2,118
4,598
6,815
2,383
2,498
–
–

18,412
–
–

592
2,112
3,601
1,649
8,864
–
–

16,818
–
25

509
1,003
14,993
–
2,309
–
851

19,665
–
–

218
2,081
6,934
–
6,512
–
429

16,174
–
–

483
4,389
11,455
134
557
770
997

18,785
–
–

261
4,459
6,982
76
414
633
750

13,575
–
–

3,110
9,990
33,263
2,517
5,364
770
1,848

56,862
–
–

1,071
8,652
17,517
1,725
15,790
633
1,179

46,567
–
25

24%
10%
83%
100%
67%
100%
71%

35%
31%
61%
100%
60%
100%
65%

Actuarial assumptions

Financial and demographic actuarial assumptions 1)

Financial assumptions
Discount rate, weighted average
Demographic assumptions
Life expectancy after age 65 in years, weighted average

2014

2013

3.4%

4.5%

1) Weighted average for the Group for disclosure purposes only. Country-specific assumptions

were used for each actuarial calculation.

Actuarial gains and losses reported directly
in Other comprehensive income

Cumulative gain/loss (–/+) at beginning of year
Recognized gain/loss (–/+) during the year
Translation difference

Cumulative gain/loss (–/+) at end of year

Actuarial assumptions are assessed on a quarterly basis.
See also Notes C1 and C2.

Total remeasurements in Other comprehensive income
related to post- employment benefits

2014

5,219
9,957
129

15,305

2013

8,696
–3,522
45

5,219

2014

–8,322
–60
–1,635

–10,017

2013

3,128
–308
394

3,214

Actuarial gains and losses (+/–)
The effect of asset ceiling
Swedish special payroll taxes 1)

Total

1) Swedish payroll taxes are included in recognized gain/loss during the year in OCI.

Sensitivity analysis of significant actuarial assumptions

Impact on DBO, SEK billion

2014

2013

2014
Discount rate +0.5%
Discount rate –0.5%

–7
+8

–5
+5

Sweden
The defined benefit obligation has been calculated using a discount rate
based on yields of covered bonds, which is higher than a discount rate
based on yields of government bonds. The Swedish covered bonds are
considered high-quality bonds, mainly AAA-rated, as they are secured
with assets, and the market for covered bonds is considered deep and
liquid, thereby meeting the revised IAS 19 requirements.

US
The defined benefit obligation has been calculated using a discount rate
based on yields of high-quality corporate bonds, where “high-quality” has
been defined as a rating of AA and above.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014C18 Provisions

Provisions

2014
Opening balance
Additions
Reversal of excess amounts

Negative effect on Income Statement

Utilization/Cash out
Reclassifications
Translation differences

Closing balance

2013
Opening balance
Additions
Reversal of excess amounts

Negative effect on Income Statement

Cash out/utilization
Balances regarding divested/acquired businesses
Reclassification
Translation differences

Closing balance

Provisions will fluctuate over time depending on business mix, market
mix and technology shifts. Risk assessment in the ongoing business is
performed monthly to identify the need for new additions and reversals.
Management uses its best judgment to estimate provisions based on
this assessment. Under certain circumstances, provisions are no longer
required due to outcomes being more favorable than anticipated, which
affect the provisions balance as a reversal. In other cases, the outcome
can be negative, and if so, a charge is recorded in the income statement.
For 2014, new or additional provisions amounting to SEK 2.7 billion
were made, and SEK 0.9 billion of provisions were reversed. The actual
cash outlays for 2014 were SEK 3.1 billion compared with the estimated
SEK 4.2 billion. The total cash out for 2014 was made up of warranty pro-
visions of SEK 0.9 billion, restructuring provisions of SEK 1.2 billion and
other provisions of SEK 0.9 billion. The expected total cash outlays in
2015 are approximately SEK 3.2 billion.

Of the total provisions, SEK 202 (222) million is classified as non-cur-
rent. For more information, see Note C1, “Significant accounting policies”
and Note C2, “Critical accounting estimates and judgments.”

Warranty provisions
Warranty provisions are based on historic quality rates for established
products as well as estimates regarding quality rates for new products
and costs to remedy the various types of faults predicted. Provisions
amounting to SEK 1.0 billion were made and due to more favorable
out comes in certain cases reversals of SEK 0.3 billion were made.
The actual cash outlays for 2014 were SEK 0.9 billion, in line with the
expected SEK 0.7 billion. The cash outlays of warranty provisions
during year 2015 are estimated to total approximately SEK 0.9 billion.

Warranty Restruc turing

Other

Total

909
1,050
–319

–921
2
103

824

1,595
924
–588

–948
–2
1
–73

909

1,345
708
–195

–1,202
51
94

801

1,218
2,439
–237

–2,089
0
–3
17

1,345

3,108
968
–424

–938
–16
104

2,802

5,825
1,336
–736

–2,984
–10
–184
–139

3,108

5,362
2,726
–938
1,788
–3,061
37
301

4,427

8,638
4,699
–1,561
3,138
–6,021
–12
–186
–195

5,362

Restructuring provisions
In 2014, SEK 0.7 billion in provisions were made and SEK 0.2 billion were
reversed due to a more favorable outcome than expected. The cash out-
lays were SEK 1.2 billion for the full year, in line with the expected SEK 1.1
billion. The cash outlays for 2015 for these provisions are estimated to
total approximately SEK 0.6 billion.

Other provisions
Other provisions include provisions for probable contractual penalties, tax
issues, litigations, supplier claims, and other. During 2014, new provisions
amounting to SEK 1.0 billion were made and SEK 0.4 billion were reversed
due to a more favorable outcome. The cash outlays were SEK 0.9 billion in
2014 compared to the estimate of SEK 2.4 billion. For 2015, the cash out-
lays are estimated to total approximately SEK 1.7 billion.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C19 Interest-bearing liabilities

As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s outstanding interest-bearing
liabilities stood at SEK 24.1 (29.5) billion.

Interest-bearing liabilities

Borrowings, current
Current part of non-current borrowings 1)
Other current borrowings

Total current borrowings

Borrowings, non-current
Notes and bond loans
Other borrowings, non-current

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities

Total interest-bearing liabilities

1) Including notes and bond loans of SEK 0 (1.966) million.

2014

2013

946
1,335

2,281

14,346
7,518

21,864

24,145

6,037
1,351

7,388

14,522
7,545

22,067

29,455

To secure long term funding the Company uses notes and bond programs
together with bilateral research and development loans. All outstanding
notes and bond loans are issued by the Parent Company under its Euro
Medium-Term Note (EMTN) program or under its U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) Registered program. Bonds issued at a
fixed interest rate could be swapped to a floating interest rate using inter-
est rate swaps, and normally a maximum of 50% of all outstanding loans
are at fixed interest rates. Total weighted average interest rate cost during
the year was 3.45% (3.27%). Outstanding notes and bonds are revalued
based on changes in benchmark interest rates according to the fair value
hedge methodology stipulated in IAS 39.

In January 2014, the Company repaid the SEK 4 billion EIB loan with

original maturity in July 2015.

In February 2014, the Company repaid the USD 300 million note from

the Swedish Export Credit Corporation with original maturity in 2016.

In June 2014, the Company repaid the EUR 220 million note.
In June 2014, the Company exercised the option to extend the maturity
of the USD 2 billion multi-currency revolving credit facility with one year to
June 2019. One extension option of one year remains.

Notes, bonds, bilateral loans and committed credits

Issued–maturing

Notes and bond loans
2007–2017
2010–2020 2)
2012–2022

Total notes and bond loans

Bilateral loans
2012–2019 3)
2012–2021 4)
2013–2020 5)

Total bilateral loans

Committed credit
Long-term committed credit facility 6)

Total committed credit

Nominal
amount

Coupon

Currency

Book value
(SEK m.)

Maturity date

5.375%

4.125%

500
170
1,000

98
98
684

2,000

EUR
USD
USD

USD
USD
USD

USD

5,277 1)
1,325
7,744

14,346

763
764
5,332

6,859

June 27, 2017
December 23, 2020
May 15, 2022

September 30, 2019
September 30, 2021
November 6, 2020

June 27, 2019

Unrealized hedge
gain/loss (included
in book value)

–551

1) Interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges.
2) Private Placement, Swedish Export Credit Corporation (SEK).
3) Nordic Investment Bank (NIB), R&D project financing.
4) Nordic Investment Bank (NIB), R&D project financing.
5) European Investment Bank (EIB), R&D project financing.
6) Multi-currency revolving credit facility. Unutilized. One extension option of one year remains.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014C20 Financial risk management and financial instruments

The Company’s financial risk management is governed by a policy
approved by the Board of Directors. The Finance Committee of the Board
of Directors is responsible for overseeing the capital structure and finan-
cial management of the Company and approving certain matters (such as
investments, customer finance commitments, guarantees and borrowing)
and continuously monitors the exposure to financial risks.

The Company defines its managed capital as the total Company equity.

For the Company, a robust financial position with a strong equity ratio,
solid investment grade rating, low leverage and ample liquidity is deemed
important. This provides financial flexibility and independence to operate
and manage variations in working capital needs as well as to capitalize on
business opportunities.

The Company’s overall capital structure should support the financial
targets: to grow faster than the market, deliver best-in-class margins and
generate a healthy cash flow. The capital structure is managed by balanc-
ing equity, debt financing and liquidity in such a way that the Company
can secure funding of operations at a reasonable cost of capital. Regular
borrowings are complemented with committed credit facilities to give
additional flexibility to manage unforeseen funding needs. The Company
strives to finance growth, normal capital expenditures and dividends to
shareholders by generating cash flows from operating activities.

The Company’s capital objectives are:
> To maintain an equity ratio above 40%
> A cash conversion rate above 70%
> To maintain a positive net cash position
> To maintain a solid investment grade rating by Moody’s and

Standard & Poor’s.

Capital objectives-related information, SEK billion

Capital
Equity ratio
Cash conversion
Positive net cash

Credit rating
Moody’s
Standard & Poor’s

2014

145
50%
84%
27.6

2013

142
53%
79%
37.8

Baa1, stable
BBB+, stable

A3, negative
BBB+, negative

The Company has a treasury function with the principal role to ensure that
appropriate financing is in place through loans and committed credit facil-
ities, actively managing the Company’s liquidity as well as financial assets
and liabilities, and managing and controlling financial risk exposures in a
manner consistent with underlying business risks and financial policies.
Hedging activities, cash management and insurance management are
largely centralized to the treasury function in Stockholm.

The Company also has a customer finance function with the main
objective to find suitable third-party financing solutions for customers
and to minimize recourse to the Company. To the extent that customer
loans are not provided directly by banks, the Parent Company provides
or guarantees vendor credits. The customer finance function monitors
the exposure from outstanding vendor credits and credit commitments.

The Company classifies financial risks as:
> Foreign exchange risk
> Interest rate risk
> Credit risk
> Liquidity and refinancing risk
> Market price risk in own and other equity instruments.

The Board of Directors has established risk limits for defined exposures
to foreign exchange and interest rate risks as well as to political risks in
certain countries.

For further information about accounting policies, see Note C1,

“Significant accounting policies.”

Foreign exchange risk
The Company is a global company with sales mainly outside Sweden.
Sales and incurred costs are to a large extent denominated in currencies
other than SEK and therefore the financial results of the Company are
impacted by currency fluctuations.

The Company reports the financial statements in SEK. Movements
in exchange rates between currencies that affect these statements are
impacting the comparability between periods.

Line items, primarily sales, are impacted by translation exposure

incurred when converting foreign entities’ financial statements into SEK.
Line items and profitability, such as operating income are impacted by
transaction exposure incurred when financial assets and liabilities, pri-
marily, trade receivables and trade payables, are initially recognized
and subsequently remeasured due to change in foreign exchange rates.
The table below presents the net exposure for the eight largest cur-

rencies impact on sales and also net transaction exposure of these
currencies on profitability.

Currency exposure, SEK billion

Exposure
currency

Sales
translation
exposure

Sales
transaction
exposure

Sales net
exposure

Incurred cost
transaction

exposure 1)

Net
transaction
exposure

USD
EUR
CNY
JPY
INR
BRL
GBP
MXN

53.5
30.5
14.2
9.4
7.6
7.1
7.1
3.8

51.1
13.1
–0.3
0.0
0.0
0.0
–1.6
–4.0

104.6
43.6
13.9
9.4
7.6
7.1
5.5
–0.2

–19.6
–4.4
–2.0
5.0
0.5
1.4
0.8
1.4

31.5
8.7
–2.3
5.0
0.4
1.3
–0.8
–2.6

1) Transactions in foreign currency – internal sales, internal purchases, external purchases.

Translation exposure
Translation exposure relates to sales and cost incurred in foreign entities
when converted into SEK upon consolidation. These exposures cannot
be addressed by hedging, but as the income statement is translated using
average rate, the impact of volatility in foreign currency rates is reduced.

Transaction exposure
Transaction exposure relates to sales and cost incurred in non-reporting
currencies in individual group companies. Foreign exchange risk is as far
as possible concentrated in Swedish group companies, primarily Ericsson
AB. Sales to foreign subsidiaries are normally denominated in the func-
tional currency of the customers, and so tend to be denominated in
USD or another foreign currency. In order to limit the exposure toward
exchange rate fluctuations on future revenues and costs, committed and
forecasted future sales and purchases in major currencies are hedged
with 7% of 12-month forecast monthly. By this way, the Company will have
hedged 84% of the next month and 7% of the 12th month of an average
forecast of the individual month at any given reporting date. This corre-
sponds to approximately 5-6 months of an average forecast.

Outstanding derivatives contracts that are hedging future sales and

costs incurred are revalued against “Other operating income and
expense.” The sensitivity in “Other operating income and expense” in
relation to this revaluation is dependent on changes in foreign exchange
rates, forecasts, seasonality and hedging policy. USD is the Company’s
largest exposure and at year-end a change by 0.25 SEK/USD would
impact profit and loss with approximately SEK 0.5 billion. Revaluation
results of these derivative contracts amounted to SEK –2 billion in 2014.
According to Company policy, transaction exposure in subsidiaries’
balance sheets (i.e., trade receivables and payables and customer finance
receivables) should be fully hedged, except for non-tradable currencies.

Foreign exchange exposures in balance sheet items are hedged

through offsetting balances or derivatives.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Sensitivity analysis
The Company uses the VaR methodology to measure foreign exchange
and interest rate risks in portfolios managed by the Treasury. This statisti-
cal method expresses the maximum potential loss that can arise with a
certain degree of probability during a certain period of time. For the VaR
measurement, the Company has chosen a probability level of 99% and a
1-day time horizon. The daily VaR measurement uses market volatilities
and correlations based on historical daily data (one year).

The average VaR calculated for 2014 was SEK 12.2 (16.3) million for the

combined mandates. No VaR-limits were exceeded during 2014.

Financial credit risk
Financial instruments carry an element of risk in that counterparts may
be unable to fulfill their payment obligations. This exposure arises in the
investments in cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and from
derivative positions with positive unrealized results against banks and
other counterparties.

The Company mitigates these risks by investing cash primarily in well-
rated securities such as treasury bills, government bonds, commercial
papers, and mortgage-covered bonds with short-term ratings of at least
A-2/P-2 or equivalents, and long-term ratings of AAA. Separate credit
limits are assigned to each counterpart in order to minimize risk concen-
tration. All derivative transactions are covered by ISDA netting agree-
ments to reduce the credit risk.

At December 31, 2014, the credit risk in financial cash instruments was

equal to the instruments’ carrying value. Credit exposure in derivative
instruments was SEK 1.6 (2.1) billion.

Liquidity risk
The Company minimizes the liquidity risk by maintaining a sufficient cash
position, centralized cash management, investments in highly liquid inter-
est-bearing securities, and by having sufficient committed credit lines in
place to meet potential funding needs. For information about contractual
obligations, please see Note C31, “Contractual obligations.” The current
cash position is deemed to satisfy all short-term liquidity requirements as
well as non-current borrowings.

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

SEK billion

Banks

Type of issuer/counterpart
Governments
Corporates
Mortgage institutes

2014
2013

Remaining time to maturity

< 3
months

3–12
months

38.2

0.3

1–5
years

0.0

>5
years

0.0

1.0
2.9
0.0

42.1
42.5

5.6
0.0
1.0

6.9
4.4

12.3
0.0
10.2

22.5
26.5

0.6
0.0
0.1

0.7
3.7

Total

38.5

19.5
2.9
11.3

72.2
77.1

The instruments are either classified as held for trading or as assets avail-
able-for-sale with maturity less than one year and are therefore short-term
investments. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments are
mainly held in SEK unless offset by EUR-funding.

FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Interest rate risk
The Company is exposed to interest rate risk through market value fluct-
uations in certain balance sheet items and through changes in interest
revenues and expenses. The net cash position was SEK 27.6 (37.8) billion
at the end of 2014, consisting of cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments of SEK 72.2 (77.1) billion and interest-bearing liabilities and
post-employment benefits of SEK 44.5 (39.3) billion.

The Company manages the interest rate risk by i) matching fixed and
floating interest rates in interest-bearing balance sheet items and ii) avoid-
ing significant fixed interest rate exposure in the Company’s net cash
position. The policy is that interest-bearing assets shall have an average
interest duration of between 10 and 14 months, taking derivative instru-
ments into consideration. Interest-bearing liabilities do not have a firm
target for the duration, nor a firm target for fixed/floating interest rate, as
duration and interest mix are decided based on market conditions when
the liabilities are issued. Group Treasury has a mandate to deviate from
the asset management benchmark given by the Board and take foreign
exchange positions up to an aggregated risk of VaR SEK 45 million given
a confidence level of 99% and a 1-day horizon.

Interest duration, SEK billion

Interest-bearing trading
Interest-bearing assets
Interest-bearing liabilities

< 3M 3–12M

1–3Y

3–5Y

–2.0
36.5
–31.7

0.2
7.2
0.0

2.1
9.9
–4.7

0.0
20.6
–0.6

>5Y

–0.3
–2.0
–7.5

Total

0
72.2
–44.5

When managing the interest rate exposure, the Company uses derivative
instruments, such as interest rate swaps. Derivative instruments used for
converting fixed rate debt into floating rate debt are designated as fair
value hedges.

Outstanding derivatives

Outstanding derivatives 1)

Fair value

Asset

Liability

Asset

Liability

2014

2013

Currency derivatives
Maturity within 3 months
Maturity between 3 and 12
months
Maturity between 1 and 3 years

Total

Of which designated in cash
flow hedge relations
Of which designated in net
investment hedge relations

Interest rate derivatives
Maturity within 3 months
Maturity between 3 and 12
months
Maturity between 1 and 3 years
Maturity between 3 and 5 years
Maturity of more than 5 years

221

90
–

311

–

72
937
85
146

–1,132

–933
–

–2,065

–

–5

–896
–656
–285
–211

Total

1,240 2)

–2,053

512

293
8

813

–

158

9
–

167

–

186
382
663
101
1,332 2)

269
688
163
36

1,156

Of which designated in fair
value hedge relations

669

–

724

–

1) Some of the derivatives hedging non-current liabilities are recognized in the balance sheet as

non-current derivatives due to hedge accounting.

2) Of which SEK 551 (613) million is reported as non-current assets.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Refinancing risk
Refinancing risk is the risk that the Company is unable to refinance out-
standing debt under reasonable terms and conditions, or at all, at a given
point in time.

fair value. When a market price is not readily available and there is insign i-
ficant interest rate exposure and credit spreads affecting the value, the
carrying value is considered to represent a reasonable estimate of fair
value.

Debt financing is mainly carried out through borrowing in the Swedish and
international debt capital markets.

Bank financing is used for certain subsidiary funding and to obtain

committed credit facilities.

Funding programs 1)

Euro Medium-Term Note program
(USD million)

SEC Registered program (USD million)

Amount

Utilized

Unutilized

5,000

778

1,000

4,223

–

1) There are no financial covenants related to these programs.
2) Program amount indeterminate.

Fair valuation of the Company’s financial instruments
The Company’s financial instruments accounted for at fair value generally
meet the requirements of level 1 valuation due to the fact that they are
based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.

Exceptions to this relates to:

> OTC derivatives with an amount of gross SEK 2.9 (5.2) billion in relation
to assets and gross SEK 5.5 (4.4) billion in relation to liabilities were val-
ued based on references to other market data as currency or interest
rates. These valuations fall under level 2 valuation as defined by IFRS.
> Ownership in other companies where the Company neither has control
nor significant influence. The amount recognized in these cases was
SEK 0.5 (0.5) billion. These assets, classified as level 3 assets for valua-
tion purposes, have been valued based on value in use technique.

Financial instruments carried at other than fair value
The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, recognized at fair
value, is determined based on quoted market prices or rates. For further
information about valuation principles, see Note C1, “Significant account-
ing policies.”

Financial instruments, such as trade receivables, borrowings and
payables, are carried at amortized cost which is deemed to be equal to

Market price risk in own shares and other listed equity investments
Risk related to the Company’s own share price
The Company is exposed to fluctuations in its own share price through
stock purchase plans for employees and synthetic share-based compen-
sations to the Board of Directors

Stock purchase plans for employees
The obligation to deliver shares under the stock purchase plan is covered
by holding Ericsson Class B shares as treasury stock. A change in the
share price will result in a change in social security charges, which rep-
resents a risk to the income statement. The cash flow exposure is fully
hedged through the holding of Ericsson Class B shares as treasury stock
to be sold to generate funds, which also cover social security payments.

Synthetic share-based compensations to the Board of Directors
In the case of these plans, the Company is exposed to risks in relation to
own share price, both with regards to compensation expenses and social
security charges. The obligation to pay compensation amounts under the
synthetic share-based compensations to the Board of Directors is cov-
ered by a liability in the balance sheet.

For further information about the stock purchase plan and synthetic
share-based compensations to the Board of Directors, see note C28,
“Information regarding members of the Board of Directors, the Group
management and employees.”

Offsetting financial assets and liabilities
As required by IFRS, the Company has off set financial instruments under
ISDA agreements. The related assets amounted to SEK 2.9 (5.2) billion,
prior to offsetting of SEK 1.4 (3.1) billion, with a net amount of SEK 1.5 (2.1)
billion recognized in the balance sheet. The related liabilities amounted to
SEK 5.5 (4.4) billion, prior to offsetting of SEK 1.4 (3.1) billion, with a net
amount of SEK 4.1 (1.3) billion recognized in the balance sheet.

Financial instruments, book value

SEK billion

Note
Assets at fair value
through profit or loss
Loans and receivables
Financial liabilities at
amortized cost

Total

Customer
finance

Trade
receiv ables

Short-term
invest ments

Cash

equiva lents Borrow ings

Trade
payables

Other
financial
assets

Other
current
receiv ables

Other
current
l iabilities

C14

–
4.2

–

4.2

C14

–
77.9

–

77.9

C19

C22

C12

C15

31.2
–

–

31.2

8.9
2.4

–

11.3

–
–

–24.1

–24.5

0.6
5.3

–

5.9

1.0
–

–

1.0

C21

–4.1
–

–

–4.1

2014

2013

37.6
89.8

–48.6

78.8

46.9
81.9

–50.0

78.8

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C21 Other current liabilities

C24 Contingent liabilities

Other current liabilities

Income tax liabilities
Advances from customers
Accrued interest
Accrued expenses

Of which employee-related
Of which supplier-related
Of which other 1)
Deferred revenues
Derivatives with a negative value 2)
Other 3)

Total

2014

3,225
10,076
212
35,805
13,762
13,863
8,180
11,057
4,118
5,352

69,845

2013

2,805
5,471
208
32,810
11,532
11,478
9,800
9,887
1,323
5,810

58,314

1) Major balance relates to accrued expenses for customer projects.
2) See Note C20, “Financial risk management and financial instruments.”
3) Includes items such as VAT and withholding tax payables and other payroll deductions,
and liabilities for goods received where the related invoice has not yet been received.

C22 Trade payables

Trade payables

Payables to associated companies
Other

Total

C23 Assets pledged as collateral

Assets pledged as collateral

Chattel mortgages 1)
Bank deposits

Total

1) See also Note C17, “Post-Employment benefits.”

2014

288
24,185

24,473

2013

333
20,169

20,502

2014

2,222
303

2,525

2013

2,177
379

2,556

Contingent liabilities

Total

2014

737

2013

657

Contingent liabilities assumed by Ericsson include guarantees of loans to
other companies of SEK 25 (23) million. Ericsson has SEK 33 (37) million
issued to guarantee the performance of a third party.

All ongoing legal and tax proceedings have been evaluated, their
potential economic outflows and probability estimated and necessary
provisions made. In Note C2, “Critical Accounting Estimates and Judg-
ments.” further disclosure is presented in relation to (i) key sources of
estimation uncertainty and (ii) the decision made in relation to accounting
policies applied.

Financial guarantees for third parties amounted to SEK 81 (116) million
as of December 31, 2014. The maturity date for the majority of the issued
guarantees occurs in 2018 at the latest.

C25 Statement of cash flows

Interest paid in 2014 was SEK 1,120 million (SEK 1,233 million in 2013 and
SEK 1,650 million in 2012) and interest received in 2014 was SEK 1,369
million (SEK 1,266 million in 2013 and SEK 1,883 million in 2012). Taxes
paid, including withholding tax, were SEK 6,114 million in 2014 (SEK 6,537
million in 2013 and SEK 5,750 million in 2012).

Cash and cash equivalents include cash of SEK 29,650 (28,618) million
and temporary investments of SEK 11,338 (13,477) million. For more infor-
mation regarding the disposition of cash and cash equivalents and unuti-
lized credit commitments, see Note C20, “Financial risk management and
financial instruments.”

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014, include SEK 5.4
billion (4.9) in countries where there exist significant cross-border conver-
sion restrictions due to hard currency shortage or strict government con-
trols. This amount is therefore not considered available for general use by
the Parent Company.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash

Property, plant and equipment
Depreciation
Impairment losses/reversals of impairments

Total

Intangible assets
Amortization
Capitalized development expenses
Intellectual Property Rights, brands and other
intangible assets

Total amortization
Impairments
Capitalized development expenses
Intellectual Property Rights, brands and other
intangible assets

2014

2013

2012

4,329
–13

4,316

4,227
–18

4,209

4,052
–40

4,012

1,270

1,407

1,058

4,328

5,598

4,521

5,928

–

4,436

5,494

266

117

5,877

Total

5,629

5,928

Total depreciation, amortization and
impairment losses on property, plant and
equipment and intangible assets

Taxes
Dividends from joint ventures/associated
companies 1)
Undistributed earnings in joint ventures/
associated companies 1)
Gains/losses on sales of investments and
operations, intangible assets and PP&E, net 2)
Other non-cash items 3)

Total adjustments to reconcile net income
to cash

9,945

10,137

9,889

–1,235

–1,323

–1,140

249

128
2,057

128

133

130

11,636

976
–220

–8,087
646

11,200

9,828

13,077

1) See Note C12, “Financial assets, non-current.”
2) See Note C26, “Business combinations.”
3) Refers mainly to unrealized foreign exchange, gains/losses on financial instruments.

Acquisitions/divestments of subsidiaries and other operations

Acquisitions

Divestments

2014
Cash flow from business combinations 1)
Acquisitions/divestments of other investments

Total

2013
Cash flow from business combinations 1)
Acquisitions/divestments of other investments

Total

2012
Cash flow from business combinations 1)
Acquisitions/divestments of other investments

Total

1) See also Note C26, “Business combinations.”

–4,410
–32

–4,442

–3,054
–93

–3,147

–11,575
46

–11,529

42
6

448
17

465

9,502
–50

9,452

C26 Business combinations

Acquisitions and divestments
Acquisitions

Acquisitions 2012–2014

Total consideration, including cash

2014

4,767

2013

3,176

2012

12,564 1)

Acquisition-related costs 2)

101

150

Net assets acquired
Cash and cash equivalents
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments in joint ventures and associated
companies
Other assets
Provisions, including post-employment benefits
Other liabilities

Total identifiable net assets

Operating expenses
Non-controlling interest
Goodwill

Total

407
427
2,540

–
817
–288
–1,150

2,753

–
–
2,014

4,767

223
597
1,551

–
850
–463
–1,705

1,053

410
67
1,646

3,176

1,139
480
6,672

–
2,105
714
–3,214

7,896

–
375
4,293

12,564

1) The cash transaction includes payment of external loan of SEK 6.2 billion and investment in

subsidiary of SEK 2.5 billion.

2) Acquisition-related costs are included in Selling and administrative expenses in the consolid-

ated income statement.

In 2014, Ericsson made acquisitions with a negative cash flow effect
amounting to SEK 4,410 (3,054) million. The acquisitions presented below
are not material but the Company gives the information to provide the
reader a summarized view of the content of the acquisitions made.
The acquisitions consist primarily of:

Apcera: On October 10, 2014, the Company acquired a majority stake
of the shares in Apcera, a U.S.- based enterprise services company and
creator of Continuum™- a next-generation platform as-a-service (PaaS).
The move strengthens Ericsson’s position in the cloud market by extend-
ing the company’s network approach into operator and enterprise cloud.
Balances to facilitate the purchase price allocation are preliminary.

Azuki: On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the shares
in Massachusetts-based Azuki Systems, Inc., a provider of TV Anywhere
delivery platforms for service providers, content owners and broadcast-
ers. Azuki Systems extends Ericsson’s leading TV and media portfolio
which includes the recent addition of Mediaroom from Microsoft. Through
the acquisition, Ericsson will accelerate the availability of new and com-
pelling viewing experiences across a variety of devices and screens. In
addition, Ericsson will gain additional key functionality related to the
deployment of TV Anywhere services, including adaptive bit rate and con-
tent protection technologies. Balances to facilitate the purchase price
allocation are final.

Fabrix: On October 8, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the shares
in Fabrix Systems, a leading provider of cloud storage, computing and
network delivery for video applications that today power some of the most
advanced cable and telecom cloud DVR deployments. Fabrix Systems
further extends Ericsson’s leading TV and media portfolio with a cloud
based scale out storage and computing platform focused on providing a
simple, tightly integrated solution optimized for media storage, processing
and delivery applications such as cloud DVR and video-on-demand
(VOD) expansion. The approach takes advantage of the latest advances
in clustered storage; grid computing; virtualization and video processing
technologies enabling a wide range of applications. Balances to facilitate
the purchase price allocation are preliminary.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

MetraTech: On September 15, 2014, the Company acquired assets from
US-based MetraTech Corp., a provider of metadata-based billing, com-
merce and settlement solutions uniquely adaptable to multiple business
models and industries. The acquisition includes all 140 employees and
contractors comprising a team of highly-skilled software experts. It will
further build upon Ericsson’s expertise in billing and expands its geo-
graphic presence in the US. The deal was structured as an asset deal.
Balances to facilitate the purchase price allocation are preliminary.

Red Bee Media: On May 9, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of the
shares in Red Bee Media a leading media services company headquar-
tered in the UK. Ericsson looks forward to working with Red Bee Media’s
extensive list of high-profile broadcast services customers, including the
BBC, BSkyB, BT Sport, Canal Digital, Channel 4, EE, UKTV, UPC, Virgin
Media, and many more.

Divestments

Divestments 2012–2014

Proceeds

Net assets disposed of
Property, plant and equipment
Investments in joint ventures and associated
companies
Other assets
Other liabilities

Net gains/losses from divestments
Less Cash and cash equivalents

In addition, Ericsson has gained 1,500 highly skilled employees as well

Cash flow effect

2014

2013

655

2012

9,502

–

32
46
–

78
–36
–

297

–

–
1,326
–127

1,496
–841
–207

448

1,353
296
–483

1,166
8,336
–

9,502

as media services and operations facilities in the UK, France, Germany,
Spain and Australia. This will further strengthen Ericsson’s broadcast
services business. Balances to facilitate the purchase price allocation
are final.

In order to finalize a purchase price allocation all relevant information
needs to be in place. Examples of such information are final consideration
and final opening balances, which may remain preliminary for a period
of time due to for example adjustments of working capital, tax items or
decisions from local authorities.

In 2014, the Company made some minor divestments with a cash flow
effect amounting to SEK 42 (448) million.

Description

Transaction date

Acquisitions 2012–2014

Company

Apcera
Fabrix
MetraTech
Red Bee Media

Azuki
Airvana
Mediaroom
Telcocell
Modems

Devoteam

ConceptWave
Technicolor
BelAir
Ericsson-LG
Telcordia

The acquisition of a majority stake in Apcera strengthens Ericsson’s position in enterprise cloud.
The acquisition of Fabrix Systems extends Ericsson’s overall leadership position in TV & Media.
The acquisition of MetraTech accelerates Ericsson’s cloud and enterprise billing capabilities within BSS.
A leading media services company headquartered in the UK with an extensive list of high-profile
broadcast services customers.
A provider of TV Anywhere delivery platforms for service providers, content owners and broadcasters.
A Massachusetts-based company and supplier of EVDO software to Ericsson.
The leading platform for video distribution deployed with the world’s largest IPTV operators.
A consulting and systems integration company specializing in Business Support Systems (BSS).
Ericsson has taken on the design, development and sales of the LTE multimode thin modem solutions,
including 2G, 3G and 4G interoperability.
A leader in Information and Communications Technology consulting with 5,000 employees in Europe, the Mid-
dle East and Africa.
A Canadian OSS and BSS company.
A technology company in the media and entertainment sector.
A telecom-grade Wi-Fi company based in Canada.
Increase of ownership from 50% plus one share, to 75%.
A US company developing software and services for OSS and BSS.

Divestments 2012–2014

Company

Description

Telecom cable business

Divestment of the telecom cable business in Hudiksvall, Sweden, to Hexatronic. It resulted in a loss of SEK –0.5 billion.

Power cables operation
Applied Communication
Sciences
IPX
EDA 1500 GPON
Sony Ericsson

Divestment of the power cables operation to NKT Cables. The transaction resulted in a loss of SEK –0.1 billion.
Sale of Applied Communication Sciences (ACS), the former research and engineering arm of Telcordia Technologies.
This resulted in a loss of SEK –0.3 billion.
Sale of IPX to Gemalto, with a positive cash flow effect of SEK 260 million.
Capital asset sale of EDA 1500 GPON portfolio with a positive cash flow effect of SEK 80 million.
Sale of the Company’s share in Sony Ericsson (50%) to Sony, with a positive cash flow effect of SEK 9.1 billion.

Oct 2014
Oct 2014
Sep 2014

May 2014
Feb 2014
Sep 2013
Sep 2013
Sep 2013

Aug 2013

Apr 2013
Sep 2012
Jul 2012
Apr 2012
Mar 2012
Jan 2012

Transaction date

Dec 2013

Jul 2013
May 2013

Sep 2012
Aug 2012
Feb 2012

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014C27 Leasing

Leasing with the Company as lessee
Assets under finance leases, recorded as property, plant and equipment,
consist of:

Finance leases

Cost
Real estate
Machinery

Accumulated depreciation
Real estate
Machinery

Accumulated impairment losses
Real estate

2014

2013

650
–

650

–212
–

–212

–

1,774
3

1,777

–610
–3

–613

–25

Expenses in 2014 for leasing of assets were SEK 2,662 (2,517) million,
of which variable expenses comprised SEK 19 (18) million. The leasing
contracts vary in length from 1 to 24 years.

The Company’s lease agreements normally do not include any contin-
gent rents. In the few cases they occur, they relate to charges for heating
linked to the oil price index. Most of the leases of real estate contain terms
of renewal, giving the Company the right to prolong the agreement in
question for a predefined period of time. All of the finance leases of facil-
ities contain purchase options. Only a very limited number of the Com-
pany’s lease agreements contain restrictions on stockholders’ equity
or other means of finance. The major agreement contains a restriction
stating that the Parent Company must maintain a stockholders’ equity
of at least SEK 25 billion.

Leases with the Company as lessor
Leasing income relates to subleasing of real estate as well as equipment
provided to customers under leasing arrangements. These leasing con-
tracts vary in length from 1 to 17 years.

At December 31, 2014, future minimum payment receivables were

distributed as follows:

Net carrying value

438

1,139

Future minimum payment receivables

As of December 31, 2014, future minimum lease payment obligations
were distributed as follows:

Future minimum lease payment obligations

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020 and later

Total
Future finance charges 1)

Present value of finance lease liabilities

1) Average effective interest rate on lease payables is 8.20%.

Finance
leases

Operating
leases

71
69
68
67
67
516

858
–256

602

2,352
1,931
1,355
1,035
878
3,924

11,475
n/a

n/a

2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020 and later

Total
Unearned financial income
Uncollectible lease payments

Net investments in financial leases

Leasing income in 2014 was SEK 74 (165) million.

Finance
leases

Operating
leases

26
27
1
1
–
–

55
n/a
n/a

n/a

30
16
15
6
0
2

69
n/a
n/a

n/a

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

C28 Information regarding members of the Board of Directors,

the Group management and employees

Remuneration to the Board of Directors

Remuneration to members of the Board of Directors

Number of
synthetic
shares/portion
of Board fee

Value at grant
date of synthetic
shares allocated
in 2014

Number of
previously allocated
synthetic shares
outstanding

Net change
in value of
synthetic

shares 1)

Committee
fees

Total fees
paid in cash 2)

Total
remuner ation
2014

(A+B+C)

SEK

Board fees

Board member
Leif Johansson
Sverker Martin–Löf
Jacob Wallenberg
Roxanne S. Austin
Sir Peter L. Bonfield
Nora Denzel
Börje Ekholm
Alexander Izosimov
Ulf J. Johansson

Kristin Skogen Lund
Hans Vestberg
Pär Östberg

Employee Representatives
Pehr Claesson
Kristina Davidsson
Karin Åberg
Rickard Fredriksson
Karin Lennartsson
Roger Svensson

3,975,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000

950,000
–
950,000

13,500
13,500
13,500
13,500
12,000
10,500

0/0%
0/0%
2,976/25%
2,976/25%
0/0%
2,976/25%
8,929/75%
2,976/25%
0/0%

2,976/25%
–
0/0%

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
237,455
237,455
–
237,455
712,445
237,455
–

237,455
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
12,050
23,147
7,944
–
32,249
6,296
6,571

2,804
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–
301,555
673,905
217,687
43,331
941,756
171,613
263,274

96,186
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
–

400,000
175,000
175,000
175,000
250,000
–
175,000
–
350,000

–
–
250,000

4,375,000 3)
1,125,000 4)
887,500
887,500
1,200,000
712,500
412,500
712,500 5)
1,300,000 6)

712,500
–
1,200,000

4,375,000
1,125,000
1,426,510
1,798,860
1,417,687
993,286
2,066,701
1,121,568
1,563,274

1,046,141
–
1,200,000

–
–
–
–
–
–

13,500
13.500
13,500
13,500
12,000
10,500

13,500
13,500
13,500
13,500
12,000
10,500
18,210,527 7)

Total

13,551,500

23,809

1,899,720

91,061

2,709,307

1,950,000

13,601,500

99,966 8)

3,000,694 8) 9)

1,950,000

13,601,500

18,501,914 7)

1) The difference in value as of the time for payment, compared to December 31, 2013, for synthetic shares allocated in 2009 (for which payment was made in 2014).

The difference in value as of December 31, 2014, compared to December 31, 2013, for synthetic shares allocated in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013. Calculated on a share price of SEK 94.35.
The difference in value as of December 31, 2014, compared to grant date for synthetic shares allocated in 2014.
The value of synthetic shares allocated in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013 includes respectively SEK 2.25, SEK 2.50, SEK 2.75 and SEK 3.00 per share in compensation for dividends resolved by the
Annual General Meetings 2011, 2012, 2013 and 2014 and the value of the synthetic shares allocated in 2009 includes dividend compensation for dividends resolved in 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013.

2) Committee fee and cash portion of the Board fee.
3) In addition, an amount corresponding to statutory social charges in respect of the part of the fee that has been invoiced through a company was paid, amounting to SEK 1,374,625.
4) In addition, an amount corresponding to statutory social charges in respect of the part of the fee that has been invoiced through a company was paid, amounting to SEK 114,863.
5) In addition, an amount corresponding to statutory social charges in respect of the part of the fee that has been invoiced through a company was paid, amounting to SEK 223,868.
6) In addition, an amount corresponding to statutory social charges in respect of the part of the fee that has been invoiced through a company was paid, amounting to SEK 132,730.
7) Excluding social security charges to the amount of SEK 4,942,427.
8) Including synthetic shares previously allocated to the former Director Nancy McKinstry.
9) Including synthetic shares previously allocated to the former Director Michelangelo Volpi, where the difference in value is the difference as of the time for payment, compared to December 31, 2013.

Comments to the table
> The Chairman of the Board was entitled to a Board fee of SEK

3,975,000 and a fee of SEK 200,000 for each Board Committee on
which he served as Chairman.

> The other Directors elected by the Annual General Meeting were enti-

tled to a fee of SEK 950,000 each. In addition, the Chairman of the Audit
Committee was entitled to a fee of SEK 350,000 and the other non-
employee members of the Audit Committee were entitled to a fee of
SEK 250,000 each. The Chairmen of the Finance and Remuneration
Committees were entitled to a fee of SEK 200,000 each and the other
non-employee members of the Finance and the Remuneration Com-
mittees were entitled to a fee of SEK 175,000 each.

> Members of the Board, who are not employees of the Company, have

not received any remuneration other than the fees and synthetic shares
as above. None of the Directors have entered into a service contract
with the Parent Company or any of its subsidiaries, providing for termi-
nation benefits.

> Members and deputy members of the Board who are Ericsson employ-
ees received no remuneration or benefits other than their entitlements

as employees and a fee to the employee representatives and their
deputies of SEK 1,500 per attended Board meeting.

> Board members invoicing for the amount of the Board and Committee
fee through a company may add to the invoice an amount correspond-
ing to social charges. The social charges thus included in the invoiced
amount are not higher than the general payroll tax that would otherwise
have been paid by the Company. The entire amount, i.e., the cash por-
tion of the Board fee and the Committee fee, including social charges,
constitutes the invoiced Board fee.

> The Annual General Meeting 2014 resolved that non-employee Direc-
tors may choose to receive the Board fee (i.e., exclusive of Committee
fee) as follows: i) 25% of the Board fee in cash and 75% in the form of
synthetic shares, with a value corresponding to 75% of the Board fee
at the time of allocation, ii) 50% in cash and 50% in the form of synthetic
shares, or iii) 75% in cash and 25% in the form of synthetic shares.
Directors may also choose not to participate in the synthetic share
program and receive 100% of the Board fee in cash. Committee fees
are always paid in cash.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014The number of synthetic shares allocated is based on a volume-weighted
average of the market price of Ericsson Class B shares on Nasdaq Stock-
holm during the five trading days immediately following the publication of
Ericsson’s interim report for the first quarter 2014: SEK 79.79. The number
of synthetic shares is rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares.

The synthetic shares are vested during the Directors’ term of office and
the right to receive payment with regard to the allocated synthetic shares
occurs after the publication of the Company’s year-end financial state-
ment during the fifth year following the Annual General Meeting which
resolved on the synthetic share program, i.e., in 2019. The amount pay-
able shall be determined based on the volume-weighted average price for
shares of Class B during the five trading days immediately following the
publication of the year-end financial statement.

Synthetic shares were allocated to members of the Board for the first
time in 2008 and have been allocated annually since then on equal terms
and conditions. Payment based on synthetic shares allocated in 2009
occurred in 2014. In 2014, advance payment was also made to the former
Director Michelangelo Volpi with respect to his synthetic shares, all in
accordance with the terms and conditions for the synthetic shares. The
amounts paid in 2014 under the synthetic share programs were deter-
mined based on the volume-weighed average price for shares of Class B
on Nasdaq Stockholm during the five trading days immediately following
the publication of the year-end financial statements for 2013: SEK 80.06
and totalled SEK 3,302,811, excluding social security charges. The pay-
ments made do not constitute a cost for the Company in 2014. The Com-
pany’s costs for the synthetic shares have been disclosed each year and
the net change in value of the synthetic shares for which payment was
made in 2014, is disclosed in the table “Remuneration to members of the
Board of Directors” on page 96.

The value of all outstanding synthetic shares fluctuates in line with the
market value of Ericsson’s Class B share and may differ from year to year
compared to the original value on their respective grant dates. The
change in value of the outstanding synthetic shares is established each
year and affects the total recognized costs that year. As of December 31,
2014, the total outstanding number of synthetic shares under the pro-
grams is 123,775 and the total accounted debt is SEK 12,380,400 (includ-
ing synthetic shares previously allocated to the former Director Nancy
McKinstry).

Remuneration to the Group management
The Company’s costs for remuneration to the Group management are
the costs recognized in the Income statement during the fiscal year.
These costs are disclosed under “Remuneration costs” below.

Costs recognized during a fiscal year in the Income statement are
not fully paid by the Company at the end of the fiscal year. The unpaid
amounts that the Company has in relation to the Group management
are disclosed under “Outstanding balances.”

Remuneration costs
The total remuneration to the President and CEO and to other members
of the Group management, consisting of the Executive Leadership Team
(ELT), includes fixed salary, short-term and long-term variable compensa-
tion, pension and other benefits. These remuneration elements are based
on the guidelines for remuneration to Group management as approved by
the Annual General Meeting held in 2014: see the approved guidelines in
section “Guidelines for remuneration to Group management 2014.”

Remuneration costs for the President and CEO and other members of Executive Leadership Team (ELT)

SEK

Salary
Cost for annual variable remuneration
earned 2014 to be paid 2015
Long-term variable compensation provision
Pension costs
Other benefits
Social charges and taxes

Total

The Pres ident
and CEO 2014

The Pres ident
and CEO 2013

Other members
of ELT 2014

Other members
of ELT 2013

Total 2014

Total 2013

13,617,013

13,177,080

87,958,871

90,320,536

101,575,884

103,497,616

13,342,079
6,733,294
8,909,314
72,188
12,750,392

55,424,281

3,256,151
8,184,603
6,847,596
68,704
9,368,485

38,584,082
8,644,039
26,308,223
6,315,568
26,880,902

22,880,144
9,066,127
22,971,876
5,370,876
26,838,704

51,926,161
15,377,333
35,217,537
6,387,757
39,631,293

26,136,295
17,250,731
29,819,473
5,439,579
36,207,190

40,902,620

194,691,685

177,448,263

250,115,966

218,350,883

Comments to the table
> During 2014, there were three Executive Vice Presidents, who have

been appointed by the Board of Directors. None of them has acted as
deputy to the President and CEO during the year. The Executive Vice
Presidents are included in the group “Other members of ELT.”

> The group “Other members of ELT” comprises the following persons:

Per Borgklint, Bina Chaurasia, Ulf Ewaldsson, Jan Frykhammar,
Douglas L. Gilstrap (left Ericsson August 1), Nina Macpherson,
Magnus Mandersson, Helena Norrman, Mats H. Olsson, Rima Qureshi,
Angel Ruiz, Anders Thulin, Johan Wibergh and Jan Wäreby.

Outstanding balances
The Company has recognized the following liabilities relating to unpaid
remunerations in the Balance sheet:
> Ericsson’s commitments for defined benefit based pensions as of

December 31, 2014 under IAS 19 amounted to SEK 7,610,562 for the
President and CEO which includes ITP plan and early retirement. For
other members of the ELT the Company’s commitments amounted
to SEK 36,220,736 of which SEK 33,456,584 refers to the ITP plan,
Ericsson US Pension Plan and early retirement and the remaining
SEK 2,764,152 to survivor’s pensions.

> The salary stated in the table for the President and CEO and other

members of the ELT includes vacation pay paid during 2014 as well as
other contracted compensation expensed in 2014.

> For previous Presidents and CEOs, the Company has made provisions
for defined benefit pension plans in connection with their active service
periods within the Company.

> “Long-term variable compensation provision” refers to the compensa-

> Deferred salary, earned in 2014 or earlier, to be paid 12 months after

tion costs during 2014 for all outstanding share-based plans.

period end or later, amounts to SEK 12,263,575.

> For a description of compensation cost, including accounting treatment,
see Note C1, “Significant accounting policies,” section Share-based
compensation to employees and the Board of Directors.

> For the President and CEO and other members of the ELT employed
in Sweden before 2011, a supplementary plan is applied in addition to
the occupational pension plan for salaried staff on the Swedish labor
market (ITP) with pension payable from the age of 60 years. These
pension plans are not conditional upon future employment at Ericsson.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Maximum outstanding matching rights

As of December 31, 2014
Number of Class B shares

The President
and CEO

Other members
of the ELT

Stock Purchase Plans 2011-2014
Executive Performance Stock Plans 2011-2014

268,462

354,218

Comments to the table
> For the definition of matching rights, see the description in section

“Long-term variable compensation.”

> Matching result of 22.2% is included for the 2011 plan.
> Cash conversion target for 2012, 2013 and 2014 was reached.
> During 2014, the President and CEO received 178,918 matching shares

and other members of the ELT 177,339 matching shares.

Guidelines for remuneration to Group management 2014
For Group Management consisting of the Executive Leadership Team,
including the President and CEO, total remuneration consists of fixed
salary, short- and long-term variable compensation, pension and other
benefits.

The following guidelines apply for the remuneration to the Executive

Leadership Team:
> Variable remuneration is through cash and stock-based programs

awarded against specific business targets derived from the long-term
business plan approved by the Board of Directors. Targets may include
financial targets at either Group or unit level, operational targets,
employee engagement targets and customer satisfaction targets.

> All benefits, including pension benefits, follow the competitive practice

in the home country taking total compensation into account.

> By way of exception, additional arrangements can be made when

deemed necessary. An additional arrangement can be renewed but
each such arrangement shall be limited in time and shall not exceed a
period of 36 months and twice the remuneration that the individual
would have received had no additional arrangement been made.

> The mutual notice period may be no more than six months. Upon termi-
nation of employment by the Company, severance pay amounting to a
maximum of 18 months’ fixed salary is paid. Notice of termination given
by the employee due to significant structural changes, or other events
that in a determining manner affect the content of work or the condi-
tions for the position, is equated with notice of termination served by
the Company.

Executive Performance Stock Plans

Matching share vesting range 2)

Maximum opportunity as percentage of fixed salary 3)

Long-Term Variable compensation
The Stock Purchase Plan
The Stock Purchase Plan is designed to offer an incentive for all employ-
ees to participate in the Company where practicable, which is consistent
with industry practice and with Ericsson’s ways of working. For the 2014
plan, employees are able to save up to 7.5% of their gross fixed salary
(The President and CEO can save up to 10% of their gross fixed salary
and short-term variable remuneration) for purchase of Class B contribu-
tion shares at market price on Nasdaq Stockholm or American Depositary
Shares (ADSs) on NASDAQ New York (contribution shares) during a
12-month period (contribution period). If the contribution shares are
retained by the employee for three years after the investment and their
employment with the Ericsson Group continues during that time, the
employee’s shares will be matched with a corresponding number of Class
B shares or ADSs free of consideration. Employees in 102 countries
participate in the plans.

The table below shows the contribution periods and participation

details for ongoing plans as of December 31, 2014.

Stock purchase plans

Plan

Stock Purchase plan
2011
Stock Purchase plan
2012
Stock Purchase plan
2013
Stock Purchase plan
2014

Contribution
period

August 2011 –
July 2012
August 2012 –
July 2013
August 2013 –
July 2014
August 2014 –
July 2015

Number of
participants at
launch

Take-up rate
– percent of eligible
employees

24,000

27,000

29,000

32,000

30%

28%

29%

30%

Participants save each month, beginning with the August payroll, towards
quarterly investments. These investments (in November, February, May
and August) are matched on the third anniversary of each such invest-
ment, subject to continued employment, and hence the matching spans
over two financial years and two tax years.

The Key Contributor Retention Plan
The Key Contributor Retention Plan is part of Ericsson’s talent manage-
ment strategy and is designed to give recognition for performance, critical
skills and potential as well as to encourage retention of key employees.
Under the program, up to 10% of employees (2014 plan: up to 10,000
employees) are selected through a nomination process that identifies indi-
viduals according to performance, critical skills and potential. Participants
selected obtain one extra matching share in addition to the ordinary one
matching share for each contribution share purchased under the Stock
Purchase Plan during a 12-month period.

Executive Performance Stock Plan

2014

0.67 to 4
1 to 6
1.5 to 9
30%
45%
162%

2013 1)

0.67 to 4
1 to 6
1.5 to 9
30%
45%
162%

2012

0.67 to 4
1 to 6
1.5 to 9
30%
45%
162%

2011

0.67 to 4
1 to 6
1.5 to 9
30%
45%
162%

2010

0.67 to 4
1 to 6
1.5 to 9
30%
45%
162%

1) Targets for Executive Performance Stock Plans 2012 to 2014 are described in the next table.
2) Corresponding to EPS range (no Performance Share Plan matching below this range). Matching shares per contribution share invested in addition to Stock Purchase Plan

matching according to program of up to 4, 6 or 9 matching shares.

3) At full investment, full vesting and constant share price. Excludes Stock Purchase Plan matching.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Executive Performance Stock Plan targets

Base year
value
SEK billion

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

225.3

Compound annual growth rate of 2–8%

15.7 Compound annual growth rate of 5–15%
≥70%

≥70%

–

227.8

Compound annual growth rate of 2–8%

18.5 Compound annual growth rate of 5–15%
≥70%

≥70%

–

The Executive Performance Stock Plan
The Executive Performance Stock Plan is designed to focus management
on driving earnings and provide competitive remuneration. Senior manag-
ers, including ELT, are selected to obtain up to four or six extra shares
(performance matching shares) in addition to the ordinary one matching
share for each contribution share purchased under the Stock Purchase
Plan. Up to 0.5% of employees (2014 plan: up to 450 executives) are
offered participation in the plan. The President and CEO can save up to
10% of gross fixed salary and short-term variable compensation, and may
obtain up to nine performance-matching shares in addition to the Stock
Purchase Plan matching share for each contribution share.

The performance targets changed from EPS targets to targets linked to
the business strategy as from 2011. To support the long-term strategy and
value creation of the company, performance targets are from since linked
to growth on Net Sales, Operating Income and Cash Conversion.

The tables above show ongoing Executive Performance Stock Plans

226.9

Compound annual growth rate of 2–8%

as of December 31, 2014.

17.9 Compound annual growth rate of 5–15%
≥70%

≥70%

–

2014
Growth (Net sales growth) 1)
Margin
(Operating income growth) 1)
Cash Flow (Cash conversion)

2013
Growth (Net sales growth)
Margin
(Operating income growth) 2)
Cash Flow (Cash conversion)

2012
Growth (Net sales growth
Margin
(Operating income growth)
Cash Flow (Cash conversion)

1) Base year 2013 has been adjusted for the impact of the Samsung IPR agreement.
2) Base year 2012 excludes a non-cash charge for ST-Ericsson.

Shares for all plans

Stock Purchase Plan, Key Contributor Retention Plan
and Executive Performance Stock Plans

Plan (million shares)

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

Originally designated
Outstanding beginning of 2014
Awarded during 2014
Exercised/matched during 2014
Forfeited/expired during 2014
Outstanding end of 2014 1)
Compensation costs charged during 2014 (SEK million)

A
B
C
D
E
F=B+C–D–E
G

22.8
0.0
3.6
0.0
0.0
3.6
10 2)

26.6
3.2
9.8
0.2
0.4
12.4
219 2)

26.2
12.5
–
0.4
0.4
11.7
241 2)

19.4
12.4
–
2.8
1.7
7.9
195 2)

19.4
6.0
–
6.0
0.0
0.0
52 2)

Total

114.4
34.1
13.4
9.4
2.5
35.6
717 2)

1) Shares under the Executive Performance Stock Plans were based on the fact that the 2010 plan was fully vested and that the 2011 plan vested for 22% and lapsed for 78%. For the other ongoing

plans, cost is estimated.

2) Fair value is calculated as the share price on the investment date, reduced by the net present value of the dividend expectations during the three-year vesting period. Net present value calculations

are based on data from external party. Fair value is also adjusted for participants failing to keep hold of their contribution shares during the vesting period. For shares under the Executive Performance
Stock Plans, the company makes a forecast for the fulfillment of the financial targets for all ongoing plans except for 2009 and 2010 plans as disclosed under 1) when calculating the compensation
cost. Fair value of the Class B share at each investment date during 2014 was: February 15 SEK 72.37, May 15 SEK 71.98, August 15 SEK 74.07 and November 15 SEK 79.39.

3) Total compensation costs charged during 2013: SEK 388 million, 2012: SEK 405 million.

Shares for all plans
All plans are funded with treasury stock and are equity settled. Treasury
stock for all plans has been issued in directed cash issues of Class C
shares at the quotient value and purchased under a public offering at
the subscription price plus a premium corresponding to the subscribers’
financing costs, and then converted to Class B shares.

For all plans, additional shares have been allocated for financing of
social security expenses. Treasury stock is sold on the Nasdaq Stock-
holm to cover social security payments when arising due to matching
of shares. During 2014, 1,129,800 shares were sold at an average price
of SEK 85.49. Sales of shares are recognized directly in equity.

If, as of December 31, 2014, all shares allocated for future matching
under the Stock Purchase Plan were transferred, and shares designated
to cover social security payments were disposed of as a result of the exer-
cise and the matching, approximately 60 million Class B shares would be
transferred, corresponding to 1.9% of the total number of shares out-
standing, or 3,242 million not including treasury stock. As of December
31, 2014, 63 million Class B shares were held as treasury stock.

The table above shows how shares (representing matching rights but
excluding shares for social security expenses) are being used for all out-
standing plans. From up to down the table includes (A) the number of
shares originally approved by the Annual General Meeting; (B) the number
of originally designated shares that were outstanding at the beginning of
2014; (C) the number of shares awarded during 2014; (D) the number of
shares matched during 2014; (E) the number of shares forfeited by partici-
pants or expired under the plan rules during 2014; and (F) the balance left
as outstanding at the end of 2014, having added new awards to the
shares outstanding at the beginning of the year and deducted the shares
related to awards matched, forfeited and expired. The final row (G) shows
the compensation costs charged to the accounts during 2014 for each
plan, calculated as fair value in SEK.

For a description of compensation cost, including accounting treat-

ment, see Note C1, “Significant accounting policies,” section Share-
based compensation to employees and the Board of Directors.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Employee numbers, wages and salaries
Employee numbers

Average number of employees

North America
Latin America
Northern Europe & Central Asia 1) 2)
Western & Central Europe 2)
Mediterranean 2)
Middle East
Sub-Saharan Africa
India
North East Asia
South East Asia & Oceania

Total
1) Of which in Sweden
2) Of which in EU

Number of employees by region at year-end

North America
Latin America
Northern Europe & Central Asia 1) 2)
Western & Central Europe 2)
Mediterranean 2)
Middle East
Sub-Saharan Africa
India
North East Asia
South East Asia & Oceania

Total
1) Of which in Sweden
2) Of which in EU

2014

2013

Women

3,173
2,517
5,312
1,746
2,899
491
448
3,184
4,028
1,211

25,009
3,944
9,438

Men

12,228
10,169
15,159
9,541
10,053
3,323
1,925
16,699
9,523
3,527

92,147
12,584
32,842

Total

15,401
12,686
20,471
11,287
12,952
3,814
2,373
19,883
13,551
4,738

117,156
16,528
42,280

Women

3,234
2,216
5,523
3,802
2,865
566
364
2,586
4,308
1,061

26,525
4,118
11,703

Men

12,060
9,562
15,519
8,263
9,793
4,820
1,704
15,042
10,108
3,234

90,105
12,972
31,729

Total

15,294
11,778
21,042
12,065
12,658
5,386
2,068
17,628
14,416
4,295

116,630
17,090
43,432

Employee wages and salaries

Wages and salaries and social security expenses

(SEK million)

Wages and salaries
Social security expenses
Of which pension costs

2014

58,006
17,944
3,957

2013

48,533
16,531
4,426

Amounts related to the President and CEO and the Executive Leadership
Team are included.

Remuneration to Board members and Presidents in subsidiaries

2014

15,516
11,066
21,633
12,617
13,387
3,858
2,406
19,971
13,464
4,137

2013

14,931
11,445
21,892
11,530
12,314
3,752
2,084
17,622
14,503
4,267

(SEK million)

118,055
17,580
45,202

114,340
17,858
43,421

Salary and other remuneration

Of which annual variable remuneration

Pension costs

2014

2013

288
72
21

294
40
23

Number of employees by gender and age at year-end 2014

Under 25 years old
25–35 years old
36–45 years old
46–55 years old
Over 55 years old

Percent of total

Women

2,680
9,557
7,777
4,410
1,399

22%

Men

2,683
36,316
30,062
18,072
5,099

78%

Percent
of total

5%
39%
32%
19%
5%

100%

Board members, Presidents and Group management
by gender at year end

Parent Company
Board members and President
Group Management

Subsidiaries
Board members and Presidents

2014

2013

Women

Men

Women

Men

30%
29%

70%
71%

25%
29%

75%
71%

30%

70%

27%

73%

Employee movements

Head count at year-end
Employees who have left the Company
Employees who have joined the Company
Temporary employees

2014

2013

118,055
15,536
19,251
776

114,340
13,025
17,110
493

100

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
C29 Related party transactions

During 2014, various related party transactions were executed pursuant
to contracts based on terms customary in the industry and negotiated on
an arm’s length basis. For information regarding equity and Ericsson’s
share of assets, liabilities and income in joint ventures and associated
companies, see Note C12, “Financial assets, non-current.” For informa-
tion regarding transactions with senior management, see Note C28,
“Information regarding members of the Board of Directors, the Group
management and employees.”

ST-Ericsson
ST-Ericsson was formed in 2009 as a joint venture, equally owned by
Ericsson and STMicroelectronics. In early 2013 the parents agreed to split
up and close the joint venture. The company ST-Ericsson is winding down
and all business has been transferred to parents or divested during 2013.
Ericsson has taken over assets and liabilities in the design, development
and sales of the thin LTE multi-mode modem solution with a net value of
SEK 1.1 billion. The acquired business was during 2013 consolidated in
the segment Modems. In 2014, the Company announced the discontinu-
ation of further development of modems and the shift of approximately
500 employees to Networks research and development organization to
pursue growth opportunities in the radio business.
During 2014 and 2013 Ericsson had no sales and purchases in the course
of ordinary business, only transactions related to the winding down
described above. Therefore, the descriptions below refer to the year 2012.
The major transactions in 2012 were as follows:
> Sales: Ericsson provides ST-Ericsson with services in the areas of

R&D, HR, IT and facilities.

> Purchases: A major part of Ericsson’s purchases from ST-Ericsson

consists of chipsets and R&D services.

ST-Ericsson

Related party transactions
Sales
Purchases

Related party balances
Receivables
Liabilities

1) See text above for further information.

2014 1)

2013 1)

2012

–
–

138
634

127
–

Ericsson does not have any contingent liabilities, assets pledged as
collateral or guarantees towards ST-Ericsson.

C30 Fees to Auditors

Fees to auditors

2014
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
Other fees

Total

2013
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
Other fees

Total

PwC

Others

Total

83
11
15
18

127

75
12
12
15

114

7
0
4
1

7
–
3
1

90
11
19
19

139

82
12
15
16

125

Note C30, cont.

2012
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax fees
Other fees

Total

PwC

Others

Total

82
15
16
10

123

5
–
3
10

87
15
19
20

141

During the period 2012–2014, in addition to audit services, PwC provided
certain audit-related services, tax and other services to the Company.
The audit-related services include quarterly reviews, ISO audits, SSAE 16
reviews and services in connection with the issuing of certificates and
opinions and consultation on financial accounting. The tax services
include general expatriate services and corporate tax compliance work.
Other services include, work related to acquisitions, operational effective-
ness and assessments of internal control.

Audit fees to other auditors largely consist of local statutory audits.

C31 Contractual obligations

Contractual obligations 2014

SEK billion

Long-term debt 1) 2)
Finance lease obligations 3)
Operating leases 3)
Other non-current liabilities
Purchase obligations 4)
Trade payables
Commitments for customer
finance 5)

Total

Payment due by period

<1
year

1–3
years

3–5
years

>5
years

0.5
0.1
2.4
0.0
5.1
24.5

12.0

44.6

6.0
0.2
3.3
0.2

0.0

9.7

1.1
0.1
1.9
0.1

0.0

3.2

15.5
0.5
3.9
1.5

0.0

21.4

Total

23.1
0.9
11.5
1.8
5.1
24.5

12.0

78.9

1) Including interest payments.
2) See Note C19, “Financial risk management and financial instruments.”
3) See Note C27, “Leasing.”
4) The amounts of purchase obligations are gross, before deduction of any related provisions.
5) See also Note C14, “Trade receivables and customer finance.”

For information about financial guarantees, see Note C24, “Contingent
liabilities.”

Except for those transactions described in this report, the Company
has not been a party to any material contracts over the past three years
other than those entered into during the ordinary course of business.

C32 Events after the reporting period

Rockstar Consortium LLC (Rockstar) is a company that was formed in
2011 by Apple, Blackberry, Ericsson, Microsoft, and Sony to purchase
approximately 4,000 patent assets out of the original about 6000 from the
Nortel bankruptcy estate. On December 23, 2014, it was agreed between
the owners of Rockstar and RPX Corporation (RPXC) that RPX should
purchase the remaining patents of Rockstar. The transaction occured in
2015 and the impact on income will not be material in 2015.

Financials – Notes to the consolidated financial statements

101

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

FINANCIALS

Parent company FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS with NOTES

Contents

Parent Company financial statements
Parent Company income statement and statement
103
of comprehensive income
104
Parent Company balance sheet
Parent Company statement of cash flows
106
Parent Company statement of changes in stockholders’ equity 107

Intangible assets

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements
P1 Significant accounting policies
P2 Other operating income and expenses
P3 Financial income and expenses
P4 Taxes
P5
P6 Property, plant and equipment
P7 Financial assets
Investments
P8
P9
Inventories
P10 Trade receivables and customer finance
P11 Receivables and liabilities – subsidiary companies
P12 Other current receivables
P13 Equity and other comprehensive income
P14 Untaxed reserves
P15 Post-employment benefits
P16 Other provisions
P17 Interest-bearing liabilities
P18 Financial risk management and financial instruments
P19 Other current liabilities
P20 Trade payables
P21 Assets pledged as collateral
P22 Contingent liabilities
P23 Statement of cash flows
P24 Leasing
P25 Information regarding employees
P26 Related party transactions
P27 Fees to auditors

108
108
108
109
109
110
111
112
113
113
114
115
115
116
116
117
117
118
119
119
119
119
119
119
120
120
120

102

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Parent company FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS

Parent Company income statement

January–December, SEK million

Notes

2014

2013

2012

Net sales
Cost of sales

Gross income

Selling expenses
Administrative expenses

Operating expenses

Other operating income and expenses

Operating income

Financial income
Financial expenses

Income after financial items

Changes in depreciation in excess of plan
Contributions to subsidiaries, net

Taxes

Net income

Parent Company statement of comprehensive income

January–December, SEK million

Net income

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss
Cash flow hedges

Gains/losses arising during the period
Adjustments for amounts transferred to initial carrying amount of hedged items

Revaluation of other investments in shares and participations

Fair value remeasurement

Total other comprehensive income, net of tax

Total comprehensive income

P3
P3

P14
P14

–
–

–

–262
–947

–1,209

3,088

1,879

26,912
–3,228

25,563

–
–1,700

23,863
–263

23,600

–
–

–

–210
–1,170

–1,380

2,768

1,388

8,321
–2,465

7,244

288
–430

7,102
–247

6,855

–
–

–

–241
–690

–931

2,534

1,603

11,932
–18,392

–4,858

388
–2,034

–6,504
–289

–6,793

2014

23,600

2013

6,855

2012

–6,793

–
–

23,646

6,924

–64
–139

–

–203

–6,996

Financials – Parent Company financial statements

103

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Notes

P5
P6

P7, P8
P7, P8

P7
P7, P11
P7, P10
P4
P7

P10
P10
P11

P12
P18
P18

2014

2013

1,193
470

81,265
337

496
13,290
1,475
227
811

99,564

646
571

80,756
337

410
11,024
1,064
233
917

95,958

8
1,343
21,130
164
2,173
30,577
24,443

79,865

34
901
13,833
123
2,356
34,520
23,954

75,728

179,429

171,686

FINANCIALS – Parent Company financial statements

Parent Company balance sheet

December 31, SEK million

Assets
Fixed assets
Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Financial assets
Investments

Subsidiaries
Joint ventures and associated companies

Other investments

Receivables from subsidiaries
Customer finance, non-current
Deferred tax assets
Other financial assets, non-current

Current assets
Inventories
Receivables

Trade receivables
Customer finance, current
Receivables from subsidiaries
Current income taxes
Other current receivables

Short-term investments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

104

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

December 31, SEK million

Stockholders’ equity, provisions and liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Capital stock
Revaluation reserve
Statutory reserve

Restricted equity
Retained earnings
Net income
Fair value reserves

Non-restricted equity

Provisions
Post-employment benefits
Other provisions

Non-current liabilities
Notes and bond loans
Other borrowings, non-current
Liabilities to subsidiaries
Other non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Borrowings, current
Trade payables
Liabilities to subsidiaries
Other current liabilities

Total stockholders’ equity, provisions and liabilities

Assets pledged as collateral
Contingent liabilities

Notes

P13

P15
P16

P17
P17
P11

P17
P20
P11
P19

P21
P22

2014

2013

16,526
20
31,472

48,018
14,156
23,600
115

37,871

85,889

390
1,081

1,471

14,346
6,859
24,034
273

45,512

–
615
40,687
5,255

46,557

16,526
20
31,472

48,018
16,874
6,855
69

23,798

71,816

407
1,690

2,097

14,522
5,686
24,034
249

44,491

6,005
611
44,444
2,222

53,282

179,429

171,686

525
20,906

553
15,999

Financials – Parent Company financial statements

105

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

FINANCIALS – Parent Company financial statements

Parent Company statement of cash flows

January–December, SEK million

Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash

Cash flow from operating activities

Investing activities
Investments in property, plant and equipment
Investments in intangible assets
Sales of property, plant and equipment
Investments in shares and other investments
Divestments of shares and other investments
Lending, net
Other investing activities
Short-term investments

Cash flow from investing activities

Cash flow before financing activities

Financing activities
Changes in current liabilities to subsidiaries
Proceeds from issuance of borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Stock issue
Sale/repurchase of own shares
Dividends paid
Settled contributions from/to (–) subsidiaries
Other financing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Effect from remeasurement in cash

Net change in cash

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

P18

106

Notes

2014

2013

2012

P23

23,600
2,057

25,657

–20
–853
–1,083
–74
–425
2,360

–95

25,562

–223
–902
153
–979
201
–7,918
–
3,435

–6,233

19,329

–5,016
–
–7,982
–
106
–9,702
–431
–619

6,855
956

7,811

48
54
–2,662
279
–1,803
901

–3,183

4,628

–245
–15
–
–883
300
9,047
–
–2,537

5,667

10,295

–2,547
4,436
–2,916
–
90
–8,863
–2,673
–1,324

–23,644

–13,797

4,804

489

23,954

24,443

1,510

–1,992

25,946

23,954

–6,793
14,436

7,643

6
201
–39
–261
–91
–2,837

–3,021

4,622

–224
–
–
–1,807
9,792
–2,668
1
5,043

10,137

14,759

2,795
8,132
–7,296
159
–93
–8,033
–543
–158

–5,037

–1,064

8,658

17,288

25,946

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Parent Company statement of changes in stockholders’ equity

SEK million

January 1, 2014

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue
Sale of own shares
Stock purchase plans
Repurchase of own shares
Dividends paid

December 31, 2014

January 1, 2013

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue
Sale of own shares
Stock purchase plans
Repurchase of own shares
Dividends paid

December 31, 2013

Capital
stock

Revaluation
reserve

Statutory
reserve

Total restric-
ted equity

Disposition
reserve

Fair value
reserves

16,526

31,472

48,018

100

–

–
–
–
–
–

16,526

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

31,472

48,018

31,472

48,018

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

100

–

–
–
–
–
–

16,526

31,472

48,018

100

–
–
–
–
–

115

–

–
–
–
–
–

Other retai-
ned ear-
nings

Non-
restricted
equity

23,629

23,798

Total

71,816

23,600

23,646

–
106
23
–
–9,702

37,656

–
106
23
–
–9,702

37,871

–
106
23
–
–9,702

85,889

25,524

25,624

73,642

6,855

6,924

–
90
23
–
–8,863

23,629

–
90
23
–
–8,863

23,798

–
90
23
–
–8,863

71,816

Financials – Parent Company financial statements

107

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS

notes to the Parent Company
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

P1 Significant accounting policies

P2 Other operating income and expenses

Other operating income and expenses

License revenues and other operating revenues

Subsidiary companies
Other

Net gains/losses (–) on sales of tangible assets

Total

2014

2013

2012

2,882
207
–1

3,088

2,639
135
–6

2,768

2,488
49
–3

2,534

P3 Financial Income and Expenses

Financial income and expenses

Financial income
Result from participations in subsidiary
companies
Dividends
Net gains on sales

Result from participations in joint ventures and
associated companies

Dividends
Net gains on sales

Result from other securities and receivables
accounted for as fixed assets

2014

2013

2012

24,644
91

7,054
8

5,031
61

249
200

126
195

132
4,768

Net gains on sales

–

Other interest income and similar profit/loss
items

Subsidiary companies
Other

Total

Financial expenses
Losses on sales of participations in subsidiary
companies
Write–down of investments in subsidiary
companies
Net loss from joint ventures and associated
companies
Write–down of participations in other
companies
Interest expenses and similar profit/loss items

Subsidiary companies
Other

Other financial expenses

Total

Financial net

740
988

357
575

472
1,406

26,912

8,321

11,932

–1

–137

–36

–317

–500

–

–103
–1,121
–1,686

–3,228

23,684

–

–154
–977
–697

–16,972

–47

–189
–1,089
–59

–2,465

–18,392

5,856

–6,460

Interest expenses on pension liabilities are included in the interest
expenses shown above.

The financial statements of the Parent Company, Telefonaktiebolaget LM
Ericsson, have been prepared in accordance with the Annual Accounts
Act and RFR 2 “Reporting in separate financial statements.” RFR 2
requires the Parent Company to use the same accounting principles as
for the Group, i.e., IFRS, to the extent allowed by RFR 2.

The main deviations between accounting policies adopted for the

Group and accounting policies for the Parent Company are:

Subsidiaries, associated companies and joint ventures
The investments are accounted for according to the acquisition cost
method. Investments are carried at cost and only dividends are accounted
for in the income statement. An impairment test is performed annually and
write–downs are made when permanent decline in value is established.
Contributions to/from subsidiaries and shareholders’ contributions
are accounted for according to RFR 2. Contributions from/to Swedish
subsidiaries are reported net in the income statement.

Shareholders’ contributions increase the Parent Company’s invest-

ments.

Classification and measurement of financial instruments
IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement is adopted,
except regarding financial guarantees where the exception allowed in RFR
2 is chosen. Financial guarantees are included in Contingent liabilities.

Leasing
The Parent Company has had one rental agreement up until 2014 which
was accounted for as a finance lease in the consolidated statements and
as an operating lease in the Parent Company financial statements.

Deferred taxes
The accounting of untaxed reserves in the balance sheet results in differ-
ent accounting of deferred taxes as compared to the principles applied in
the consolidated statements. Swedish GAAP and tax regulations require
a company to report certain differences between the tax basis and book
value as an untaxed reserve in the balance sheet of the standalone finan-
cial statements. Changes to these reserves are reported as an addition to,
or withdrawal from, untaxed reserves in the income statement.

Pensions
Pensions are accounted for in accordance with the recommendation FAR
SRS RedR 4 “Accounting for pension liability and pension cost” from the
Institute for the Accountancy Profession in Sweden. According to RFR 2,
IAS 19R shall be adopted regarding supplementary disclosures when
applicable.

Borrowing costs
All borrowing costs in relation to qualifying assets are expensed as
incurred.

Business combinations
Transaction costs attributable to the acquisition are included in the cost of
acquisition in the Parent Company statements compared to Group State-
ments where these costs are expensed as incurred.

Critical accounting estimates and judgments
See Notes to the consolidated financial statements – Note C2, “Critical
accounting estimates and judgments.” Major critical accounting estimates
and judgments applicable to the Parent Company include “Trade and
customer finance receivables” and “Acquired intellectual property rights
and other intangible assets, excluding goodwill.”

108

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014P4 Taxes

P5 Intangible assets

Income taxes recognized in the income statement

Patents, licenses, trademarks and similar rights

Accumulated acquisition costs
Opening balance
Acquisitions
Sales/disposals

Closing balance

Accumulated amortization
Opening balance

Amortization
Sales/disposals

Closing balance

Accumulated impairment losses
Opening balance
Impairment losses

Closing balance

Net carrying value

2014

2013

4,161
902
–

5,063

–2,570
–355
–

–2,925

–945
–

–945

1,193

4,146
15
–

4,161

–2,352

–218
–

–2,570

–945
–

–945

646

The balances relate mainly to the Marconi trademark acquired during
2006 and RF technology and IPR’s acquired during 2014. The useful life
and amortization period for this trademark has been set to 10 years.

Current income taxes for the year
Current income taxes related to prior years
Deferred tax income/expense (+/–)

Tax expense

2014

–87
–170
–6

–263

2013

–100
–183
36

–247

2012

–125
–112
–52

–289

A reconciliation between actual tax expense for the year and the theoreti-
cal tax expense that would arise when applying the statutory tax rate in
Sweden, 22.0% (22.0% in 2013 and 26.3% in 2012), on the income before
taxes is shown in the table below.

Reconciliation of Swedish income tax rate with actual tax

Expected tax expense at Swedish tax rate
22.0%
Current income taxes related to prior years
Tax effect of non–deductible expenses
Tax effect of non–taxable income
Tax effect related to write–downs of invest-
ments in subsidiary companies
Tax effect of change in deferred tax rate

Actual tax expense

2014

2013

2012

–5,250
–170
–326
5,554

–71
–

–263

–1,567
–183
–23
1,636

–110
–

–247

1,711
–112
–29
2,655

–4,476
–38

–289

Deferred tax balances
Tax effects of temporary differences have resulted in deferred tax assets
as follows:

Deferred tax assets

2014

227

2013

233

Deferred tax assets refer mainly to costs related to customer finance and
post–employment benefits.

Financials – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

109

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Land and
buildings

Other equipment
and instal lations

Construction
in process and
advance payments

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

1,482
33
–89
143

1,569

–1,073
–171
81

–1,163

406

1,267
15
–77
277

1,482

–941
–203
71

–1,073

409

162
190
–145
–143

–
–
–

–

209
230
–
–277

162

–
–
–

–

162

Total

1,644
223
–234
–

1,633

–1,073
–171
81

–1,163

470

1,476
245
–77
–

1,644

–941
–203
71

–1,073

571

FINANCIALS – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

P6 Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment

2014
Accumulated acquisition costs
Opening balance
Additions
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications

Closing balance

Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance
Depreciation
Sales/disposals

Closing balance

Net carrying value

2013
Accumulated acquisition costs
Opening balance
Additions
Sales/disposals
Reclassifications

Closing balance

Accumulated depreciation
Opening balance
Depreciation
Sales/disposals

Closing balance

Net carrying value

110

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014P7 Financial assets

Investments in subsidiary companies, joint ventures and associated companies

Opening balance
Acquisitions and stock issues
Shareholders’ contribution
Reclassifications
Repayment of shareholders’ contribution
Write-downs
Disposals

Closing balance

Other financial assets

Accumulated acquisition costs
Opening balance
Additions
Disposals/repayments/deductions
Reclassifications
Fair value remeasurement
Translation difference

Closing balance

Accumulated write-downs/allowances
Opening balance
Write-downs/allowances
Disposals/repayments/deductions
Reclassifications
Translation difference

Closing balance

Net carrying value

Subsidiary companies

Associated companies

2014

80,756
820
115
2
–
–199
–229

81,265

2013

80,839
282
518
–
–
–500
–383

80,756

2014

2013

337
–
–
–
–
–
–

337

337
–
–
–
–
–
–

337

Other investments in
shares and participations

Receivables from
subsidiaries, non-current

Customer finance,
non-current

Other financial assets,
non-current

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

2014

2013

466
42
–45
–2
46
–

507

–56
–
45
–
–

–11

496

323
74
–
–
69
–

466

–56
–
–
–
–

–56

410

11,024
–
–
–
–
2,266

13,290

–
–
–
–
–

–

15,737
1,405
–6,000
–630
–
512

11,024

–
–
–
–
–

–

1,119
1,333
–570
–334
–
6

1,554

–55
–9
4
–13
–6

–79

1,065
345
–49
–226
–
–16

1,119

–66
–
6
3
2

–55

917
17
–61
–62
–
–

811

–
–
–
–
–

–

1,153
42
–66
–212
–
–

917

–
–
–
–
–

–

13,290

11,024

1,475

1,064

811

917

Financials – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

111

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

P8 Investments

The following listing shows certain shareholdings owned directly and indirectly by the Parent Company as of December 31, 2014.

A complete listing of shareholdings, prepared in accordance with the Swedish Annual Accounts Act and filed with the Swedish Companies Registra-

tion Office (Bolagsverket), may be obtained upon request to: Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson, External Reporting, SE-164 83 Stockholm, Sweden.

Shares owned directly by the Parent Company

Company

Subsidiary companies
Ericsson AB
Ericsson Shared Services AB
Netwise AB
Datacenter i Rosersberg AB
Datacenter i Mjärdevi Aktiebolag
AB Aulis
Ericsson Credit AB
Other (Sweden)

Ericsson Austria GmbH
Ericsson Danmark A/S
Oy LM Ericsson Ab
Ericsson Participations France SAS
Ericsson Germany GmbH
Ericsson Hungary Ltd.
LM Ericsson Holdings Ltd.
L M Ericsson Limited
Ericsson Telecomunicazioni S.p.A.
Ericsson Holding International B.V.
Ericsson A/S
Ericsson Television AS
Ericsson Corporatia AO
Ericsson España S.A.
Ericsson AG
Ericsson Holdings Ltd.
Other (Europe, excluding Sweden)

Ericsson Holding II Inc.
Companía Ericsson S.A.C.I.

Ericsson Canada Inc.
Belair Networks
Ericsson Telecom S.A. de C.V.
Other (United States, Latin America)

Teleric Pty Ltd.
Ericsson Ltd.
Ericsson (China) Company Ltd.
Ericsson India Private Ltd.
Ericsson India Global Services PVT. Ltd
Fabrix Systems Ltd
Ericsson-LG CO Ltd.
Ericsson (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Ericsson Telecommunications Pte. Ltd.
Ericsson South Africa PTY. Ltd
Ericsson Taiwan Ltd.
Ericsson (Thailand) Ltd.
Other countries (the rest of the world)

Total

Joint ventures and associated companies
ST-Ericsson SA
Rockstar Consortium Group
Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d.

Total

Reg. No.

Domicile

Percentage of
ownership

Par value in local
currency, million

Carrying value,
SEK million

556056-6258
556251-3266
556404-4286
556895-3748
556366-2302
556030-9899
556326-0552

Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden
Sweden

Austria
Denmark
Finland
France
Germany
Hungary
Ireland
Ireland
Italy
The Netherlands
Norway
Norway
Russia
Spain
Switzerland
United Kingdom

United States
Argentina

Canada
Canada
Mexico

Australia
China
China
India
India
Israel
Korea
Malaysia
Singapore
South Africa
Taiwan
Thailand

Switzerland
Canada
Croatia

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
–

100

95 1)

100
100
100
–

100
100
100
100
100
100
75
70
100
75
90
49 2)
–

50
21
49

50
361
2
–
10
14
5
–

4
90
13
26
–
1,301
2
–
44
222
75
161
5
43
–
328
–

2,896

41
–
–
–
–

20
2
65
725
389
–
600
2
2
–
270
90
–

137
1
65

20,731
2,216
306
88
69
6
5
1,640

65
216
196
524
4,232
120
15
33
5,357
3,199
114
1,788
5
170
–
4,094
295

29,006

15
51
170
1,050
166

100
2
475
147
64
704
3,285
4
1
144
36
17
344

81,265

–
7
330

337

1) Through subsidiary holdings, total holdings amount to 100% of Compania Ericsson S.A.C.I.
2) Through subsidiary holdings, total holdings amount to 100% of Ericsson (Thailand) Ltd.

112

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
Shares owned by subsidiary companies

Company

Subsidiary companies
Ericsson Cables Holding AB
Ericsson France SAS
Ericsson Telekommunikation GmbH 1)
Ericsson Telecommunicatie B.V.
Ericsson Telekomunikasyon A.S.
Ericsson Ltd.
Redbee Media
Ericsson Inc.
Ericsson Wifi Inc.
Drutt Corporation Inc.
Redback Networks Inc.
Telcordia Technologies Inc.
Ericsson Telecomunicações S.A.
Ericsson Australia Pty. Ltd.
Ericsson (China) Communications Co. Ltd.
Nanjing Ericsson Panda Communication Co. Ltd.
Ericsson Japan K.K.
Ericsson Communication Solutions Pte Ltd.

Reg. No.

Domicile

Percentage
of ownership

556044-9489

Sweden
France
Germany
The Netherlands
Turkey
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
United States
United States
United States
United States
United States
Brazil
Australia
China
China
Japan
Singapore

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
51
100
100

1) Disclosures Pursuant to Section 264b of the German Commercial Code (Handelsgesetzbuch – HGB)

Applying Section 264b HGB, Ericsson Holding GmbH and Ericsson Telekommunikation GmbH, located in Frankfurt am Main/Germany, are exempted from the obligation to prepare,
have audited and disclose financial statements and a management report in accordance with the legal requirements being applicable for German corporations.

P9 Inventories

Inventories

Finished products and goods for resale

Inventories

P10 Trade receivables and customer finance

Credit risk management is governed on a Group level.

For further information, see Notes to the consolidated financial state-
ments – Note C14, “Trade receivables and customer finance” and Note
C20, “Financial risk management and financial instruments.”

Trade receivables and customer finance

2014

2013

Trade receivables excluding associated
companies and joint ventures
Allowances for impairment

Trade receivables, net
Trade receivables related to associated
companies and joint ventures

Trade receivables, total
Customer finance
Allowances for impairment

Customer finance, net

2014

2013

30
–23

8
3,073
–255

2,818

54
–22

34
2,040
–75

1,965

Movements in allowances for impairment

Opening balance
Additions
Utilization
Reversal of excess amounts
Translation difference

Closing balance

Trade receivables

Customer finance

2014

2013

2014

2013

23
–
–
–
–

75
191
–4
–11
4

255

97
3
–
–27
2

Financials – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

113

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

Aging analysis as per December 31

2014
Neither impaired nor past due
Impaired, not past due
Past due in less than 90 days
Past due in 90 days or more
Past due and impaired in less than 90 days
Past due and impaired in 90 days or more

Total

2013
Neither impaired nor past due
Impaired, not past due
Past due in less than 90 days
Past due in 90 days or more
Past due and impaired in less than 90 days
Past due and impaired in 90 days or more

Total

Outstanding customer finance

On-balance sheet customer finance
Financial guarantees for third parties

Total customer finance
Accrued interest
Less third-party risk coverage

Parent Company’s risk exposure
On-balance sheet credits, net carrying value

Of which current

Credit commitments for customer finance

Trade receivables
excluding associated
companies and joint
ventures

Allowances for
impairment of
receivables

Trade receivables rela-
ted to associated com-
panies and joint ventu-
res

Customer finance

Allowances for
impairment of
customer finance

23
–
–1
–
–
8

24
–
1
8
–
23

–
–
–
–
–
–23

–23

–
–
–
–
–
–23

–23

1
–
–
–
–
–

2
–
–
–
–
–

2,072
94
12
682
4
209

3,073

1,404
80
58
448
18
32

2,040

–
–94
–
–
–3
–158

–255

–
–63
–
–
–9
–3

–75

2014

3,073
75

3,148
172
–649

2,671
2,818
1,343
4,975

2013

2,040
178

2,218
115
–213

2,120
1,965
901
456

P11 Receivables and liabilities – subsidiary

companies

Receivables and liabilities – subsidiary companies

Payment due by period

< 1
year

1–5
years

>5
years

Total
2014

Total
2013

Non-current receivables 1)
Financial receivables

13,249

Current receivables
Trade receivables
Financial receivables

Total

Non-current liabilities 1)
Financial liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade payables
Financial liabilities

Total

5,228
15,902

21,130

–

454
40,233

40,687

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

13,290

11,024

5,228
15,902

21,130

3,573
10,260

13,833

24,034

–
–

–

454
40,233

40,687

502
43,942

44,444

1) Including non-interest-bearing receivables and liabilities, net, amounting to SEK –24,034

(–24,034) million.

Transfers of financial assets
Transfers where the Parent Company has not derecognized
the assets in their entirety
As per December 31, 2014 there existed certain customer financing
assets that the Parent Company had transferred to third parties where
the Parent Company did not derecognize the assets in their entirety. The
total carrying amount of the original assets transferred was SEK 811 (899)
million; the amount of the assets that the Parent Company continues to
recognize was SEK 168 (210) million; and the carrying amount of the
associated liabilities was SEK 0 (0) million.

114

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
P12 Other current receivables

P13 Equity and other comprehensive income

2014

516
263
993
401

2,173

2013

506
126
1,527
197

2,356

Capital stock 2014
Capital stock at December 31, 2014, consisted of the following:

Capital stock

Class A shares 1)
Class B shares 1)

Total

Number of shares

261,755,983
3,043,295,752

3,305,051,735

Capital
stock

1,309
15,217

16,526

1) Class A shares (quotient value SEK 5.00) and Class B shares (quotient value SEK 5.00).

Other current receivables

Prepaid expenses
Accrued revenues
Derivatives with a positive value
Other

Total

Equity and other comprehensive income 2014

January 1, 2014

Net income

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Revaluation of other investments in shares and
participations

Fair value remeasurement

Total other comprehensive income,
net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue

Sale of own shares
Stock Purchase Plans
Repurchase of own shares
Dividends paid

December 31, 2014

Equity and other comprehensive income 2013

Capital
stock

Revaluation
reserve

Statutory
reserve

Total restric-
ted equity

Disposition
reserve

Fair value
reserves

16,526

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

31,472

48,018

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

100

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–

16,526

31,472

48,018

100

115

Capital
stock

Revaluation
reserve

Statutory
reserve

Total restric-
ted equity

Disposition
reserve

Fair value
reserves

January 1, 2013

Net income

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Revaluation of other investments in shares and
participations

Fair value remeasurement

Total other comprehensive income,
net of tax

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners
Stock issue
Sale of own shares
Stock Purchase Plans
Repurchase of own shares
Dividends paid

December 31, 2013

16,526

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

31,472

48,018

–

–
–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–
–
–

100

–

–
–
–
–
–

16,526

31,472

48,018

100

–

–
–
–
–
–

Financials – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

Other retai-
ned ear-
nings

Non-
restricted
equity

23,629

23,798

Total

71,816

23,600

–

106
23
–
–9,702

37,656

–

106
23
–
–9,702

37,871

–

106
23
–
–9,702

85,889

Other retai-
ned ear-
nings

Non-
restricted
equity

25,524

25,624

Total

73,642

6,855

–

–
90
23
–
–8,863

23,629

–
90
23
–
–8,863

23,798

–
90
23
–
–8,863

71,816

115

Ericsson | Annual Report 20142014

2013

118
258
382
133
140

1031
–

33
119
203
93
499

947
1

2014

2013

407
–6
–8

93
–72
–77
53

390

386
–23
–17

126
–65
–51
51

407

Change in the defined benefit obligation

Opening balance
Payment to pension trust
Payment to pension trust, reclassified
Pension costs, excluding taxes, related to defined benefit
obligations accounted for in the income statement
Pension payments
Return on plan assets
Return on plan assets not accounted for

Closing balance provision for pensions

Estimated pension payments for 2015 are SEK 68 million.

Total pension cost and income recognized in the Income statement

2014

2013

2012

Defined benefit obligations
Costs excluding interest and taxes
Interest cost
Credit insurance premium

Total cost defined benefit plans excluding
taxes

Defined contribution plans
Pension insurance premium

Total cost defined contribution plans exclu-
ding taxes
Return on plan assets

Total pension cost, net excluding taxes

39
54
2

65
–24

136

87
40
1

61
39
1

128

101

73
–

59
–

201

160

Of the total pension cost, SEK 106 (161 in 2013 and 121 in 2012) million is
included in operating expenses and SEK 30 (40 in 2013 and 39 in 2012)
million in the financial net.

FINANCIALS – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

P14 Untaxed reserves

Untaxed reserves

2014

Accumulated depreciation in excess
of plan
Total accumulated depreciation in
excess of plan

Jan 1

Additions/
withdrawals (–)

Dec 31

Plan assets allocation

Cash and cash equivalents
Equity securities
Debt securities
Real estate
Investment funds

–

Total

Of which Ericsson securities

Contributions to Swedish subsidiaries amount to SEK 1,700 (430) million.
There were no contributions from Swedish subsidiaries in 2014 and 2013.

P15 Post-employment benefits

The Parent Company has two types of pension plans:
> Defined contribution plans: post-employment benefit plans where the

Parent Company pays fixed contributions into separate entities and has
no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the
entities do not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits rela-
ting to employee service. The expenses for defined contribution plans
are recognized during the period when the employee provides service.
> Defined benefit plans: post-employment benefit plans where the Parent
Company’s undertaking is to provide predetermined benefits that the
employee will receive on or after retirement. The ITP2 plan for the
Parent Company is partly funded. ITP2 is a supplementary pension
plan for salaried employees born before 1979. Pension obligations are
calculated annually, on the balance sheet date, based on actuarial
assumptions.

Defined benefit obligation – amount recognized in the Balance sheet

Present value of wholly or partially funded pension plans 1)
Fair value of plan assets

Unfunded/net surplus (–) of funded pension plans
Present value of unfunded pension plans
Excess from plan assets not accounted for
Payment to pension trust, reclassified

Closing balance provision for pensions

2014

793
–1,031

–238
390
238
–

390

2013

754
–947

–193
407
185
8

407

1) The ITP2 obligation is covered by the Swedish law on safeguarding of pension commitments

and amounts to SEK 755 (737) million.

The defined benefit obligations are calculated based on the actual salary
levels at year-end and based on a discount rate of 3.4%.

Weighted average life expectancy after the age of 65 is 25 years for

women and 23 years for men.

In 2005, SEK 524 million was transferred into the Swedish pension
trust. From 2009–2014 additional transfers of SEK 182 million have been
made.

The Parent Company utilizes no assets held by the pension trust.

Return on plan assets was 8.1 (5.8)%.

116

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014P16 Other provisions

Other provisions

2014
Opening balance
Additions

Reversal of excess amounts
Cash out/utilization
Reclassifications

Closing balance

2013
Opening balance
Additions
Reversal of excess amounts
Cash out/utilization
Reclassifications

Closing balance

1) Of which SEK 1,073 (1,540) million is expected to be utilized within one year.

p17 Interest-bearing liabilities

As of December 31, 2014, the Parent Company’s outstanding interest-
bearing liabilities, excluding liabilities to subsidiaries, stood at SEK 21.2
(26.2) billion.

Interest-bearing liabilities

Borrowings, current
Current part of non-current borrowings 1)
Other current borrowings

Total current borrowings

Borrowings, non-current
Notes and bond loans
Other borrowings, non-current

Total non-current interest-bearing liabilities

Total interest-bearing liabilities

1) Including notes and bond loans of SEK 0 (1,966) million.

Notes, bonds, bilateral loans and committed credits

2014

2013

–
–

–

14,346
6,859

21,205

5,966
39

6,005

14,522
5,686

20,208

26,213

Restruc turing

Customer
finance

159
12

–40
–99
–

71
170
–
–82
–

159

89
1

–4
–78
–

84
5
–
–
–

Other

1,442
93

–200
–294
–

1,041

3,554
218
–195
–2,135
–

1,442

Total other
provisions1)

1,690
106

–244
–471
–

1,081

3,709
393
–195
–2,217
–

1,690

To secure long-term funding the Parent Company use notes and bond
programs together with bilateral research and development facilities. All
outstanding notes and bond loans are issued under the Euro Medium-
Term Note (EMTN) program or under the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) Registered program. Bonds issued at a fixed interest
rate could be swapped to a floating interest rate using interest rate swaps,
and normally a maximum of 50% of all outstanding loans are at fixed inte-
rest rates. Total weighted average interest rate cost during the year was
4.18% (4.44%). Outstanding notes and bonds are revalued based on
changes in benchmark interest rates according to the fair value hedge
methodology stipulated in IAS 39.

In January 2014 the Parent Company repaid the SEK 4 billion EIB loan

with original maturity July 2015.

In February 2014 the Parent Company repaid the USD 300 million note
from the Swedish Export Credit Corporation with original maturity in 2016.

In June 2014 the Parent Company repaid the EUR 220 million note.
In June 2014 the Parent Company exercised the option to extend the
maturity of the USD 2 billion multi-currency revolving credit facility with
one year to June 2019. One extension option of one year remains.

Nominal
amount

Coupon

Currency

Book value
(SEK)

Maturity date

Unrealized hedge
gain/loss (included
in book value)

Issued–maturing

Notes and bond loans

2007–2017

2010–2020 2)
2012–2022

Total notes and bond loans

Bilateral loans

2012–2019 3)
2012–2021 4)
2013–2020 5)

Total bilateral loans

500

5.375%

4.125%

170
1,000

98
98
684

2,000

EUR

USD
USD

USD
USD
USD

USD

5,277 1)

June 27, 2017

1,325
7,744

14,346

763
764
5,332

6,859

December 23, 2020
May 15, 2022

September 30, 2019
September 30, 2021
November 6, 2020

June 27, 2019

4) Nordic Investment Bank (NIB), R&D project financing.
5) European Investment Bank (EIB), R&D project financing.

6) Multi-currency revolving credit facility. Unutilized.

One extension option of one year remains.

–551

117

Committed credit
Long-term committed credit facility 6)

Total committed credit

1) Interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges.
2) Private Placement, Swedish Export Credit Corporation (SEK).
3) Nordic Investment Bank (NIB), R&D project financing.

Financials – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
FINANCIALS – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

P18 Financial risk management and financial instruments

Ericsson’s financial risk management is governed on a Group level. For
further information see Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements,
Note C20, ”Financial Risk Management and Financial Instruments”.

Outstanding derivatives 1)

available-for-sale with maturity less than one year and are therefore short-
term investments. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments
are mainly held in SEK unless offset by EUR-funding.

Debt financing is mainly carried out through borrowing in the Swedish

and international debt capital markets.

Fair value

Asset

Liability

Asset

Liability

committed credit facilities.

2014

2013

Bank financing is used for certain subsidiary funding and to obtain

Funding programs 1)

Euro Medium-Term Note program
(USD million)
SEC Registered program (USD million)

Amount

Utilized Unutilized

5,000
2)

778
1,000

4,223

1) There are no financial covenants related to these programs.
2) Program amount indeterminate.

In May 2014 Moody’s changed the Company’s credit rating from A3
(negative) to Baa1 (stable). In August 2014 Standard & Poor’s changed the
Company’s credit rating outlook from BBB+ (negative) to BBB+ (stable).
Both credit ratings are considered to be solid investment grade.

Fair valuation of the Company’s financial instruments
The Company’s financial instruments generally meet the requirements of
level 1 valuation due to the fact that they are based on quoted prices in
active markets for identical assets.
Exceptions to this relates to:

> OTC derivatives with an amount of gross SEK 4.9 (5.2) billion in relation
to assets and gross SEK 5.5 (5.1) billion in relation to liabilities were
valued based on references to other market data as currency or interest
rates. These valuations fall under level 2 valuation as defined by IFRS.
> Ownership in other companies where the Company neither has control
nor significant influence. The amount recognized in these cases was
SEK 0.5 (0.5) billion. These assets, classified as level 3 assets for valua-
tion purposes, have been valued based on value in use technique.

Currency derivatives
Maturity within 3 months
Maturity between 3 and 12
months
Maturity between 1 and 3 years

Total

Of which internal

Interest rate derivatives
Maturity within 3 months
Maturity between 3 and
12 months
Maturity between 1 and 3 years
Maturity between 3 and 5 years
Maturity of more than 5 years

1,351

1,185

946
0

2,297
1,994

72
937
85
146

933
0

2,118
63

896
656
285
211

523

290
8

821
23

–

186
382
663
101

604

266
–

870
720

–

269
688
163
36

Total

1,240 2)

2,053

1,332 2)

1,156

Of which designated in fair
value hedge relations

669

724

–

1) Some of the derivatives hedging non-current liabilities are recognized in the balance sheet

as non-current due to hedge accounting

2) Of which SEK 551 (613) million is reported as non-current assets.

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

SEK billion

Bank Deposits

Type of issuer/counterpart
Governments
Banks
Corporations
Mortgage institutes

2014
2013

Remaining time to maturity

< 3
months

3–12
months

1–5
years

>5
years

15.4

1.0
6.1
2.9

25.4
24.3

5.5

12.3

0.6

1.0

6.5
4.0

10.1

22.4
26.5

0.1

0.7
3.7

Total

15.4

19.4
6.1
2.9
11.2

55.0
58.5

The instruments are either classified as held for trading or as assets

Financial instruments, book value

Trade
recei v ables

Short-
term
investment

Rec eiv-
ables and
liabilities
sub sidi-

aries Borrowings

Trade
payables

Cash
equivalent

Other
current
receivables

Other
current
liabilities

Other
non-
current
assets

2014

2013

P10

–
2.8

–

2.8

P11

–
34.4

–64.7

–30.3

P17

P20

–
–

–21.2

–
–

–0.4

30.6
–

–

30.6

P12

1.0
–

–

1.0

P19

–4.1
–

–

–4.1

8.9
–

–

8.9

0.6
–

–

0.6

37.0
37.2

–86.3

–12.1

46.4
26.9

–95.1

–21.8

SEK billion

Note
Assets at fair value through
profit or loss
Loans and receivables
Financial Liabilities at
amortized cost

Total

118

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014P19 Other current liabilities

P23 Statement of cash flows

Other current liabilities

Accrued interest
Accrued expenses, of which
Employee related
Other
Deferred revenues
Derivatives with a negative value
Other current liabilities

Total

P20 Trade payables

Trade payables

Trade payables excluding associated companies and joint
ventures
Associated companies and joint ventures

Total

All trade payables fall due within 90 days.

P21 Assets pledged as collateral

Assets pledged as collateral

Bank deposits

Total

2014

205
693
357
336
41
4,109
207

5,255

2013

189
633
299
334
15
1,305
80

2,222

2014

2013

411
204

615

407
204

611

2014

525

2013

553

The major item in bank deposits is the internal bank’s clearing and settle-
ment commitments of SEK 303 (376) million.

Interest paid in 2014 amounted to SEK 864 million (SEK 1,022 in 2013 and
SEK 1,218 million in 2012) and interest received was SEK 1,657 million
(SEK 1,203 in 2013 and SEK 1,536 million in 2012). Income taxes paid
were SEK 321 million (income taxes paid were SEK 255 million in 2013
and income taxes received SEK 133 million in 2012).

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash

2014

2013

2012

171

355
–

355

526
–58

203

218
–

218

421
–7

177

218
–

218

395
421

434

12,167

–
1,700
–
–139

–288
430
–
–34

–388
2,034
–
–193

2,057

956

14,436

Property, plant and equipment
Depreciation

Total
Intangible assets
Amortization
Impairment losses

Total

Total depreciation and amortization on
tangible and intangible assets
Taxes
Write-downs and capital gains (–)/losses
on sale of fixed assets, excluding customer
finance, net
Additions to/withdrawals from (–) untaxed
reserves
Unsettled group contributions
Unsettled dividends
Other non-cash items

Total adjustments to reconcile
net income to cash

P24 Leasing

Leasing with the Parent Company as lessee
At December 31, 2014, future payment obligations for leases were
distributed as follows:

Future payment obligations for leases

P22 Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities

Total contingent liabilities

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 and later

Total

2014

2013

20,906

15,999

Operating leases

742
637
495
355
304
1,190

3,723

Contingent liabilities include pension commitments of SEK 16,910
(14,362) million.

In accordance with standard industry practice, the Company enters
into commercial contract guarantees related to contracts for the supply of
telecommunication equipment and services. The total amount for 2014
was SEK 19,801(16,595) million. Potential payments due under these
bonds are related to the Company’s performance under applicable
contracts.

For information about financial guarantees, see Note P10, “Trade

Receivables and Customer Finance.”

Leasing with the Parent Company as lessor
At December 31, 2014, future minimum payment receivables were
distributed as follows:

Future minimum payment receivables

Operating leases

2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019 and later

Total

6
1
1
1
–
–

The operating lease income is mainly income from the subleasing of real
estate. See Notes to the consolidated financial statements, Note C27,
“Leasing.”

Financials – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

119

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

FINANCIALS – Notes to the Parent Company financial statements

P25 Information regarding employees

Average number of employees

2014

2013

Men Women

Total

Men Women

Total

187
168

355
187
187

172
20

192
172
172

359
188

547
359
359

189
217

406
189
189

168
27

195
168
168

357
244

601
357
357

Northern Europe &
Central Asia 1) 2)
Middle East

Total
1) Of which in Sweden
2) Of which in EU

Remuneration

Wages and salaries and social security expenses

Wages and salaries
Social security expenses
Of which pension costs

Wages and salaries per geographical area

Northern Europe & Central Asia 1) 2)
Middle East

Total
1) Of which in Sweden
2) Of which in the EU

2014

2013

707
341
180

644
380
246

2014

2013

460
247

707
460
460

410
234

644
410
410

Remuneration in foreign currency has been translated to SEK at average
exchange rates for the year.

Remuneration to the Board of Directors and the President and CEO
See Notes to the consolidated financial statements, Note C28, “Informa-
tion Regarding members of the Board of Directors, the Group manage-
ment and employees.”

Long-term variable compensation
The Stock Purchase Plan
Compensation costs for all employees of the Parent Company amounted
to SEK 22.4 (22.1) million.

P26 Related party transactions

During 2014, various transactions were executed pursuant to contracts
based on terms customary in the industry and negotiated on an arm’s
length basis.

Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d.
Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d. is a company providing the design, sales and
service of telecommunications systems and equipment and an associa-
ted member of the Ericsson Group. Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d. is located in
Zagreb, Croatia. The Parent Company holds 49.07% of the shares.

For the Parent Company, the major transactions are license revenues

for Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d.’s usage of trademarks and received divi-
dends.

Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d.

Related party transactions
License revenues
Dividends
Related party balances
Receivables

120

2014

2013

1
249

12
128

The Parent Company does not have any contingent liabilities, assets
pledged as collateral or guarantees toward Ericsson Nikola Tesla d.d.

ST-Ericsson
ST-Ericsson was formed in 2009 as a joint venture, equally owned by
Ericsson and STMicroelectronics.

In early 2013 the parents agreed to split up and close the joint venture.

The company ST-Ericsson is winding down and all business has been
transferred to parents or divested during 2013. In 2013, the Parent
Company acquired the remaining shares in ST-Ericsson AT SA which
is now a fully owned subsidiary.

The Parent Company does not have any contingent liabilities, assets

pledged as collateral or guarantees towards ST-Ericsson.

ST-Ericsson

Related party transactions
License revenues
Dividends
Related party balances
Receivables
Payables

2014

2013

–
142

170
186

–
23

–
204

Other related parties
For information regarding the remuneration of management, see Notes to
the consolidated financial statements, Note C28, “Information regarding
members of the Board of Directors, the Group management and employees.”

P27 Fees to auditors

Fees to auditors

2014
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax services fees
Other fees

Total

2013
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax services fees
Other fees

Total

2012
Audit fees
Audit-related fees
Tax services fees
Other fees

Total

PwC

24
7
1
1

22
8
1
10

23
11
1
5

The allocation of fees to the auditors is based on the requirements in the
Swedish Annual Accounts Act.

During the period 2012–2014, in addition to audit services, PwC provided
certain audit-related services, tax and other services to the Parent Com-
pany. The audit-related services include quarterly reviews, SSAE 16
reviews and services in connection with the issuing of certificates and
opinions and consultation on financial accounting. The tax services
include general expatriate services and corporate tax compliance work.
Other services include services related to acquisitions, operational
effectiveness and assessments of internal control.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS

risk factors

Contents

Market, technology and business risks

Regulatory, compliance and corporate governance risks

Risks associated with owning Ericsson shares

121

126

128

You should carefully consider all the information in this
Annual Report and in particular the risks and uncertainties
outlined below. Based on the information currently known
to us, we believe that the following information identifies
the most significant risk factors affecting our business.
Any of the factors described below, or any other risk factors
discussed elsewhere in this report, could have a material
negative effect on our business, revenues, operating and
after-tax results, profit margins, financial condition, cash
flow, liquidity, credit rating, market share, reputation, brand
and/or our share price. Additional risks and uncertainties
not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be
immaterial may also materially adversely affect our business.
Furthermore, our operating results may have a greater
variability than in the past and we may have difficulties
in accurately predicting future developments. See also
“Forward-Looking Statements.”

Market, Technology and Business Risks

Challenging global economic conditions may adversely
impact the demand and pricing for our products and services
as well as limit our ability to grow.
Challenging global economic conditions and political unrest could
have adverse, wide-ranging effects on demand for our products
and for the products of our customers. Adverse global economic
conditions and political unrest, could cause operators and other
customers to postpone investments or initiate other cost-cutting
initiatives to improve their financial position. This could result in
significantly reduced expenditures for our products and services,
including network infrastructure, in which case our operating
results would suffer. If demand for our products and services were
to fall in the future, we could experience material adverse effects
on our revenues, cash flow, capital employed and value of our
assets and we could incur operating losses. Furthermore, if
demand is significantly weaker or more volatile than expected,
our credit rating, borrowing opportunities and costs as well as the
trading price of our shares could be adversely impacted. Should
global economic conditions fail to improve, or worsen, other
business risks we face could intensify and could also negatively
impact the business prospects of operators and other customers.
Some operators and other customers, in particular in markets with
weak currencies, may incur borrowing difficulties and slower traffic
development, which may negatively affect their investment plans
and cause them to purchase less of our products and services.

The potential adverse effects of an economic downturn include:
> Reduced demand for products and services, resulting in

increased price competition or deferrals of purchases, with
lower revenues not fully compensated through reduced costs

> Risks of excess and obsolete inventories and excess manu-

facturing capacity

> Risk of financial difficulties or failures among our suppliers
> Increased demand for customer finance, difficulties in collec-
tion of accounts receivable and increased risk of counter
party failures

> Risk of impairment losses related to our intangible assets as

a result of lower forecasted sales of certain products

> Increased difficulties in forecasting sales and financial results

as well as increased volatility in our reported results

> Changes in the value in our pension plan assets resulting from
for example, adverse equity and credit market developments
and/or increased pension liabilities resulting from, for example,
lower discount rates. Such development may trigger additional
pension trust capitalization needs affecting the company’s
cash balance negatively

> End user demand could also be adversely affected by reduced
consumer spending on technology, changed operator pricing,
security breaches and trust issues.

We may not be successful in implementing our strategy or
in achieving improvements in our earnings.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully
implement our strategy to achieve future earnings, growth or cre-
ate shareholder value. When deemed necessary, we undertake
specific restructuring or cost-saving initiatives; however, there are
no guarantees that such initiatives will be sufficient, successful or
executed in time to deliver any improvements in our earnings.

The telecommunications industry fluctuates and is affected
by many factors, including the economic environment, and
decisions made by operators and other customers regarding
their deployment of technology and their timing of
purchases.
The telecommunications industry has experienced downturns in
the past in which operators substantially reduced their capital
spending on new equipment. While we expect the network ser-
vice provider equipment market, telecommunications services
market and ICT market to grow in the coming years, the uncer-
tainty surrounding the global economic recovery may materially
harm actual market conditions. Moreover, market conditions are
subject to substantial fluctuation, and could vary geographically
and across technologies. Even if global conditions improve, con-
ditions in the specific industry segments in which we participate
may be weaker than in other segments. In that case, our revenue
and operating results may be adversely affected.

If capital expenditures by operators and other customers are
weaker than we anticipate, our revenues, operating results and
profitability may be adversely affected. The level of demand from
operators and other customers who buy our products and ser-
vices can change quickly and can vary over short periods of time,
including from month to month. Due to the uncertainty and varia-

Financials – Risk factors

121

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Risk factors

tions in the telecommunications industry, as well as in the ICT
industry, accurately forecasting revenues, results, and cash flow
remains difficult.

Sales volumes and gross margin levels are affected by the
mix and order time of our products and services.
Our sales to operators and other customers represent a mix of
equipment, software and services, which normally generate dif-
ferent gross margins. We sell our own products as well as third
party products, which normally have lower margins than our own
products. As a consequence, our reported gross margin in a
specific period will be affected by the overall mix of products and
services as well as the relative content of third party products.
Further, network expansions and upgrades have much shorter
lead times for delivery than initial network build outs. Orders for
such network expansions and upgrades are normally placed at
short notice by customers, often less than a month in advance,
and consequently variations in demand are difficult to forecast.
As a result, changes in our product and service mix and the short
order time for certain of our products may affect our ability to
accurately forecast sales and margins or detect in advance
whether actual results will deviate from market consensus.
Short-term variation could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition and cash flow.

We may not be able to properly respond to market trends in
the industries in which we operate, including the ongoing
convergence of the telecom, data and media industries,
which may harm our market position relative to our
competitors.
We are affected by market conditions and trends within the indus-
tries in which we operate, including the convergence of the tele-
com, data and media industries. Convergence is largely driven by
technological development related to IP-based communications.
This has changed the competitive landscape and affects our
objective-setting, risk assessment and strategies. Competitors
new to our business have entered and may continue to enter this
new business context and negatively impact our market share in
selected areas. If we fail to understand the market development,
or fail to acquire the necessary competencies to develop and
sell products, services and solutions that are competitive in this
changing business environment, our business, operating results
and financial condition will suffer.

Our business depends upon the continued growth of mobile
communications and the acceptance of new services. If
growth slows or new services do not succeed, operators’
investment in networks may slow or stop, harming our
business and operating results.
A substantial portion of our business depends on the continued
growth of mobile communications in terms of both the number of
subscriptions and usage per subscriber, which in turn drives the
continued deployment and expansion of network systems by our
customers. If operators fail to increase the number of subscribers
and/or usage does not increase, our business and operating
results could be materially adversely affected. Also, if operators
fail to monetize new services, fail to introduce new business mod-
els or experience a decline in operator revenues or profitability,
their willingness to further invest in their network systems may
decrease which will reduce their demand for our products and

122

services and have an adverse effect on our business, operating
results and financial condition.

Fixed and mobile networks converge and new technologies,
such as IP and broadband, enable operators to deliver a range of
new types of services in both fixed and mobile networks. We are
dependent upon market acceptance of such services and the
outcome of regulatory and standardization activities in this field,
such as spectrum allocation. If delays in standardization, regula-
tion, or market acceptance occur, this could adversely affect our
business, operating results and financial condition.

We face intense competition from our existing competitors
as well as new entrants, including IT companies entering the
telecommunications market, and this could materially
adversely affect our results.
The markets in which we operate are highly competitive in terms
of price, functionality, service quality, customization, timing of
development, and the introduction of new products and services.
We face intense competition from significant competitors, many of
which are very large, with substantial technological and financial
resources and established relationships with operators. Further,
certain competitors, Chinese companies in particular, have
become relatively stronger in recent years. We also encounter
increased competition from new market entrants and alternative
technologies are evolving industry standards. In particular, we
face competition from large IT companies entering the telecom-
munications market who benefit from economies of scale due to
being active in several industries. We cannot assure that we will be
able to compete successfully with these companies. Our compet-
itors may implement new technologies before we do, offer more
attractively priced or enhanced products, services or solutions,
or they may offer other incentives that we do not provide. Some of
our competitors may also have greater resources in certain busi-
ness segments or geographic markets than we do. Increased
competition could result in reduced profit margins, loss of market
share, increased research and development costs as well as
increased sales and marketing expenses, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results, finan-
cial condition and market share. Traffic development on cellular
networks could be affected if more traffic is offloaded to Wi-Fi net-
works. Further, alternative services provided over-the-top have
profound effects on operator voice/ SMS revenues with possible
reduced capital expenses consequences.

Additionally, we operate in markets characterized by rapidly
changing technology. This results in continuous price erosion and
increased price competition for our products and services. If our
counter measures, including enhanced products and business
models or cost reductions cannot be achieved or do not occur in
a timely manner, there could be adverse impacts on our business,
operating results, financial condition and market share.

Vendor consolidation may lead to stronger competitors who
are able to benefit from integration, scale and greater
resources.
Industry convergence and consolidation among equipment and
services suppliers could potentially result in stronger competitors
that are competing as end-to-end suppliers as well as competi-
tors more specialized in particular areas. Consolidation may also
result in competitors with greater resources than we have or in
reduction of our current scale advantages. This could have a

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014materially adverse effect on our business, operating results, finan-
cial condition and market share.

A significant portion of our revenue is currently generated
from a limited number of key customers, and operator con-
solidation may increase our dependence on key customers.
We derive most of our business from large, multi-year agreements
with a limited number of significant customers. Many of these
agreements are opened up on a yearly basis to renegotiate the
price for our products and services and do not contain committed
purchase volumes. Although no single customer represented
more than 8% of our sales in 2014, our ten largest customers
accounted for 47% of our sales in 2014. A loss of or a reduced role
with a key customer could have a significant adverse impact on
sales, profit and market share for an extended period.

In recent years, network operators have undergone significant
consolidation, resulting in fewer operators with activities in several
countries. This trend is expected to continue, and intra-country
consolidation is likely to accelerate as a result of competitive pres-
sure. A market with fewer and larger operators will increase our
reliance on key customers and may negatively impact our bargain-
ing position and profit margins. Moreover, if the combined compa-
nies operate in the same geographic market, networks may be
shared and less network equipment and fewer associated services
may be required. Network investments could be delayed by the
consolidation process, which may include, among others, actions
relating to merger or acquisition agreements, securing necessary
regulatory approvals, or integration of businesses. Network opera-
tors also share parts of their network infrastructure through coop-
eration agreements rather than legal consolidations, which may
adversely affect demand for network equipment. Accordingly,
operator consolidation may have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, market share and financial condition.

Certain long-term agreements with customers still include
commitments to future price reductions, requiring us to
constantly manage and control our cost base.
Long-term agreements with our customers are typically awarded
on a competitive bidding basis. In some cases, such agreements
also include a commitment to future price reductions. In order to
maintain our gross margin with such price reductions, we continu-
ously strive to reduce the costs of our products through design
improvements, negotiation of better purchase prices from our
suppliers, allocation of more production to low-cost countries and
increased productivity in our own production. However, there can
be no assurance that our actions to reduce costs will be sufficient
or quick enough to maintain our gross margin in such contracts,
which may have a material adverse effect on our business, oper-
ating results and financial condition.

Growth of our managed services business is difficult to
predict, and requires taking significant contractual risks.
Operators increasingly outsource parts of their operations to
reduce cost and focus on new services. To address this oppor-
tunity, we offer operators various services in which we manage
their networks. The growth rate in the managed services market
is difficult to forecast and each new contract carries a risk that
transformation and integration of the operations will not be as fast
or smooth as planned. Additionally, early contract margins are
generally low and the mix of new and old contracts may negatively

affect reported results in a given period. Contracts for such
services normally cover several years and generate recurring
revenues. However, contracts have been, and may in the future
be, terminated or reduced in scope, which has negative impacts
on sales and earnings. While we believe we have a strong position
in the managed services market, competition in this area is
increasing, which may have adverse effects on our future growth,
business, operating results and profitability.

We depend upon the development of new products and
enhancements to our existing products, and the success of
our substantial research and development investments is
uncertain.
Rapid technological and market changes in our industry require
us to make significant investments in technological innovation. We
invest significantly in new technology, products and solutions. In
order for us to be successful, those technologies, products and
solutions must be accepted by relevant standardization bodies
and by the industry as a whole. The failure of our research and
development efforts to be technically or commercially successful,
could have adverse effects on our business, operating results and
financial condition. If we invest in the development of technolo-
gies, products and solutions that do not function as expected, are
not adopted by the industry, are not ready in time, or are not suc-
cessful in the marketplace, our sales and earnings may materially
suffer. Additionally, it is common for research and development
projects to encounter delays due to unforeseen problems. Delays
in production and research and development may increase the
cost of research and development efforts and put us at a disad-
vantage against our competition. This could have a material
adverse effect upon our business, operating results and financial
condition.

We engage in acquisitions and divestments which may be
disruptive and require us to incur significant expenses.
In addition to in-house innovation efforts, we make strategic
acquisitions in order to obtain various benefits such as reduced
time-to-market, access to technology and competence,
increased scale or to broaden our product portfolio or customer
base. Future acquisitions could result in the incurrence of contin-
gent liabilities and an increase in amortization expenses related to
goodwill and other intangible assets, which could have a material
adverse effect upon our business, operating results, financial con-
dition and liquidity. Risks we could face with respect to acquisi-
tions include:
> Difficulties in the integration of the operations, technologies,

products and personnel of the acquired company

> Risks of entering markets in which we have no or limited prior

experience

> Potential loss of employees
> Diversion of management’s attention away from other business

concerns

> Expenses of any undisclosed or potential legal liabilities of the

acquired company.

From time to time we also divest parts of our business to optimize
our product portfolio or operations. Any decision to dispose of or
otherwise exit businesses may result in the recording of special
charges, such as workforce reduction costs and industry- and
technology-related write-offs. We cannot assure that we will be

Financials – Risk factors

123

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Risk factors

successful in consummating future acquisitions or divestments
on favorable terms or at all. The risks associated with such acqui-
sitions and divestments could have a material adverse effect upon
our business, operating results, financial condition and liquidity.

We are in, and may enter into new, JV arrangements and
have, and may have new, partnerships which may not be
successful and expose us to future costs.
Our JV and partnering arrangements may fail to perform as
expected for various reasons, including an incorrect assessment
of our needs, our inability to take action without the approval of
our partners or the capabilities or financial stability of our strategic
partners. Our ability to work with these partners or develop new
products and solutions may become constrained, which could
harm our competitive position in the market.

Additionally, our share of any losses from or commitments to
contribute additional capital to such JV’s and partnerships may
adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condi-
tion and cash flow.

We rely on a limited number of suppliers of components,
production capacity and R&D and IT services, which
exposes us to supply disruptions and cost increases.
Our ability to deliver according to market demands and contrac-
tual commitments depends significantly on obtaining a timely and
adequate supply of materials, components, production capacity
and other vital services on competitive terms. Although we strive
to avoid single-source supplier solutions, this is not always possi-
ble. Accordingly, there is a risk that we will be unable to obtain key
supplies we need to produce our products and provide our ser-
vices on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Failure by any of
our suppliers could interrupt our product or services supply or
operations and significantly limit sales or increase our costs. To
find an alternative supplier or redesign products to replace com-
ponents may take significant time which could cause significant
delays or interruptions in the delivery of our products and services.
We have from time to time experienced interruptions of supply
and we may experience such interruptions in the future.

Furthermore, our procurement of supplies requires us to pre-
dict future customer demands. If we fail to anticipate customer
demand properly, an over or under supply of components and
production capacity could occur. In many cases, some of our
competitors utilize the same manufacturers and if they have pur-
chased capacity ahead of us we could be blocked from acquiring
the needed products. This factor could limit our ability to supply
our customers and increase costs. At the same time, we commit
to certain capacity levels or component quantities, which, if
unused, will result in charges for unused capacity or scrapping
costs. We are also exposed to financial counterpart risks to
suppliers when we pay in advance for supplies. Such supply dis-
ruptions and cost increases may negatively affect our business,
operating results and financial condition.

Product or service quality issues could lead to reduced
revenue and gross margins and declining sales to existing
and new customers.
Sales contracts normally include warranty undertakings for faulty
products and often include provisions regarding penalties and/or
termination rights in the event of a failure to deliver ordered prod-
ucts or services on time or with required quality. Although we
undertake a number of quality assurance measures to reduce

124

such risks, product quality or service performance issues may
negatively affect our reputation, business, operating results and
financial condition. If significant warranty obligations arise due to
reliability or quality issues, our operating results and financial posi-
tion could be negatively impacted by costs associated with fixing
software or hardware defects, high service and warranty
expenses, high inventory obsolescence expense, delays in
collecting accounts receivable or declining sales to existing and
new customers.

Due to having a significant portion of our costs in SEK and
revenues in other currencies, our business is exposed to
foreign exchange fluctuations that could negatively impact
o ur revenues and operating results.
We incur a significant portion of our expenses in SEK. As a result
of our international operations, we generate, and expect to con-
tinue to generate, a significant portion of our revenue in currencies
other than SEK. To the extent we are unable to match revenue
received in foreign currencies with costs paid in the same cur-
rency, exchange rate fluctuations could have a negative impact
on our consolidated income statement, balance sheet and cash
flows when foreign currencies are exchanged or translated to
SEK, which increases volatility in reported results.

As market prices are predominantly established in USD or
EUR, we presently have a net revenue exposure in foreign curren-
cies which means that a stronger SEK exchange rate would gen-
erally have a negative effect on our reported results. Our attempts
to reduce the effects of exchange rate fluctuations through a vari-
ety of hedging activities may not be sufficient or successful, result-
ing in an adverse impact on our results and financial condition.

Our ability to benefit from intellectual property rights (IPR)
which are critical to our business may be limited by changes
in regulation limiting patents, inability to prevent infringe-
ment, the loss of licenses from third parties, infringement
claims brought against us by competitors and others and
changes in the area of open standards, especially in light
of recent attention on licensing of open standard patents.
Although we have a large number of patents, there can be no
assurance that they will not be challenged, invalidated, or circum-
vented, or that any rights granted in relation to our patents will in
fact provide us with competitive advantages.

We utilize a combination of trade secrets, confidentiality
policies, nondisclosure and other contractual arrangements in
addition to relying on patent, copyright and trademark laws to
protect our intellectual property rights. However, these measures
may not be adequate to prevent or deter infringement or other
misappropriation. In addition, we rely on many software patents,
and limitations on the patentability of software may materially
affect our business.

Moreover, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use or
take appropriate and timely steps to establish and enforce our
proprietary rights. In fact, existing legal systems of some countries
in which we conduct business offer only limited protection of intel-
lectual property rights, if at all. Our solutions may also require us to
license technologies from third parties. It may be necessary in the
future to seek or renew licenses and there can be no assurance
that they would be available on acceptable terms, or at all. More-
over, the inclusion in our products of software or other intellectual
property licensed from third parties on a non-exclusive basis
could limit our ability to protect proprietary rights in our products.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Many key aspects of telecommunications and data network tech-
nology are governed by industry-wide standards usable by all
market participants. As the number of market entrants and the
complexity of technology increases, the possibility of functional
overlap and inadvertent infringement of intellectual property rights
also increases. In addition to industry-wide standards, other key
industry-wide software solutions are today developed by market
participants as free and open source software. Contributing to
the development of software developed as free and open source
software may limit our ability to enforce applicable patents in the
future. Third parties have asserted, and may assert in the future,
claims, directly against us or against our customers, alleging
infringement of their intellectual property rights. Defending such
claims may be expensive, time-consuming and divert the efforts
of our management and/or technical personnel. As a result of liti-
gation, we could be required to pay damages and other compen-
sation directly or to indemnify our customers for such damages
and other compensation, develop non-infringing products/tech-
nology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. However,
we cannot be certain that such licenses will be available to us
on commercially reasonable terms or at all, and such judgments
could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation,
operating results and financial condition. Using free and open
source software may allow third parties to further investigate our
software due to the accessibility of source code. This may in turn
make this software more prone to assertions from third parties.

Recent attention on licensing of patents necessary to conduct
an open standard (e.g. 2G, 3G and 4G technology), investigations
held by antitrust authorities and legislative change could poten-
tially affect Ericsson’s ability to benefit from its patent portfolio in
the area of such open standards, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, reputation, operating results and
financial condition. Ericsson holds a leading patent portfolio in
open standards and possible changes regarding such a portfolio
may materially affect our reputation, business, operating results
and financial condition.

We are involved in lawsuits and investigations which, if
determined against us, could require us to pay substantial
damages, fines and/or penalties.
In the normal course of our business we are involved in legal pro-
ceedings. These lawsuits include such matters as commercial
disputes, claims regarding intellectual property, antitrust, tax and
labor disputes. Litigation can be expensive, lengthy and disruptive
to normal business operations. Moreover, the results of complex
legal proceedings are difficult to predict. An unfavorable resolution
of a particular lawsuit could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition and reputation.

As a publicly listed company, Ericsson may be exposed to law-
suits in which plaintiffs allege that the Company or its officers have
failed to comply with securities laws, stock market regulations or
other laws, regulations or requirements. Whether or not there is
merit to such claims, the time and costs incurred to defend the
Company and its officers and the potential settlement or com-
pensation to the plaintiffs could have significant impact on our
reported results and reputation. For additional information regard-
ing certain of the lawsuits in which we are involved, see “Legal
Proceedings” in the Board of Directors’ Report.

Our operations are complex and several critical operations
are centralized in a single location. Any disruption of our
operations, whether due to natural or man-made events,
may be highly damaging to the operation of our business.
Our business operations rely on complex operations and commu-
nications networks, which are vulnerable to damage or distur-
bance from a variety of sources. Having outsourced significant
portions of our operations, such as IT, finance and HR operations,
we depend on the performance of external companies, including
their security and reliability measures. Regardless of protection
measures, our systems and communications networks are sus-
ceptible to disruption due to failure, vandalism, computer viruses,
security or privacy breaches, natural disasters, power outages
and other events. We also have a concentration of operations on
certain sites, including R&D, production, network operation cen-
ters, ICT centers and logistic centers and shared services centers,
where business interruptions could cause material damage and
costs. The delivery of goods from suppliers, and to customers,
could also be hampered for the reasons stated above. Interrup-
tions to our systems and communications may have an adverse
effect on our operations and financial condition.

Cyber security incidents affecting our business may have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
reputation and brand.
Ericsson’s business operations involve areas that are particularly
vulnerable to cyber security incidents such as data breaches,
intrusions, espionage, know-how and data privacy infringements,
leakage and general malfeasance. Examples of these areas
include, among others, research and development, managed
services, usage of cloud solutions, software development, lawful
interception, product engineering, IT, finance and HR operations.
Any cyber security incident including unintended use, involving
our operations, product development, services, our third party
providers or installed product base, could cause severe harm to
Ericsson and could have a material adverse effect on our busi-
ness, financial condition, reputation and brand.

Ericsson relies heavily on third parties to whom we have out-
sourced significant aspects of our IT infrastructure, product devel-
opment, engineering services, finance and HR operations. While
we have taken precautions relating to the selection, integration and
ongoing management of these third parties, any event or attack
that is caused as a result of vulnerabilities in their operations or
products supplied to us could have a material adverse effect upon
Ericsson, our business, financial condition, reputation and brand,
potentially slowing operations, leaking valuable intellectual prop-
erty or sensitive information or damaging our products which have
been installed in our customers’ networks.

We must continue to attract and retain highly qualified
employees to remain competitive.
We believe that our future success largely depends on our cont-
inued ability to hire, develop, motivate and retain engineers and
other qualified personnel needed to develop successful new
products, support our existing product range and provide ser-
vices to our customers.

Competition for skilled personnel and highly qualified manag-
ers in the industries in which we operate remains intense. We are
continuously developing our corporate culture, remuneration,
promotion and benefits policies as well as other measures aimed
at empowering our employees and reducing employee turnover.

Financials – Risk factors

125

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Risk factors

However, there are no guarantees that we will be successful in
attracting and retaining employees with appropriate skills in the
future, and failure in retention and recruiting could have a material
adverse effect on our business and brand.

If our customers’ financial conditions decline, we will be
exposed to increased credit and commercial risks.
After completing sales to customers, we may encounter difficulty
collecting accounts receivables and could be exposed to risks
associated with uncollectable accounts receivable. We regularly
assess the credit worthiness of our customers and based on that
we determine a credit limit for each one of them. Challenging eco-
nomic conditions have impacted some of our customers’ ability to
pay their accounts receivables. Although our credit losses have
historically been low and we have policies and procedures for
managing customer finance credit risk we may be unable to avoid
future losses on our trade receivables. We have also experienced
demands for customer financing, and in adverse financial markets
or more competitive environments, those demands may increase.
Upon the financial failure of a customer, we may experience losses
on credit extended and loans made to such customer, losses
relating to our commercial risk exposure, and the loss of the cus-
tomer’s ongoing business. If customers fail to meet their obliga-
tions to us, we may experience reduced cash flows and losses in
excess of reserves, which could materially adversely impact our
operating results and financial condition.

We rely on various sources for short-term and long-term
capital for the funding of our business. Should such capital
become unavailable or available in insufficient amounts or
unreasonable terms, our business, financial condition and
cash flow may materially suffer.
Our business requires a significant amount of cash. If we do not
generate sufficient amounts of capital to support our operations,
service our debt and continue our research and development and
customer finance programs, or if we cannot raise sufficient
amounts of capital at the required times and on reasonable terms,
our business is likely to be adversely affected. Access to funding
may decrease or become more expensive as a result of our oper-
ational and financial condition, market conditions, including finan-
cial conditions in the Eurozone, or due to deterioration in our credit
rating. There can be no assurance that additional sources of funds
that we may need from time to time will be available on reasonable
terms or at all. If we cannot access capital on a commercially via-
ble basis, our business, financial condition and cash flow could
materially suffer.

Impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets may nega-
tively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
An impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets could
adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.
We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets;
for example, patents, customer relations, trademarks and soft-
ware.

Goodwill is the only intangible asset the company has recog-

nized to have indefinite useful life. Other intangible assets are
mainly amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated
useful lives, but for no more than ten years, and are reviewed for
impairment whenever events such as product discontinuances,

product dispositions or other changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount may not be wholly recoverable. Those
not yet in use are tested for impairment annually.

Historically, we have recognized impairment charges related
to intangible assets mainly due to restructuring. Additional impair-
ment charges may be incurred in the future that could be signifi-
cant due to various reasons, including restructuring actions or
adverse market conditions that are either specific to us or the
broader telecommunications industry or more general in nature
and that could have an adverse effect on our operating results
and financial condition.

Negative deviations in actual cash flows compared to esti-
mated cash flows as well as new estimates that indicate lower
future cash flows might result in recognition of impairment charges.
Estimates require management judgment as well as the definition
of cash-generating units for impairment testing purposes. Other
judgments might result in significantly different results and may
differ from the actual financial condition in the future.

Regulatory, Compliance and Corporate
Governance risk

Ericsson may fail or be unable to comply with laws or regula-
tions and could experience penalties and adverse rulings in
enforcement or other proceedings, which could have a mate-
rial adverse impact on our business, financial condition and
brand.
The industries in which we operate are subject to laws and regula-
tions. While Ericsson strives for compliance, we cannot assure
that violations do not occur. If we fail to or are unable to comply
with applicable laws and regulations, we could experience pen-
alties and adverse rulings in enforcement or other proceedings,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, fin-
ancial condition and reputation.

Further our business may suffer as a result of changes in laws
or regulations which could subject us to liability, increased costs,
or reduced product demand and have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and brand.

Changes to these regulations may adversely affect both our
customers’ and our own operations. For example, regulations
imposing more stringent, time-consuming or costly planning and
zoning requirements or building approvals for radio base stations
and other network infrastructure could adversely affect the timing
and costs of network construction or expansion, and ultimately
the commercial launch and success of these networks. Similarly,
tariff and roaming regulations or rules on network neutrality could
also affect operators’ ability or willingness to invest in network
infrastructure, which in turn could affect the sales of our systems
and services. Additionally, delay in radio frequency spectrum allo-
cation, and allocation between different types of usage may
adversely affect operator spending or force us to develop new
products to be able to compete.

Further, we develop many of our products and services based
on existing regulations and technical standards. Changes to exist-
ing regulations and technical standards, or the implementation of
new regulations and technical standards relating to products and
services not previously regulated, could adversely affect our
development efforts by increasing compliance costs and causing
delay. Demand for those products and services could also

126

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014decline. Regulatory changes in license fees, environmental, health
and safety, privacy and other regulatory areas may increase costs
and restrict our operations or the operations of network operators
and service providers. Also indirect impacts of such changes and
regulatory changes in other fields, such as pricing regulations,
could have an adverse impact on our business even though the
specific regulations may not apply directly to our products or us.

Our substantial international operations are subject to
uncertainties which could affect our operating results.
We conduct business throughout the world and are subject to
the effects of general global economic conditions as well as con-
ditions unique to specific countries or regions. We have custom-
ers in more than 180 countries, with a significant proportion of
our sales to emerging markets in the Asia Pacific region, Latin
America, Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Africa.

Our extensive operations are subject to numerous additional

risks, including civil disturbances, economic and geopolitical
instability and conflict, pandemics, the imposition of exchange
controls, economies which are subject to significant fluctuations,
nationalization of private assets or other governmental actions
affecting the flow of goods and currency, and difficulty of enforc-
ing agreements and collecting receivables through local legal
systems. Further, in certain markets in which we operate, there
is a risk of protectionist governmental measures implemented to
assist domestic market participants at the expense of foreign
competitors. The implementation of such measures could
adversely affect our sales or our ability to purchase critical
components.

We must always comply with relevant export control regula-
tions and sanctions or other trade embargoes in force in all parts
of the business process. The political situation in parts of the
world, particularly in the Middle East, remains uncertain and the
level of sanctions is still high. A universal element of these sanc-
tions is the financial restrictions with respect to individuals and/or
legal entities, but sanctions can also restrict certain exports and
ultimately lead to a complete trade embargo towards a country. In
particular, the sanctions towards Iran are still significant in scope,
although in part temporarily and conditionally recently relieved.
The EU exemption for certain standard telecom equipment is still
maintained. Even so, there is a risk in many of these countries of
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, tariffs and other
trade barriers, price or exchange controls, or other governmental
policies which could limit our operations and decrease our profit-
ability. Further export control regulations, sanctions or other forms
of trade restrictions imposed on countries in which we are active
may result in a reduction of commitment in those countries. The
need to terminate activities as a result of further trade restrictions
may also expose us to customer claims and other actions.
Although we seek to comply with all such regulations, there can
be no assurance that we are or will be compliant with all relevant
regulations at all times. Such violations could have material
adverse effects on our business, operating results, reputation
and brand.

There has been a growing concern reported by media and
others, that certain countries may use features of their telecom-
munications systems in violation of human rights. This may
adversely affect the telecommunications business and may
have a negative impact on our reputation and brand.

We may fail to comply with our corporate governance
standards which could negatively affect our business, oper-
ating results, financial condition, reputation and our brand.
We are subject to corporate governance laws and regulations and
are also committed to several corporate responsibility and sus-
tainability initiatives. In some of the countries where we operate,
corruption risks are high. In addition, there is higher focus on anti-
corruption, for example with changed legislation in many coun-
tries. To ensure that our operations are conducted in accordance
with applicable requirements, our management system includes a
Code of Business Ethics, a Code of Conduct and a Sustainability
Policy, as well as other policies and directives to govern our pro-
cesses and operations. Our commitment to apply the UN Global
Compact principles, the UN Guiding Principles for Business and
Human Rights and principles of the Partnering Against Corruption
Initiative to our operation cannot fully prevent unintended or
unlawful use of our technology by democratic and non-demo-
cratic regimes, violation of our Code of Business Ethics, corrup-
tion or violations of our Code of Conduct in the supply chain. While
we attempt to monitor and audit internal compliance with the poli-
cies and directives as well as our suppliers’ adherence to our
Code of Conduct and strive for continuous improvements, we
cannot provide any assurances that violations will not occur which
could have material adverse effects on our business, operating
results, reputation and brand.

Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety regu-
lations in many jurisdictions may expose us to significant
penalties and other sanctions.
We are subject to certain environmental, health and safety laws
and regulations that affect our operations, facilities, products and
services in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. While we
believe that we are in compliance with all material laws and regula-
tions related to the environment, health, and safety that apply to
us, we can provide no assurance that we have been, are, or will be
compliant with these regulations. If we have failed or fail to comply
with these regulations, we could be subject to significant penalties
and other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on
our business, operating results, financial condition, reputation
and brand. Additionally, there is a risk that we may have to incur
expenditures to cover environmental and health liabilities to main-
tain compliance with current or future laws and regulations or to
undertake any necessary remediation. It is difficult to reasonably
estimate the future impact of environmental matters, such as
climate change and weather events, including potential liabilities.
This is due to several factors, particularly the length of time often
involved in resolving such matters. Adverse future events, regula-
tions, or judgments could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, financial condition, reputation and
brand.

Potential health risks related to electromagnetic fields may
subject us to various product liability claims and result in
regulatory changes.
The mobile telecommunications industry is subject to claims that
mobile handsets and other devices that generate electromagnetic
fields expose users to health risks. At present, a substantial
number of scientific studies conducted by various independent
research bodies have indicated that electromagnetic fields, at

Financials – Risk factors

127

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS – Risk factors

levels within the limits prescribed by public health authority safety
standards and recommendations, cause no adverse effects to
human health. However, any perceived risk or new scientific find-
ings of adverse health effects from mobile communication devices
and equipment could adversely affect us through a reduction in
sales or through liability claims. Although Ericsson’s products are
designed to comply with all current safety standards and recom-
mendations regarding applicable electromagnetic fields, we
cannot guarantee that we will not become the subject of product
liability claims or be held liable for such claims or be required to
comply with future regulatory changes that may have an adverse
effect on our business, operating results, financial condition,
reputation and brand.

Regulations related to “conflict minerals” may cause us to
incur additional expenses, and may make our supply chain
more complex.
In 2012, the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”)
adopted a rule requiring disclosures of specified minerals ( “con-
flict minerals”) that are necessary to the functionality or production
of products manufactured or contracted to be manufactured by
companies that file periodic reports with the SEC, whether or not
these products or their components are manufactured by third
parties. While we believe that we will be able to fulfill these require-
ments without materially affecting our costs or access to materials
we can provide no assurance that there will not be material costs
associated with complying with the disclosure requirements.
These requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availa-
bility and pricing of minerals used in the manufacture of certain of
our products. In addition, since our supply chain is complex, we
may not be able to sufficiently verify the origins for these minerals
contained in our products through the due diligence procedures
that we implement, which may harm our reputation. We may also
encounter challenges if customers require that all of the compo-
nents of our products be certified as conflict-free.

Risks associated with owning Ericsson shares

Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile,
especially as technology companies, securities and markets
as a whole remain volatile.
Our share price has been volatile due to various factors, including
our operating performance as well as the high volatility in the
securities markets generally and volatility in telecommunications
and technology companies’ securities in particular. Our share
price is also likely to be affected by future developments in our
market, our financial results and the expectations of financial ana-
lysts, as well as statements and market speculation regarding our
prospects or the timing or content of any public communications,
including reports of operating results, by us or our competitors.
Factors other than our financial results that may affect our share
price include, but are not limited to:
> A weakening of our brand name or other circumstances with

adverse effects on our reputation

> Announcements by our customers, competitors or us regard-

ing capital spending plans of our customers

> Financial difficulties for our customers
> Awards of large supply or service contracts
> Speculation in the press or investment community about the
business level or growth in the telecommunications market
> Technical problems, in particular those relating to the introduc-
tion and viability of new network systems, including LTE/4G
and new platforms such as the RBS 6000 (multi-standard radio
base station) platform

> Actual or expected results of ongoing or potential litigation
> Announcements concerning bankruptcy or investigations into
the accounting procedures of ourselves or other telecommuni-
cations companies

> Our ability to forecast and communicate our future results in a

manner consistent with investor expectations.

Currency fluctuations may adversely affect
share value or value of dividends.
Because our shares are quoted in SEK on Nasdaq Stockholm
(our primary stock exchange), but in USD on NASDAQ New York
(ADSs), fluctuations in exchange rates between SEK and USD
may affect the value of our shareholders’ investments. In addition,
because we pay cash dividends in SEK, fluctuations in exchange
rates may affect the value of distributions when converted into
other currencies. An increasing part of the trade in our shares is
carried out on alternative exchanges or markets, which may lead
to less accurate share price information on Nasdaq Stockholm or
NASDAQ New York.

128

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FINANCIALS

Auditor’s report

To the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders of
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ), Corporate Identity
Number 556016-0680

Report on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts
We have audited the annual accounts and consolidated accounts
of Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) for the year 2014. (The
annual accounts and consolidated accounts of the company are
included in the printed version of this document on pages 42–128.)

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the President
and CEO for the annual accounts and consolidated accounts
The Board of Directors and the President and CEO are respons-
ible for the preparation and fair presentation of these annual
accounts and consolidated accounts in accordance with Intern-
ational Financial Reporting Standards, as adopted by the EU,
and the Annual Accounts Act, and for such internal control as
the Board of Directors and the President and CEO determine is
necessary to enable the preparation of annual accounts and
consolidated accounts that are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these annual
accounts and consolidated accounts based on our audit. We con-
ducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing and generally accepted auditing standards in Sweden.
Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements
and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the annual accounts and consolidated accounts
are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evi-
dence about the amounts and disclosures in the annual accounts
and consolidated accounts. The procedures selected depend on
the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of
material misstatement of the annual accounts and consolidated
accounts, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk
assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the
company’s preparation and fair presentation of the annual accounts
and consolidated accounts in order to design audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose
of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s
internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriate-
ness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of
accounting estimates made by the Board of Directors and the
President and CEO, as well as evaluating the overall presentation
of the annual accounts and consolidated accounts.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is suffi-

cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinions
In our opinion, the annual accounts have been prepared in accor-
dance with the Annual Accounts Act and present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Parent Company
as of 31 December 2014 and of its financial performance and its
cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with the Annual
Accounts Act. The consolidated accounts have been prepared in
accordance with the Annual Accounts Act and present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of the group as of 31
December 2014 and of their financial performance and cash flows

for the year then ended in accordance with International Financial
Reporting Standards, as adopted by the EU, and the Annual
Accounts Act. The statutory administration report is consistent
with the other parts of the annual accounts and consolidated
accounts.

We therefore recommend that the annual meeting of share-
holders adopt the income statement and balance sheet for the
parent company and the group.

Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
In addition to our audit of the annual accounts and consolidated
accounts, we have also audited the proposed appropriations of
the company’s profit or loss and the administration of the Board
of Directors and the President and CEO of Telefonaktiebolaget
LM Ericsson (publ) for the year 2014.

Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
and the President and CEO
The Board of Directors is responsible for the proposal for appro-
priations of the company’s profit or loss, and the Board of Direc-
tors and the President and CEO are responsible for administration
under the Companies Act.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion with reasonable assur-
ance on the proposed appropriations of the company’s profit or
loss and on the administration based on our audit. We conducted
the audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing stan-
dards in Sweden.

As a basis for our opinion on the Board of Directors’ proposed

appropriations of the company’s profit or loss, we examined
the Board of Directors’ reasoned statement and a selection of
supporting evidence in order to be able to assess whether the
proposal is in accordance with the Companies Act.

As a basis for our opinion concerning discharge from liability,
in addition to our audit of the annual accounts and consolidated
accounts, we examined significant decisions, actions taken and
circumstances of the company in order to determine whether any
member of the Board of Directors or the President and CEO is
liable to the company. We also examined whether any member
of the Board of Directors or the President and CEO has, in any
other way, acted in contravention of the Companies Act, the
Annual Accounts Act or the Articles of Association.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Opinions
We recommend to the annual meeting of shareholders that the
profit be appropriated in accordance with the proposal in the
statutory administration report and that the members of the
Board of Directors and the President and CEO be discharged
from liability for the financial year.

Stockholm, February 20, 2015
PricewaterhouseCoopers AB

Peter Nyllinge

Authorized Public Accountant

Bo Hjalmarsson
Authorized Public Accountant

Auditor in Charge

Financials – Auditor’s report

129

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

FINANCIALS – Forward-looking statements

Forward-looking
statements

This Annual Report includes forward-looking statements, includ-
ing statements reflecting management’s current views relating to
the growth of the market, future market conditions, future events
and expected operational and financial performance. The words
“believe,” “expect,” “foresee,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “intend,”
“may,” “could,” “plan,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “will,” “should,”
“predict,” “aim,” “ambition,” “target,” “might,” or, in each case,
their negative, and similar words are intended to help identify
forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements may be found throughout this docu-
ment, and include statements regarding:
> Our goals, strategies and operational or financial performance

expectations

> Development of corporate governance standards, stock

market regulations and related legislation

> The future characteristics of the markets in which we operate
> Projections and other characterizations of future events
> Our liquidity, capital resources, capital expenditures, our credit
> ratings and the development in the capital markets, affecting
> our industry or us
> The expected demand for our existing as well as new products
> and services
> The expected operational or financial performance of joint

ventures and other strategic cooperation activities

> The time until acquired entities will be accretive to income
> Technology and industry trends including regulatory and

standardization environment, competition and our customer
structure

> Our plans for new products and services including research

and development expenditures.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these and
other forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot
assure you that these expectations will materialize. Because for-
ward-looking statements are based on assumptions, judgments
and estimates, and are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual
results could differ materially from those described or implied
herein.

Important factors that could affect whether and to what extent
any of our forward-looking statements materialize include, but are
not limited to:
> Challenging global economic conditions may adversely impact
the demand and pricing for our products and services as well
as limit our ability to grow.

> We may not be successful in implementing our strategy or in

achieving improvements in our earnings.

> The telecommunications industry fluctuates and is affected by
many factors, including the economic environment, and deci-
sions made by operators and other customers regarding their
deployment of technology and their timing of purchases.

> Sales volumes and gross margin levels are affected by the mix

and ordertime of our products and services.

> We may not be able to properly respond to market trends in the
industries in which we operate, including the ongoing conver-
gence of the telecom, data and media industries, which may
harm our market position relative to our competitors.

130

> Our business depends upon the continued growth of mobile

communications and the acceptance of new services. If growth
slows or new services do not succeed, operators’ investment
in networks may slow or stop, harming our business and oper-
ating results.

> We face intense competition from our existing competitors as
well as new entrants, including IT companies entering the tele-
communications market, and this could materially adversely
affect our results.

> Vendor consolidation may lead to stronger competitors who

are able to benefit from integration, scale and greater
resources.

> A significant portion of our revenue is currently generated from
a limited number of key customers, and operator consolidation
may increase our dependence on key customers.

> Certain long-term agreements with customers still include

commitments to future price reductions, requiring us to con-
stantly manage and control our cost base.

> Growth of our managed services business is difficult to predict,

and requires taking significant contractual risks.

> We depend upon the development of new products and

enhancements to our existing products, and the success of
our substantial research and development investments is
uncertain.

> We engage in acquisitions and divestments which may be
disruptive and require us to incur significant expenses.

> We are in, and may enter into new JV arrangements and have,
and may have new, partnerships which may not be successful
and expose us to future costs.

> We rely on a limited number of suppliers of components, pro-
duction capacity and R&D and IT services, which exposes us
to supply disruptions and cost increases.

> Product or service quality issues could lead to reduced reve-

nue and gross margins and declining sales to existing and new
customers.

> Due to having a significant portion of our costs in SEK and rev-
enues in other currencies, our business is exposed to foreign
exchange fluctuations that could negatively impact our reve-
nues and operating results.

> Our ability to benefit from intellectual property rights (IPR)

which are critical to our business may be limited by changes in
regulation limiting patents, inability to prevent infringement, the
loss of licenses from third parties, infringement claims brought
against us by competitors and others and changes in the area
of open standards, especially in light of recent attention on
licensing of open standard patents.

> We are involved in lawsuits and investigations which, if deter-

mined against us, could require us to pay substantial damages,
fines and/or penalties.

> Our operations are complex and several critical operations

are centralized in a single location. Any disruption of our opera-
tions, whether due to natural or man-made events, may be
highly damaging to the operation of our business.

> Cyber security incidents affecting our business may have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
reputation and brand.

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 > We must continue to attract and retain highly qualified

employees to remain competitive.

> If our customers’ financial conditions decline, we will be
exposed to increased credit and commercial risks.

> We rely on various capital sources for short-term and long-term
capital for the funding of our business. Should such capital
become unavailable or available in insufficient amounts or
unreasonable terms, our business, financial condition and
cashflow may materially suffer.

> Impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets may nega-
tively impact financial condition and results of operations.
> Ericsson may fail or be unable to comply with laws or regula-
tions and could experience penalties and adverse rulings in
enforcement or other proceedings, which could have a material
adverse impact on our business, financial condition and brand.

> Our substantial international operations are subject to uncer-

tainties which could affect our operating results.

> We may fail to comply with our corporate governance stan-

dards which could negatively affect our business, operating
results, financial condition, reputation and our brand.

> Failure to comply with environmental, health and safety regula-
tions in many jurisdictions may expose us to significant penal-
ties and other sanctions.

> Potential health risks related to electromagnetic fields may sub-
ject us to various product liability claims and result in regulatory
changes.

> Regulations related to “conflict minerals” may cause us to incur
additional expenses, and may make our supply chain more
complex.

> Our share price has been and may continue to be volatile,

especially as technology companies, securities and markets as
a whole remain volatile.

> Currency fluctuations may adversely affect share value or value

of dividends.

Certain of these risks and uncertainties are described further in
“Risk factors.” We undertake no obligation to publicly update or
revise any forward-looking statements included in this Annual
Report, whether as a result of new information, future events or
otherwise, except as required by applicable law or stock
exchange regulation.

Financials – Forward-looking statements

131

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPORT 2014

Corporate governance describes how rights and responsibilities are distributed
among corporate bodies according to applicable laws, rules and internal pro-
cesses. Corporate governance also defines the decision-making systems and
structure through which owners directly or indirectly control a company.

Contents

Regulation and compliance

Governance structure

Shareholders

General Meetings of shareholders

Nomination Committee

Board of Directors

Committees of the Board of Directors

Remuneration to Board members

Members of the Board of Directors

Management

Members of the Executive Leadership Team

Auditor

Internal control over financial reporting 2014

Auditor’s report on the Corporate Governance Report

133

134

135

136

137

140

143

144

148

152

155

156

158

This Corporate Governance Report is rendered as a separate report
added to the Annual Report in accordance with the Annual Accounts Act
((SFS 1995:1554) Chapter 6, Sections 6 and 8) and the Swedish Corporate
Governance Code.
The report has been reviewed by Ericsson’s auditor in accordance with the
Annual Accounts Act. A report from the auditor is appended hereto.

Ericsson’s core values “professionalism, respect and
perseverance”, together with Ericsson’s continuous corporate
governance focus, have an important role in creating and main-
taining a robust corporate culture globally where business is con-
ducted with integrity. I am confident that such robust corporate
culture is a key factor for a global organization to maintain com-
petitive and sustainable business operations worldwide.

Important tasks of the Board of Directors are to support and
develop talent management, to give Group management clear
governance frameworks and mandates, and to set the Group
strategy. As Chairman of the Board, I know that the Board needs
to have considerable insight in the business activities of Ericsson
and in the markets in which Ericsson operates, to provide support
to management and add value, while also exercising due control
of the business operations. Therefore, I strive to enable an open
and meaningful dialogue between the Board and the Group
management.

This Corporate Governance Report 2014 aims to describe
how Ericsson continuously works with these matters and how we
focus on establishing efficient and reliable controls and proce-
dures. I believe that Ericsson’s continuous corporate governance
focus and work to create a robust corporate culture build trust,
and in turn, generate value for our investors.”

Leif Johansson
Chairman of the Board of Directors

Ericsson’s core values

Professionalism

Respect

Perseverance

Our values are the foundation of our culture. They guide us in
our daily work, in how we relate to each other and the world
around us and in the way we do business.

132

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014The Code of Business Ethics
can be found on Ericsson’s
website.

Code of
Business
Ethics

Regulation and compliance

External rules
As a Swedish public limited liability company
with securities quoted on Nasdaq Stockholm
as well as on NASDAQ New York, Ericsson is
subject to a variety of rules that affect its gover-
nance. Major external rules include:
> The Swedish Companies Act
> The Rule Book for issuers of Nasdaq

Stockholm

> The Swedish Corporate Governance Code

(the “Code”)

> NASDAQ Stock Market Rules, including
applicable NASDAQ New York corporate
governance requirements (subject to certain
exemptions principally reflecting mandatory
Swedish legal requirements)

> Applicable requirements of the US Securities

and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)

Internal rules
In addition, to ensure compliance with legal and
regulatory requirements and the high standards
that we set for ourselves, Ericsson has adopted
internal rules that include:
> A Code of Business Ethics
> Group Steering Documents, including Group
policies and directives, instructions and busi-
ness processes for approval, control and risk
management

> A Code of Conduct, to be applied in product
development, production, supply and sup-
port of Ericsson products and services
worldwide.

Compliance with regulations

Compliance with the Swedish
Corporate Governance Code
The Code is based on the principle of “comply or
explain” and is published on the website of the Swedish
Corporate Governance Board, which administrates the
Code: www.corporategovernanceboard.se. Ericsson is
committed to com plying with best-practice corporate
governance on a global level wherever possible.
This includes continued compliance with the Code.
Ericsson does not report any deviations from the
rules of the Code in 2014.

The articles of association and the work pro-
cedure for the Board of Directors also include
internal corporate governance rules.

Code of Business Ethics
Ericsson’s Code of Business Ethics summarizes
fundamental Group policies and directives and
contains rules to ensure that business is con-
ducted with a strong sense of integrity. This is
critical to maintain trust and credibility with
Ericsson’s customers, partners, employees,
shareholders and other stakeholders.

The Code of Business Ethics contains rules
for all individuals performing work for Ericsson,
under the staff management of Ericsson or in
Ericsson premises, whether as an employee of
Ericsson or a subcontractor, or as a private con-
tractor. The Code of Business Ethics has been
translated into 30 languages. This ensures that it
is accessible to everyone working for Ericsson.
During recruitment, employees acknowledge
that they are aware of the principles of the Code
of Business Ethics. This procedure is repeated
during the term of employment. Through this
process, Ericsson strives to raise awareness
throughout its global operations.

Everyone working for Ericsson has an individ-

ual responsibility to ensure that business prac-
tices adhere to the Code of Business Ethics.

Compliance with applic able
stock exchange rules
There has been no infringement of applicable stock
exchange rules and no breach of good practice on the
securities market reported by the stock exchange’s
disciplinary committee or the Swedish Securities
Council in 2014.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

133

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Governance structure

Shareholders

Ownership percentage (voting rights)

Swedish institutions:

54.65%

Of which:
– Investor AB:
– AB Industrivärden:
(together with SHB Pensions-
stiftelse and Pensionskassan
SHB Försäkringsförening)

21.50%
20.05%

Foreign institutions:
Swedish retail investors:
Others:

32.16%
5.44%
7.75%

Source: Nasdaq

Shareholders may exercise their decision-mak-
ing rights in Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
(the “Parent Company”) at General Meetings of
shareholders.

A Nomination Committee is appointed each
year by the major shareholders in accordance
with the Instruction for the Nomination Commit-
tee adopted by the Annual General Meeting of
shareholders. The tasks of the Nomination
Committee include the proposal of an external
auditor and Board members for election by the
Annual General Meeting of shareholders and
proposals of Board member and auditor remu-
neration.

In addition to the Board members elected by

shareholders, the Board of Directors consists
of employee representatives and their deputies,
which the unions have the right to appoint under
Swedish law. The Board of Directors is ultimately
responsible for the strategy and the organization
of Ericsson and the management of its opera-
tions.

The President and CEO, appointed by the
Board of Directors, is responsible for handling
the day-to-day management of Ericsson in
accordance with guidelines from the Board. The
President and CEO is supported by the Execu-
tive Leadership Team (ELT).

The external auditor of Ericsson is elected by

the General Meeting of shareholders.

Ownership structure
As of December 31, 2014, the Parent Company
had 482,025 registered shareholders, of which
470,016 were resident or located in Sweden
(according to the share register kept by Euro-
clear Sweden AB). Swedish institutions held
approximately 54.65% of the votes. The largest
shareholders as of December 31, 2014 were
Investor AB, with 21.50% of the votes, and
AB Industrivärden, with 20.05% of the votes
(together with Svenska Handelsbankens
Pensionsstiftelse and Pensions kassan SHB
Försäkringsförening).

A significant number of the shares held by
foreign investors are nominee-registered, i.e.
held of-record by banks, brokers and/or nomi-
nees. This means that the actual shareholder is
not displayed in the share register or included in
the shareholding statistics.

More information on Ericsson’s shareholders
can be found in the chapter “Share Information”
in the Annual Report.

Shares and voting rights
The share capital of the Parent Company con-
sists of two classes of listed shares: A and B
shares. Each Class A share carries one vote
and each Class B share carries one tenth of one
vote. Class A and B shares entitle the holder to
the same proportion of assets and earnings and
carry equal rights to dividends.

The Parent Company may also issue Class C
shares, which shares are used to create treasury
stock to finance and hedge long-term variable
compensation programs resolved by the Gen-
eral Meeting of shareholders. Class C shares
are converted into Class B shares before they
are used for long-term variable compensation
programs.

In the United States, the Ericsson Class B
shares are listed on NASDAQ New York in the
form of American Depositary Shares (ADS)
evidenced by American Depositary Receipts
(ADR). Each ADS represents one Class B share.
The members of the Board of Directors and
the Executive Leadership Team have the same
voting rights on shares as other shareholders
holding the same class of shares.

Governance structure

General Meetings of shareholders

Annual General Meeting/Extraordinary General meeting

Unions

Board of Directors

12 Directors elected by the General Meetings of shareholders
3 Directors and 3 Deputies appointed by the Unions

Audit
Committee

Finance
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

Nomination
Committee

External
Auditor

President and CEO

Management

134

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014General Meetings of shareholders

Decision-making at General Meetings
The decision-making rights of Ericsson’s share-
holders are exercised at General Meetings of
shareholders. Most resolutions at General
Meetings are passed by a simple majority.
However, the Swedish Companies Act requires
qualified majorities in certain cases, for example
in case of:
> Amendment of the Articles of Association
> Resolution to transfer treasury stock to

employees participating in long-term variable
compensation programs.

Ericsson’s Annual General Meeting 2014
Including shareholders represented by proxy,
2,930 shareholders were represented at the
AGM held on April 11, 2014, making up almost
70% of the votes.

The meeting was also attended by members
of the Board of Directors, members of the Exec-
utive Leadership Team (ELT) and the external
auditor.

Decisions of the AGM 2014 included:
> Payment of a dividend of SEK 3 per share
> Re-election of Leif Johansson as Chairman of

The Annual General Meeting of shareholders
The Annual General Meeting of shareholders
(AGM) is held in Stockholm. The date and venue
for the meeting are announced on the Ericsson
website no later than at the time of release of
the third-quarter interim financial report in the
preceding year.

Shareholders who cannot participate in
person may be represented by proxy. Only
shareholders registered in the share register
have voting rights. Nominee-registered share-
holders who wish to vote must request to be
entered into the share register by the record
date for the AGM.

The AGM is held in Swedish and is simultane-
ously translated into English. All documentation
provided by the Company is available in both
Swedish and English.

The AGM gives shareholders the opportunity

to raise questions relating to the operations of
the Group. Normally, the majority of the mem-
bers of the Board of Directors and the Executive
Leadership Team is present to answer such
questions.

the Board of Directors

> Re-election of members of the Board of

Directors: Roxanne S. Austin, Sir Peter L.
Bonfield, Nora Denzel, Börje Ekholm,
Alexander Izosimov, Ulf J. Johansson,
Sverker Martin-Löf, Kristin Skogen Lund,
Hans Vestberg, Jacob Wallenberg and
Pär Östberg

> Board of Directors’ fees:
– Chairman: SEK 3,975,000 (previously

SEK 3,850,000)

– Other non-employee Board members:
SEK 950,000 each (previously SEK
900,000)

– Chairman of the Audit Committee:

SEK 350,000 (unchanged)

– Other non-employee members of the Audit

Committee: SEK 250,000 each
(unchanged)

– Chairmen of the Finance and Remunera-
tion Committees: SEK 200,000 each
(unchanged)

– Other non-employee members of the

Finance and Remuneration Committees:
SEK 175,000 each (unchanged)

The external auditor is always present at

> Approval for part of the Directors’ fees to be

the AGM.

paid in the form of synthetic shares

> Approval of Guidelines for remuneration to

Group management

> Implementation of a Long-Term Variable

Compensation Program 2014.

The minutes from the AGM 2014 are available on
Ericsson’s website.

Annual General Meeting 2015

Ericsson’s AGM 2015 will take place on April 14, 2015 at Stockholm Waterfront Congress
Centre in Stockholm. Further information is available on Ericsson’s website.

Contact the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors Secretariat
SE-164 83 Stockholm
Sweden
boardsecretariat@ericsson.com

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

135

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Nomination Committee

The Annual General Meeting of shareholders
has adopted an Instruction for the Nomination
Committee that includes the tasks of the Nomi-
nation Committee and the procedure for
appointing its members. The instruction applies
until the General Meeting of shareholders
resolves otherwise. Under the instruction,
the Nomination Committee shall consist of:
> Representatives of the four largest share-
holders by voting power by the end of the
month in which the AGM was held, and
> The Chairman of the Board of Directors.

The Committee may also include additional
members following a request by a shareholder.
The request must be justified by changes in
the shareholder’s ownership of shares and be
received by the Nomination Committee no later
than December 31. No fees are paid to the
members of the Nomination Committee.

Members of the Nomination Committee
The current Nomination Committee members
are:
> Petra Hedengran (Investor AB), Chairman of

the Nomination Committee

> Carl-Olof By (AB Industrivärden, Svenska

Handelsbankens Pensionsstiftelse)

> Johan Held (AFA Försäkring)
> Leif Johansson, Chairman of the Board of

Directors

> Marianne Nilsson (Swedbank Robur Fonder).

The tasks of the Nomination Committee
The main task of the Committee is to propose
Board members for election by the AGM. The
Committee must orient itself on the Company’s
strategy and future challenges to be able to
assess the competence and experience that is
required by the Board. In addition, the Commit-
tee must consider independence rules applica-
ble to the Board of Directors and its committees.
The Nomination Committee also makes the
following proposals, for resolution by the AGM:
> Proposal for remuneration to non-employee
Directors elected by the AGM and remunera-
tion to the auditor

> Proposal for election of auditor, whereby

candidates are selected in cooperation with
the Audit Committee of the Board

> Proposal for election of Chairman at the

AGM.

Work of the Nomination Committee
for the AGM 2015
The Nomination Committee started its work by
going through a checklist of its duties under the
Code and the Instruction for the Nomination
Committee and by setting a time plan for its work
ahead. A good understanding of Ericsson’s
business and strategy is important for the mem-
bers of the Nomination Committee. Therefore,
the Committee met with Ericsson’s President
and CEO who, together with the Chairman of the
Board, presented their views on the Company’s
position and strategy.

The Committee was thoroughly informed of
the results of the evaluation of the Board work
and procedures, including the performance of
the Chairman of the Board. On this basis, the
Committee has assessed the competence
and experience required by Ericsson Board
members as well as the need for improvement
of the composition of the Board in terms of
diversity in age, gender and cultural/geographic
background. The Nomination Committee has
met with members of the Board of Directors to
get their views on the Board work.

The Nomination Committee searches for
potential Board member candidates both with
a long-term and a short-term perspective. This
year, the Committee has made particular efforts
to identify potential female candidates that
would bring relevant expertise and competence
to the Board, while also improving the gender
balance. The Nomination Committee consid-
ered the need for renewal and diversity and
carefully assessed whether the proposed Direc-
tors have the capability to devote necessary
time and care to the Board work.

The Committee met with the Chairman of
the Audit Committee to acquaint itself with the
assessments made by the Company and the
Audit Committee of the quality and efficiency of
external auditor work. The Audit Committee also
provided its recommendations on external audi-
tor and audit fees.

As of February 20, 2015 the current Nomina-

tion Committee has held eight meetings.

Contact the Nomination
Committee

Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
The Nomination Committee
c/o General Counsel’s Office
SE-164 83 Stockholm
Sweden
nomination.committee
@ericsson.com

Proposals to the Nomination
Committee

Shareholders may submit propos-
als to the Nomination Committee
at any time, but should do so in
due time before the AGM to ensure
that the proposals can be consid-
ered by the Committee. Further
information is available on Erics-
son’s website.

136

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Board of Directors

The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible
for the organization of Ericsson and the manage-
ment of Ericsson’s operations. The Board
appoints the President and CEO who is respon-
sible for managing the day-to-day operations in
accordance with guidelines from the Board.
The President and CEO ensures that the Board
is updated regularly on issues of importance to
Ericsson. This includes updates on business
development, results, financial position and
liquidity.

Directors serve from the close of one AGM to
the close of the next, but can serve any number
of consecutive terms.

The President and CEO may be elected a
Director of the Board, but, under the Swedish
Companies Act, the President of a public com-
pany may not be elected Chairman of the Board.

Conflicts of interest
Ericsson maintains rules and regulations regard-
ing conflicts of interest. Directors are disqualified
from participating in any decision regarding
agreements between themselves and Ericsson.
The same applies to agreements between
Ericsson and any third party or legal entity in
which the Board member has an interest that
may be contrary to the interests of Ericsson.
The Audit Committee has implemented a
procedure for related-party transactions and a
pre-approval process for non-audit services
carried out by the external auditor.

Composition of the Board of Directors
The current Board of Directors consists of 12
Directors elected by the shareholders at the
AGM 2014 for the period until the close of the
AGM 2015. It also consists of three employee
representatives, each with a deputy, appointed
by the trade unions for the same period of time.
The President and CEO, Hans Vestberg, is the
only Board member who was also a member of
Ericsson’s management during 2014.

Work procedure
Pursuant to the Swedish Companies Act, the
Board of Directors has adopted a work proce-
dure and Committee charters outlining rules for
the distribution of tasks among the Board, its
Committees and the President and CEO. This
complements rules in the Swedish Companies

Act and in the Articles of Association of the
Company. The work procedure and the Com-
mittee charters are reviewed, evaluated and
adopted by the Board as required and at least
once a year.

Independence
The Board of Directors and its Committees are
subject to a variety of independence rules under
applicable Swedish law, the Code and applica-
ble US securities laws, SEC rules and the NAS-
DAQ Stock Market Rules. Ericsson can rely on
exemptions from certain US requirements.

The composition of the Board of Directors
meets all applicable independence criteria. The
Nomination Committee concluded before the
AGM 2014 that, for purposes of the Code, at
least seven of the nominated Directors were
inde pendent of Ericsson, its senior management
and its major shareholders. These were
Roxanne S. Austin, Sir Peter L. Bonfield, Nora
Denzel, Alexander Izosimov, Leif Johansson,
Ulf J. Johansson and Kristin Skogen Lund.

Structure of the work of the Board
of Directors
The work of the Board follows a yearly cycle.
This enables the Board to appropriately address
each of its duties and to keep strategy, risk
assessment and value creation high on the
agenda. In addition to Board meetings, the
annual work cycle of the Board includes two
Board Strategic Days held in connection with
Board meetings. The Board Strategic Days are
described below under Training and Board
Strategic Days.

As the Board is responsible for financial

oversight, financial information is presented and
evaluated at each Board meeting. Furthermore,
the Chairmen of each Committee, generally
report on Committee work at each Board meet-
ing and minutes from Committee meetings are
distributed to all Directors prior to the Board
meetings.

At every Board meeting, the President and
CEO reports on business and market develop-
ments as well as on the financial performance
of the Group. Strategic issues and risks are also
addressed at most Board meetings. The Board
is regularly informed of developments in legal
and regulatory matters of importance.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

137

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

The 2014 annual work cycle of the Board:
> Fourth-quarter and full-year financial

results meeting
Following the end of the calendar year, the
Board held a meeting which focused on the
financial results of the entire year 2013 and
handled the fourth-quarter financial report.

> Board Strategic Day

A Board Strategic Day, focusing on deepen-
ing Board member knowledge of matters of
strategic importance for Ericsson, was held
in connection with a Board meeting in the
spring.

> Annual Report meeting

At this meeting the Board approved the
Annual Report 2013.

> Statutory Board meeting

The statutory Board meeting was held in con-
nection with the AGM 2014. At this meeting,
members of each of the three Board Commit-
tees were appointed and the Board resolved
on signatory power.

> First interim report meeting

At the next ordinary meeting, the Board
handled the interim financial report for the
first quarter of the year.
> Main strategy meeting

Various strategic issues are addressed at
most Board meetings and, in accordance
with the annual cycle for the strategy process,
a main strategy Board meeting was held, in
essence dedicated to short- and long-term

strategies of the Group. Following the Board’s
input on, and approval of, the overall strategy,
the strategy was cascaded throughout the
entire organization, starting at the Global
Leadership Summit with Ericsson’s top 250
leaders.

> Second interim report meeting

At the second interim report meeting, the
Board handled the interim financial report for
the second quarter of the year.

> Follow-up strategy and risk management

meeting
Following the summer, a meeting was held to
address particular strategy matters in further
detail and to finally confirm the Group strat-
egy. The meeting also addressed the overall
risk management of the Group.

> Board Strategic Day

A Board Strategic Day, focusing on deepen-
ing Board member knowledge of matters of
strategic importance for Ericsson, was held in
connection with a Board meeting in the fall.

> Third interim report meeting

A Board meeting was held to handle the
interim financial report for the third quarter
of the year. At this meeting, the results of
the Board evaluation were presented to and
discussed by the Board.

> Budget and financial outlook meeting

A meeting was held for the Board to address
the budget and financial outlook as well as to
further analyze internal and external risks.

The Board’s annual work cycle 2014

The annual cycle applied
to the Board’s work allows
the Board to appropriately
address its duties during the
year. It also facilitates the
organization in aligning its
global processes to allow
appropriate Board involve-
ment. This is particularly
relevant for the Group’s
strategy process and risk
management.

Budget and financial
outlook meeting

Third interim report meeting
> Q3 Financial report
> Board work evaluation

Board Strategic Day

Follow-up strategy and
risk management meeting

Second interim report meeting
> Q2 Financial report

138

Fourth-quarter and full-year
financial results meeting
> Financial result of the entire year

Dec

Jan

Nov

Feb

Board Strategic Day

Oct

Sep

Mar

Apr

Aug

May

Jul

Jun

Annual Report meeting

Statutory Board meeting
(in connection with AGM)
> Appointment of
Committee Members

> Authorization to sign
for the Company

First interim report meeting
> Q1 Financial report

Main strategy meeting

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Training and Board Strategic Days
All new Directors receive comprehensive training
tailored to their individual needs. Introductory
training typically includes meetings with the
heads of the business units and Group func-
tions, as well as training arranged by Nasdaq
Stockholm on listing issues and insider rules.
In addition, the company arranges training for
Board members at regular intervals.

Since 2013, bi-annual Board Strategic Days
are arranged for Board members in conjunction
with ordinary Board meetings, and these Board
Strategic Days normally span one full day each.
The Board Strategic Days focus on combining
strategy issues with making deep dives into
issues of importance for the Ericsson Group.
The purpose of the Board Strategic Days is to
ensure that members of the Board have know-
ledge and understanding of the business activi-
ties of the Group, the business environment and
the Group’s strategic options and challenges.
Directors’ knowledge in these fields is crucial to
allow well-founded Board resolutions, and to
ensure that the Company takes due advantage
of the different competences of the Directors.
The Board Strategic Days also form an import-
ant platform for contacts between Directors and
talent from different parts of Ericsson’s organiza-
tion where the Board gets the opportunity to
meet Ericsson employees and leaders. Such
contacts and meetings are highly valued by the
Board as part of the Board’s involvement in
Ericsson’s talent management.

As a rule, the Board Strategic Days also
include sustainability and corporate responsib-
ility training for the Board members.

Auditor involvement
The Board meets with Ericsson’s external audi-
tor in closed sessions at least once a year to
receive and consider the auditor’s observations.
The auditor reports to management on the
accounting and financial reporting practices
of the Group.

The Audit Committee also meets regularly
with the auditor to receive and consider obser-
vations on the interim reports and the Annual
Report. The auditor has been instructed to
report on whether the accounts, the manage-
ment of funds and the general financial position
of the Group are presented fairly in all material
respects.

In addition, the Board reviews and assesses
the process for financial reporting, as described
later in “Internal control over financial reporting
2014”. Combined with other steps taken inter-
nally, the Board’s and the auditor’s review of the
interim and annual reports are deemed to give
reasonable assurance of the effectiveness of
the internal controls over financial reporting.

Work of the Board of Directors in 2014
In 2014, nine Board meetings were held. For
attendance at Board meetings, see the table
on page 143.

Strategy and risk management are always
high on the Board’s agenda and, during 2014,
these matters got even more focus through the
bi-annual Board Strategic Days instituted in
2013. The Board Chairman has also had several
meetings with different Ericsson talents to fur-
ther develop Ericsson’s talent management and
learn from the organization.

Organization of the Board work

Board of Directors

15 Directors

Audit Committee
(4 Directors)

Finance Committee
(4 Directors)

Oversight of financial reporting

Oversight of internal control

Financing

Investing

Oversight of auditing

Customer credits

Remuneration Committee
(4 Directors)

Guidelines for remuneration
to Group management

Long-Term Variable Remuner ation

Executive remuneration

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

139

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Sustainability and corporate responsibility are
increasingly important to Ericsson and the Com-
pany continuously strives to improve in these
areas. Sustainability and corporate responsibility
are integrated into Ericsson’s business strategy.
Due to the political unrest in various parts of
the world, the Board has continuously monitored
the international developments and their possi-
ble impact on Ericsson.

During 2014, profitability, cost reductions
and efficiency gains have been a focus within
Ericsson. Further, the evaluatio1n of the future
of Ericsson’s modems business was completed
and it was resolved to discontinue the develop-
ment of modems. The Board also addressed
a number of acquisitions, including the acquisi-
tions of Azuki Systems Inc., Fabrix Systems
and Metra-Tech Corporation and the acquisition
of the business of Ambient Corporation and a
majority stake in Apcera, Inc.

Board work evaluation
A key objective of the Board evaluation is to
ensure that the Board work is functioning well.
This includes gaining an understanding of the
issues that the Board thinks warrant greater
focus, as well as determining areas where addi-
tional competence is needed within the Board
and whether the Board composition is appropri-
ate. The evaluation also serves as guidance for
the work of the Nomination Committee.

Each year, the Chairman of the Board initiates

and leads the evaluation of the Board and Com-
mittee work and procedures. Evaluation tools
include detailed questionnaires and discussions.
The services of an external corporate advisory
firm have been retained by the Company to
assist in developing questionnaires, carrying
out surveys and summarizing responses.

In 2014, all Directors responded to written
questionnaires, covering the Director’s individual
performance, Board work in general, Committee
work and the Chairman’s performance. The
Chairman was not involved in the development

or compilation of the questionnaire which related
to his performance, nor was he present when his
performance was evaluated. As part of the eval-
uation process, the Chairman of the Board also
had individual discussions with each of the
Directors. The evaluations were thoroughly dis-
cussed and an action plan was developed in
order to further improve the work of the Board.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The Board of Directors has established three
Committees: the Audit Committee, the Finance
Committee and the Remuneration Committee.
Members of each Committee are appointed for
one year from amongst the Board members.

The task of the Committees is mainly to pre-
pare matters for resolution by the Board. How-
ever, the Board has authorized each Committee
to determine and handle certain issues in limited
areas. It may also on occasion provide extended
authorization for the Committees to determine
specific matters.

If deemed appropriate, the Board of Directors

and each Committee have the right to engage
independent external expertise, either in general
or with respect to specific matters.

Prior to the Board meetings, each Committee

submits the minutes from Committee meetings
to the Board. The Chairman of the Committee
also reports on the Committee work at each
Board meeting.

Audit Committee
On behalf of the Board, the Audit Committee
monitors the following:
> The scope and accuracy of the financial

statements

> Compliance with legal and regulatory require-

ments

> Internal control over financial reporting
> Risk management
> The effectiveness and appropriateness of the

Group’s anti-corruption program.

Members of the Committees

Members of the Committees of the Board of Directors 2014

Audit Committee

Finance Committee

Remuneration Committee

Ulf J. Johansson (Chairman)

Leif Johansson (Chairman)

Sir Peter L. Bonfield

Kristina Davidsson

Pär Östberg

Pehr Claesson

Sverker Martin-Löf

Jacob Wallenberg

Börje Ekholm

Roxanne S. Austin

Karin Åberg

140

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014The Audit Committee also reviews the annual
and interim financial reports and oversees the
external audit process, including audit fees.

The Audit Committee itself does not perform

audit work. Ericsson has an internal audit func-
tion which reports directly to the Audit Commit-
tee. Ericsson also has an external auditor
elected by the AGM.

The Committee is involved in the preparatory
work of proposing an auditor for election by the
AGM. It also monitors Group transactions and the
ongoing performance and independence of the
auditor with the aim to avoid conflicts of interest.
In order to ensure the auditor’s independence,
the Audit Committee has established pre-appro-
val policies and procedures for non-audit related
services to be performed by the external auditor.
Pre-approval authority may not be delegated
to management.

The Audit Committee also oversees

Ericsson’s process for reviewing transactions
with related parties and Ericsson’s whistleblower
procedures.

Whistleblower procedure
Ericsson’s whistleblower procedure can be
used for reporting of alleged violations of laws
or the Code of Business Ethics that:
> are conducted by Group or local manage-

ment, and

> relate to corruption, questionable accounting
or auditing matters or otherwise seriously
affect vital interests of the Group or personal
health and safety.

Violations reported through the whistleblower
procedures are handled by Ericsson’s Group
Compliance Forum, consisting of representa-
tives from Ericsson’s internal audit function,
Group Function Legal Affairs, Group Security,
and Group Function Human Resources. Infor-
mation regarding any incident is reported to the
Audit Committee. Reports include measures
taken, details of the responsible Group function
and the status of any investigation.

Members of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee consists of four Board
members appointed by the Board. The Audit
Committee members appointed by the Board
in connection with the AGM 2014 are: Ulf J.
Johansson (Chairman of the Committee),
Sir Peter L. Bonfield, Kristina Davidsson and
Pär Östberg.

applicable US securities laws, SEC rules and
NASDAQ Stock Market Rules and each of them
is financially literate and familiar with the
accounting practices of an international com-
pany, such as Ericsson.

Work of the Audit Committee in 2014
The Audit Committee held six meetings in 2014.
Directors’ attendance is reflected in the table on
page 143. During the year, the Audit Committee
reviewed the scope and results of external finan-
cial audits and the independence of the external
auditor. It also monitored the external audit fees
and approved non-audit services performed by
the external auditor in accordance with the
Committee’s pre-approval policies and proce-
dures.

The Committee approved the annual audit
plan for the internal audit function and reviewed
its reports. Prior to publishing it, the Committee
also reviewed and discussed each interim report
and the annual report with the external auditor.
The Committee monitored the continued
compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as
well as the internal control and risk management
process. It also reviewed certain related-party
transactions in accordance with its established
process.

The Committee reviewed and evaluated the

effectiveness and appropriateness of the
Group’s anti-corruption program.

Finance Committee
The Finance Committee is primarily responsible
for:
> Handling matters related to acquisitions and

divestments

> Handling capital contributions to companies

inside and outside the Ericsson Group

> Raising loans, issuing guarantees and similar
undertakings, and approving financial sup-
port to customers and suppliers

> Continuously monitoring the Group’s financial

risk exposure.

The Finance Committee is authorized to
determine matters such as:
> Direct or indirect financing
> Provision of credits
> Granting of guarantees and similar

undertakings

> Certain investments, divestments and

financial commitments.

The composition of the Audit Committee
meets all applicable independence require-
ments. The Board of Directors has determined
that each of Ulf J. Johansson, Sir Peter L.
Bonfield and Pär Östberg is an audit committee
financial expert, as defined under the SEC rules.
Each of them is considered independent under

Members of the Finance Committee
The Finance Committee consists of four Board
members appointed by the Board. The Finance
Committee members appointed by the Board in
connection with the AGM 2014 are: Leif Johans-
son (Chairman of the Committee), Pehr Claes-
son, Sverker Martin-Löf and Jacob Wallenberg.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

141

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Work of the Finance Committee in 2014
The Finance Committee held six meetings in
2014. Directors’ attendance is reflected in the
table on page 143. During the year, the Finance
Committee approved numerous customer
finance credit arrangements and reviewed a
number of potential mergers and acquisitions
and real estate investments. The Finance Com-
mittee spent significant time discussing and
securing an adequate capital structure, as well
as examining cash flow and working capital
performance. It also continuously monitored
Ericsson’s financial position, foreign exchange
and credit exposures.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee’s main responsi-
bilities include:
> Reviewing and preparing for resolution by the
Board, proposals on salary and other remu-
neration, including retirement compensation,
for the President and CEO.

> Reviewing and preparing for resolution by the
Board, proposals to the AGM on guidelines
for remuneration to the ELT.

> Approving proposals on salary and other

remuneration, including retirement compen-
sation, for the Executive Vice Presidents and
other CEO direct reports.

> Reviewing and preparing for resolution by the
Board, proposals to the AGM on the Long-
Term Variable Compensation Program and
similar equity arrangements.

In its work, the Remuneration Committee con-
siders trends in remuneration, legislative
changes, disclosure rules and the general global
executive remuneration environment. The Com-
mittee reviews salary survey data before approv-
ing any salary adjustment for CEO direct reports
and before preparing salary adjustments for the
President and CEO for resolution by the Board.

Members of the Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee consists of four
Board members appointed by the Board. The
Remuneration Committee members appointed
by the Board in connection with the AGM 2014
are: Leif Johansson (Chairman of the Commit-
tee), Börje Ekholm, Roxanne S. Austin and
Karin Åberg.

An independent expert advisor, Piia Pilv, has
been appointed by the Remuneration Commit-
tee to advise and assist the Committee.

Work of the Remuneration Committee in 2014
The Remuneration Committee held six meetings
in 2014. Directors’ attendance is reflected in the
table on page 143.

The Committee reviewed and prepared a
proposal for the LTV 2014 for resolution by the
Board and further approval by the AGM 2014.
The Committee further resolved on salaries and
Short-Term Variable remuneration (STV) for 2014
for certain CEO direct reports and prepared pro-
posals regarding remuneration to the President
and CEO, for resolution by the Board. The Com-
mittee also prepared guidelines for remuneration
to the ELT, for resolution by the Board, which
were subsequently referred by the Board to the
AGM for approval.

The Remuneration Committee additionally
concluded its analysis of the current LTV struc-
ture and executive remuneration. The resulting
proposals on LTV and guidelines for remunera-
tion to the ELT will be referred to the AGM 2015
for resolution.

For further information on fixed and variable
remuneration, please see Notes to the consoli-
dated financial statements – Note C28 “Informa-
tion regarding members of the Board of Direc-
tors, the Group management and employees”
and the “Remuneration Report” included in the
Annual Report.

142

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Directors’ attendance and fees 2014

Board member

Leif Johansson
Sverker Martin-Löf
Jacob Wallenberg
Roxanne S. Austin
Sir Peter L. Bonfield
Nora Denzel
Börje Ekholm
Alexander Izosimov
Ulf J. Johansson
Kristin Skogen Lund
Hans Vestberg

Pär Östberg
Pehr Claesson
Kristina Davidsson
Karin Åberg
Rickard Fredriksson
Karin Lennartsson
Roger Svensson

Total number of meetings

Fees resolved by the AGM 2014

Number of Board/Committee meetings attended in 2014

Board fees,

SEK 1)

Committee fees,
SEK

Board

Audit
Committee

Finance
Committee

Remuneration
Committee

3,975,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
950,000
–

950,000

13,500 2)
13,500 2)
13,500 2)
13,500 2)
12,000 2)
10,500 2)

400,000
175,000
175,000
175,000
250,000
–
175,000
–
350,000
–
–

250,000
–
–
–
–
–
–

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9
8
7

6
5
6

1) Non-employee Directors can choose to receive part of their Board fee (exclusive of Committee fees) in the form of synthetic shares.
2) Employee representative Board members and their deputies are not entitled to a Board fee but compensation in the amount of SEK 1,500 per attended Board meeting.

Remuneration to Board members

Remuneration to Board members not employed by the Company
is proposed by the Nomination Committee for resolution by the
AGM.

The AGM 2014 approved the Nomination Committee’s pro-
posal for fees to the non-employee Board members for Board and
Committee work. For further information on Board of Directors’
fees 2014, please refer to Notes to the consolidated financial
statements – Note C28 “Information regarding members of the
Board of Directors, the Group management and employees” in
the Annual Report.

The AGM 2014 also approved the Nomination Committee’s
proposal that Board members may be paid part of their Board fee
in the form of synthetic shares.

A synthetic share gives the right to receive a future cash payment
of an amount which corresponds to the market value of a Class B
share in Ericsson at the time of payment. The Director’s right to
receive payment with regard to allocated synthetic shares occurs,
as a main rule, after the publication of the Company’s year-end
financial statement during the fifth year following the General
Meeting that resolved on the allocation of the synthetic shares.
The purpose of paying part of the Board of Directors’ fee in the
form of synthetic shares is to further align the Directors’ interests
with shareholder interests. For more information on the terms and
conditions of the synthetic shares, please refer to the notice con-
vening the AGM 2014 and to the minutes from the AGM 2014,
which are available at Ericsson’s website.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

143

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Members of the Board of Directors

Board members elected by the AGM 2014

Leif Johansson
(first elected 2011)

Chairman of the Board of
Directors, Chairman of the
Remuneration Committee and
of the Finance Committee

Sverker Martin-Löf
(first elected 1993)

Jacob Wallenberg
(first elected 2011)

Deputy Chairman of the Board of
Directors, Member of the Finance
Committee

Roxanne S. Austin
(first elected 2008)

Member of the Remuneration
Committee

Born 1951. Master of Science in
Engineering, Chalmers University
of Technology, Gothenburg,
Sweden.

Born 1943. Doctor of Technology
and Master of Engineering, KTH
Royal Institute of Technology,
Stockholm, Sweden.

Board Chairman: Svenska
Cellulosa Aktiebolaget SCA, SSAB
and AB Industrivärden.

Deputy Board Chairman:
Svenska Handelsbanken AB.

Board Member: Skanska AB.

Holdings in Ericsson:
10,400 Class B shares 1)

Principal work experience and
other information: President and
CEO of Svenska Cellulosa
Aktiebolaget SCA 1990–2002,
where he was employed 1977–
1983 and 1986–2002. Previous
positions at Sunds Defibrator and
Mo och Domsjö AB.

Board Chairman: Astra Zeneca
PLC.

Board Member: Svenska
Cellulosa Aktiebolaget SCA and
Ecolean AB.

Holdings in Ericsson:
41,933 Class B shares 1), and
12,000 Class B shares held via
endowment insurance 2).

Principal work experience and
other information: Member of the
European Round Table of Indust-
rialists since 2002, and served as
Chairman 2009–2014. President
of the Royal Swedish Academy of
Engineering Sciences since 2012.
Chairman of the International
Advisory Board of the Nobel Foun-
dation. President and CEO of AB
Volvo 1997–2011. Executive Vice
President of AB Electrolux 1988–
1991, President 1991–1994 and
President and CEO of AB
Electrolux 1994–1997. Holds
honorary Doctorates at Blekinge
Institute of Technology, the
University of Gothenburg and
Chalmers University of Technology.
Awarded the Large Gold Medal of
the Royal Swedish Academy of
Engineering Sciences in 2011.

Born 1956. Bachelor of Science
in Economics and Master of
Business Administration, Wharton
School, University of Pennsylvania,
USA. Officer of the Reserve,
Swedish Navy.

Board Chairman: Investor AB.

Deputy Board Chairman: SAS
AB.

Board Member: ABB Ltd,
The Knut and Alice Wallenberg
Foundation and the Stockholm
School of Economics.

Holdings in Ericsson:
2,703 Class B shares 1), and
15,026 synthetic shares 3).

Principal work experience and
other information: Chairman of
the Board of Investor AB since
2005. President and CEO of SEB
in 1997 and Chairman of SEB’s
Board of Directors 1998–2005.
Executive Vice President and CFO
of Investor AB 1990–1993.
Honorary Chairman of IBLAC
(Mayor of Shanghai’s International
Business Leaders Advisory
Council) and member of The
European Round Table of
Industrialists.

Born 1961. Bachelor of Business
Administration in Accounting,
University of Texas, San Antonio,
USA.

Board Member: Abbott
Laboratories, AbbVie Inc., Target
Corporation and Teledyne
Technologies Inc.

Holdings in Ericsson:
3,000 Class B shares 1), and
26,123 synthetic shares 3).

Principal work experience and
other information: President of
Austin Investment Advisors since
2004. President and CEO of Move
Networks Inc. 2009–2010.
President and COO of DirecTV
2001–2003. Corporate Senior Vice
President and CFO of Hughes
Electronics Corporation 1997–
2000, which she joined in 1993.
Previously a partner at Deloitte &
Touche. Member of the California
State Society of Certified Public
Accountants and the American
Institute of Certified Public
Accountants.

The Board memberships and holdings in Ericsson reported above are as of December 31, 2014.
1) The number of shares includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as holdings of any ADS, if applicable.
2) Shares held via endowment insurance include shares held under an insurance under which the insurance holder may make investment decisions with respect to the shares

(Sw: “kapitalförsäkring” or “depåförsäkring”) and include holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as holdings of ADS, if applicable.

3) Since 2008, the AGM has each year resolved that part of the Board fee may be received in the form of synthetic shares. A synthetic share is a right to receive in the future a payment

corresponding to the value of the Class B share in Ericsson at the time of payment. Please see page 143 for further information.

144

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Sir Peter L. Bonfield
(first elected 2002)

Member of the Audit Committee

Nora Denzel
(first elected 2013)

Börje Ekholm
(first elected 2006)

Member of the Remuneration
Committee

Alexander Izosimov
(first elected 2012)

Born 1944. Honors degree in
Engineering, Loughborough
University, Leicestershire, UK.

Board Chairman: NXP
Semiconductors N.V.

Board Member: GlobalLogic Inc.,
Mentor Graphics Inc. and Taiwan
Semiconductor Manufacturing
Company, Ltd.

Holdings in Ericsson:
4,400 Class B shares 1), and 7,944
synthetic shares 3).

Principal work experience and
other information: CEO and
Chairman of the Executive
Committee of British
Telecommunications plc 1996–
2002. Chairman and CEO of ICL
plc 1985–1996. Positions with STC
plc and Texas Instruments Inc.
Member of the Advisory Board of
the Longreach Group. Board
Mentor of CMi. Senior Advisor,
Rothschild, London. Chair of
Council and Senior Pro-
Chancellor, Loughborough
University, UK. Fellow of the Royal
Academy of Engineering.

Born 1962. Master of Science in
Business Administration, Santa
Clara University, USA. Bachelor of
Science in Computer Science,
State University of New York, USA.

Board Member: Advanced Micro
Devices, Inc., Outerwall, Inc. and
Saba Software.

Holdings in Ericsson:
3,850 Class B shares1) , and
2,976 synthetic shares3).

Principal work experience and
other information: Intuit Software
(2008– 2012) – Senior Vice
President Big Data, Marketing
and Social Product Design and
General Manager QuickBooks
Payroll Division. Previous positions
include Senior Vice President and
General Manager of HP’s Global
Software, Storage and Consulting
Divisions (2000–2006), Senior
Vice President Product Operations
Legato Systems (bought by EMC)
and various engineering,
marketing and executive positions
at IBM. Non-Profit board member
of YWCA of Silicon Valley, Ushahidi
and the Anita Borg Institute.

Born 1963. Master of Science in
Electrical Engineering, KTH Royal
Institute of Technology,
Stockholm, Sweden. Master of
Business Administration, INSEAD,
France.

Board Chairman: KTH Royal
Institute of Technology, Stockholm
and NASDAQ OMX Group Inc.

Board Member: Investor AB,
AB Chalmersinvest and EQT
Partners AB.

Holdings in Ericsson:
30,760 Class B shares 1), and
41,178 synthetic shares 3).

Principal work experience and
other information: President and
CEO of Investor AB since 2005.
Formerly Head of Investor Growth
Capital Inc. and New Investments.
Previous positions at Novare
Kapital AB and McKinsey & Co Inc.
Member of the Board of Trustees
of Choate Rosemary Hall.

Born 1964. Master of Business
Administration, INSEAD, France
and Master of Science in
Production Management Systems
and Computer Science, Moscow
Aviation Institute, Russian
Federation.

Board Member: Modern Times
Group MTG AB, EVRAZ Group
S.A., Dynasty Foundation and
Transcom WorldWide SA.

Holdings in Ericsson:
1,600 Class B shares 1), 50,000
Class B shares held via
endowment insurance 2), and
9,272 synthetic shares 3).

Principal work experience and
other information: CEO and
President of VimpelCom 2003–
2011. Previous positions with Mars
Inc., including Member of the
Global Executive Board and
Regional President for CIS, Central
Europe and Nordics. Earlier
positions with McKinsey & Co as
consultant in the Stockholm and
London offices. Served as GSMA
Board member 2005–2008 and
Chairman of GSMA 2008–2010.

(Sw: “kapitalförsäkring” or “depåförsäkring”) and include holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as holdings of ADS, if applicable.

3) Since 2008, the AGM has each year resolved that part of the Board fee may be received in the form of synthetic shares. A synthetic share is a right to receive in the future a payment

corresponding to the value of the Class B share in Ericsson at the time of payment. Please see page 143 for further information.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

145

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Board members elected by the AGM 2014, cont.

Ulf J. Johansson
(first elected 2005)

Kristin Skogen Lund
(first elected 2013)

Hans Vestberg
(first elected 2010)

Pär Östberg
(first elected 2013)

Chairman of the Audit Committee

Member of the Audit Committee

Born 1945. Doctor of Technology
and Master of Science in Electrical
Engineering, KTH Royal Institute of
Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.

Board Chairman: Acando AB,
Eurostep Group AB and Trimble
Navigation Ltd.

Board Member: European
Institute of Innovation and
Technology.

Holdings in Ericsson:
6,435 Class B shares 1), and
6,571 synthetic shares 2).

Principal work experience and
other information: Founder of
Europolitan Vodafone AB, where
he was the Chairman of the Board
1990–2005. Previous positions at
Spectra-Physics AB as President
and CEO and at Ericsson Radio
Systems AB. Member of the Royal
Academy of Engineering
Sciences.

Born 1966. Master of Business
Administration, INSEAD, France.
Bachelor in International Studies
and Business Administration,
University of Oregon, USA.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson:
5,780 synthetic shares 2).

Principal work experience and
other information: Director
General of the Confederation of
Norwegian Enterprise (NHO) since
2012. Executive Vice President
and Head of Digital Services and
Broadcast and Executive Vice
President and Head of Nordic
Region, Group Executive Manage-
ment at Telenor 2010–2012.
Previous positions include Chief
Executive Officer and Commercial
Director at Aftenposten, Chief
Executive Officer at Scanpix,
Managing Director and Editor in
Chief at Scandinavia Online, and
several positions at the Coca-Cola
Company, Unilever and Norges
Eksport råd.

Born 1965. Bachelor of Business
Administration and Economics,
University of Uppsala, Sweden.

Board Chairman: Svenska
Handbollförbundet.

Board Member: Thernlunds AB.

Holdings in Ericsson:
333,329 Class B shares 1).

Principal work experience and
other information: President and
CEO of Telefonaktiebolaget LM
Ericsson since January 1, 2010.
Previously, First Executive Vice
President, CFO and Head of
Group Function Finance and
Executive Vice President and
Head of Business Unit Global
Services. Various positions in the
Group since 1988, including Vice
President and Head of Market Unit
Mexico and Head of Finance and
Control in USA, Brazil and Chile.
International advisor to the
Governor of Guangdong, China
and co-chairman of the Russian-
Swedish Business Council.
Founding member of the
Broadband Commission for Digital
Development, and heading the
Commission’s task group on the
post 2015 development agenda.
Member of the Leadership Council
of the United Nations Sustainable
Development Solutions Network.

Born 1962. Master of Business
Administration, Gothenburg
School of Economics,
Gothenburg, Sweden.

Board Member: Skanska AB
and SSAB.

Holdings in Ericsson: 4,000
Class B shares held via
endowment insurance 3).

Principal work experience and
other information: Executive Vice
President of AB Industrivärden
since 2012. Executive Vice
President at Volvo Group Truck
Joint Ventures between January
2012 and October 2012. Several
senior managerial positions within
the Volvo group including Senior
Vice President and President
Trucks Asia at AB Volvo, Chairman
of the Board of VE Commercial
Vehicles Ltd, Senior Vice President
and CFO at AB Volvo, CFO at
Volvo Trucks France and senior
positions at Volvo Treasury Asia
Ltd, Singapore and Volvo Treasury
Europe AB. Previous positions
also include Senior Vice President,
CFO at Renault Trucks and
positions within Renault Crédit
International (RCI) and Renault SA.

The Board memberships and holdings in Ericsson reported above are as of December 31, 2014.
1) The number of shares includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as holdings of any ADS, if applicable.
2) Since 2008, the AGM has each year resolved that part of the Board fee may be received in the form of synthetic shares. A synthetic share is a right to receive in the future a payment

corresponding to the value of the Class B share in Ericsson at the time of payment. Please see page 143 for further information.

3) Shares held via endowment insurance include shares held under an insurance under which the insurance holder may make investment decisions with respect to the shares

(Sw: “kapitalförsäkring” or “depåförsäkring”) and include holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as holdings of ADS, if applicable.

146

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Board members and deputies appointed by the unions

Pehr Claesson
(first appointed 2008)

Kristina Davidsson
(first appointed 2006)

Karin Åberg
(first appointed 2007)

Employee representative, Member
of the Finance Committee

Employee representative, Member
of the Audit Committee

Employee representative, Member
of the Remuneration Committee

Born 1966. Appointed by the
union The Swedish Association of
Graduate Engineers.

Holdings in Ericsson:
1,661 Class B shares 1).

Employed since 1997. Working
with marketing and
communication for Consulting and
Systems Integration within
Business Unit Global Services.

Born 1955. Appointed by the union
IF Metall.

Born 1959. Appointed by the union
Unionen.

Holdings in Ericsson:
2,088 Class B shares 1).

Holdings in Ericsson:
3,577 Class B shares 1).

Employed since 1995. Previously
working as a repairer within
Business Unit Networks and
currently working full time as union
representative.

Employed since 1998. Working as
a Service Engineer within the IT
organization.

Rickard Fredriksson
(first appointed 2012)

Karin Lennartsson
(first appointed 2010)

Roger Svensson
(first appointed 2011)

Deputy employee representative

Born 1969. Appointed by the union
IF Metall.

Born 1957. Appointed by the union
Unionen.

Holdings in Ericsson:
1,688 Class B shares 1).

Holdings in Ericsson:
667 Class B shares 1).

Employed since 2000. Previously
working as machine operator
within Business Unit Networks and
currently working full time as union
representative.

Employed since 1976. Working as
Process Expert within Group
Function Business Excellence &
Common Functions.

Born 1971. Appointed by the union
The Swedish Association of
Graduate Engineers.

Holdings in Ericsson:
11,738 Class B shares 1).

Employed since 1999. Working as
Senior Specialist within Business
Unit Networks.

Hans Vestberg was the only Director who held an operational management position at Ericsson in 2014.
No Director has been elected pursuant to an arrangement or understanding with any major shareholder,
customer, supplier or other person.

1) The number of shares reflects ownership as of December 31, 2014 and includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as holdings

of any ADS, if applicable.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

147

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Management

The President/CEO and the Executive
Leadership Team
The Board of Directors appoints the President
and CEO and the Executive Vice Presidents.
The President and CEO is responsible for the
management of day-to-day operations and is
supported by the Executive Leadership Team
(the “ELT”). The ELT members as of December
31, 2014, are presented on page 152.

The role of the ELT is to:

> Establish a strong corporate culture, a long-
term vision and Group strategies and poli-
cies, all based on objectives stated by the
Board.

> Determine targets for operational units, allo-

cate resources and monitor unit performance.

> Secure operational excellence and realize
global synergies through efficient organiza-
tion of the Group.

Remuneration to the Executive
Leadership Team
Guidelines for remuneration to the ELT were
approved by the AGM 2014. For further inform-
ation on fixed and variable remuneration, see
the Remuneration Report and Notes to the
consolidated financial statements – Note C28,
“Information regarding members of the Board
of Directors, the Group management and
employees” in the Annual Report.

The Ericsson Group Management System
Ericsson has one global management system,

Ericsson Group Management System

known as the Ericsson Group Management
System (EGMS) to drive corporate culture and
to ensure that the business is managed:
> To fulfill the objectives of Ericsson’s major
stakeholders (customers, shareholders,
employees).

> Within established risk limits and with reliable

internal control.

> In compliance with relevant applicable laws,
listing requirements, governance codes and
corporate responsibilities.

The EGMS is a framework consisting of rules
and requirements for Ericsson’s business, spec-
ified through process and organization descrip-
tions, policies, directives and instructions. The
management system is applied in all Ericsson’s
operations globally, and its consistency and
global reach is designed to build trust in the way
Ericsson works. The EGMS is founded on ISO
9001 (international standard for quality manage-
ment systems) but is designed as a dynamic
governance system, enabling Ericsson to adapt
the system to evolving demands and expecta-
tions, including new legislation as well as cus-
tomers’ and other stakeholders’ requirements.
Ericsson does not implement external require-
ments without analyzing them and putting them
into the Ericsson context.
The EGMS comprises three elements:
> Management and control
> Ericsson business processes
> Organization and resources.

Demands
and Expectations

Customers
Key Stakeholders
Business Environment

Management and Control

Vision Policies Directives

Satisfaction through
Value Deliverables

Objectives

Strategies

Results

The Ericsson
Business Processes

Performance
improvement

Performance
evaluation

Organization and Resources

Corporate Culture

148

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Management and control
Ericsson’s strategy and target-setting processes
consider the demands and expectations of
customers as well as other key stakeholders.
Ericsson uses balanced scorecards as tools
for translating strategic objectives into a set of
performance indicators for its operational units.
Based on annual strategy work, these score-
cards are updated with targets for each unit for
the next year and are communicated throughout
the organization.

Group-wide policies and directives govern
how the organization works and are core ele-
ments in managing and controlling Ericsson. The
Group Policies and Directives include, among
other things, a Code of Business Ethics, a Code
of Conduct and accounting and reporting direc-
tives to fulfill external reporting requirements.

Ericsson has a Group Steering Documents
Committee for purposes of aligning policies and
directives with Group strategies, values and
structures.

Ericsson business processes
As a market leader, Ericsson utilizes the compet-
itive advantages that are gained through global
scale and has implemented common processes
and IT tools across all operational units world-
wide. Customer requirements are identified,
clarified and formalized in Ericsson Business
Processes where requirements transform from
theory to practice. Ericsson attempts to reduce
costs with efficient and effective process flows
and with standardized internal controls and
performance indicators.

Organization and resources
Ericsson is operated in two dimensions: one
operational structure and one legal structure.
The operational structure aligns accountability
and authority regardless of country borders and
supports the process flow with cross-country
operations. In the operational structure, Ericsson
is organized in group functions, business units
and regions. The legal structure is the basis for
legal requirements and responsibility as well as
for tax and statutory reporting purposes. There
are more than 200 legal entities within the
Ericsson Group with eighty branch offices with
representation (via legal entities, branch and rep-
resentative offices) in more than 150 countries.

Chief Compliance Officer
Ericsson has a Chief Compliance Officer (CCO),
reporting to the General Counsel whose respon-
sibilities among other things include to further
develop Ericsson’s anti-corruption compliance
program. Attention from senior-management
level on anti-corruption and compliance is
crucial, as is ensuring that these matters are
addressed from a cross-functional perspective.

Ericsson’s anti-corruption compliance program
is reviewed and evaluated by the Audit Commit-
tee at least annually.

Audits, assessments and certification
The purpose of audits and assessments is to
determine levels of compliance and to provide
valuable information for understanding, analyz-
ing and continually improving performance.
Management monitors compliance with policies,
directives and processes through internal
self-assessment within all units. This is com-
plemented by internal and external audits.

Due to demands and requirements from
customers and other external stakeholders,
Ericsson sometimes needs to take decisions
on certification in order to stay competitive in
the market. Certification means that Ericsson’s
interpretation of standards or requirements are
confirmed by a third party assessment.

As the EGMS is a global system, group-wide

certificates are issued by a third party certifica-
tion body proving that the system is efficient
throughout the whole organization. Ericsson is
currently globally certified to ISO 9001 (Quality),
ISO 14001 (Environment) and OHSAS 18001
(Health & Safety). Selected Ericsson units are
also certified to additional standards, for exam-
ple ISO 27001 (Information Security) and TL
9000 (telecom-specific standard). EGMS is
also audited within the scope of the audit plan
of Ericsson’s internal audit function.

Ericsson’s external financial audits are per-
formed by PricewaterhouseCoopers, and ISO/
management system audits by Intertek. Internal
audits are performed by the company’s internal
audit function which reports to the Audit Com-
mittee.

Ericsson conducts audits of suppliers in order

to secure compliance with Ericsson’s Code of
Conduct, which includes rules that suppliers to
the Ericsson Group must comply with.

Risk management
Ericsson’s risk management is integrated into
the operational processes of the business, and
is a part of the EGMS to ensure accountability,
effectiveness, efficiency, business continuity
and compliance with corporate governance,
legal and other requirements. The Board of
Directors is also actively engaged in the Com-
pany’s risk management. Risks related to long-
term objectives are discussed and strategies are
formally approved by the Board as part of the
annual strategy process. Risks related to annual
targets for the Company are also reviewed by
the Board and then monitored continuously
during the year. Certain transactional risks
require specific Board approval, e.g. acquisi-
tions, management remuneration, borrowing or
customer finance in excess of pre-defined limits.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

149

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Operational, financial and compliance risks
Operational and financial risk
Operational risks are owned and managed by
operational units. Risk management is embed-
ded in various process controls, such as deci-
sion tollgates and approvals. Certain cross-
process risks are centrally coordinated, such
as information security, IT security, corporate
responsibility and business continuity and
insurable risks. Financial risk management is
governed by a Group policy and carried out by
the Treasury and Customer Finance functions,
both supervised by the Finance Committee. The
policy governs risk exposures related to foreign
exchange, liquidity/financing, interest rates,
credit risk and market price risk in equity instru-
ments. For further information on financial risk
management, see Notes to the consolidated
financial statements – Note C14, “Trade receiv-
ables and customer finance,” Note C19, “Inter-
est-bearing liabilities” and Note C20, “Financial
risk management and financial instruments”
in the Annual Report.

Compliance risks
Ericsson has implemented Group policies and
directives in order to comply with applicable
laws and regulations, including a Code of
Business Ethics and a Code of Conduct. Risk
management is integrated in the Company’s
business processes. Policies and controls are
implemented to comply with financial reporting
standards and stock market regulations.

Risk mitigation
Examples of significant activities to mitigate
risks are:
> Conducting regular supplier Code of Conduct

audits.

> Continuously assessing and managing risks

relating to Corporate Responsibility.

> Conducting business continuity management

in an efficient way.

> Continuously monitoring information systems

to guard against data breaches.

> Reviewing top risks and mitigating actions
at various internal governance meetings.

Strategic and tactical risks
Strategic risks constitute the highest risk to the
Company if not managed properly as they could
have a long-term impact. Ericsson therefore
reviews its long-term objectives, main strategies
and business scope on an annual basis and
continuously works on its tactics to reach these
objectives and to mitigate any risks identified.

In the annual strategy and target setting pro-
cess, objectives are set for the next three to five
years. Risks are assessed and strategies are
developed to achieve the objectives. The strat-
egy process in the Company is well established
and involves regions, business units and Group
functions. The strategy is summarized and dis-
cussed in a yearly Leadership Summit with
approximately 250 leaders from all parts of the
business. By involving all parts of the business in
the process, potential risks are identified early

Strategy process

The annual strategy and
target- setting process,
including risk management,
involves regions, business
units and Group functions.

Business strategy directives

Quantitative and qualitative situation analysis

Group management strategic direction,
strategic risk identification and mitigation

Board target approval
Review of one-year risks

Target Setting
Related risk identification
and mitigation
(12-month horizon)

Region strategy
development

Dec

Jan

Nov

Feb

Group strategy development
(five-year perspective)

Oct

Sep

Ericsson
Strategy process

Mar

Apr

Aug

May

Jul

Jun

Region strategy directives

Function strategy directives

Functional strategy
development

Strategic risk identification
and mitigation

Board quarterly risk monitoring

Review of long-term risks

Leadership Summit on strategy

Board approval of Group strategy

150

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014and mitigating actions can be incorporated in
the strategy and in the annual target-setting
process following the finalization of the strategy.
Key components in the evaluation of risk

related to Ericsson’s long-term objectives
include technology development, cyber security
related matters, industry and market fundamen-
tals, the development of the economy, the politi-
cal environment, health and environmental
aspects and laws and regulations.

The outcome of the strategy process forms
the basis for the annual target-setting process,
which involves regions, business units and
Group functions. Risks related to the targets are
identified as part of this process together with

actions to mitigate the identified risks. Follow-up
of targets, risks and mitigating actions are
reported and discussed continuously in busi-
ness unit and region steering groups and are
reviewed by the Board of Directors.

Ericsson continuously strives to improve its
risk management and believes that it is import-
ant that the entire global organization takes part
in the risk management and strategy work.
The risk management framework implemented
during 2012 has been further developed and
qualified during 2014. For more information on
risks related to Ericsson’s business, see the
chapter “Risk factors” in the Annual Report.

Process to identify and manage strategic and tactical risks for regions, business units and Group functions

The process is aligned with the strategy and target-setting process

Leadership Team meeting and workshop

Preparations

Establish
gross list

Prioritize risks

Assign
responsibility

Manage risks

Compile input:

> Business unit plan, region
plan, functional strategy
including SWOT analysis

> Preparatory meetings/

workshop

Consider the four risk
categories:

> Industry & market risks
> Commercial risks
> Operational risks
> Compliance risks

> Rank the risks based
on business impact
and probability

> Document risk heat
map in relation with
strategic objectives
(up to 5 years) and
with short-term
targets (1 year)

> Define management
response; accept,
reduce, eliminate

> Assign responsibility
for managing each
top risk

> Agree on cooperation

between units.

> Develop mitigation

actions

> Secure risk reviews in
monthly business
reports and gover-
nance meetings

Example of risk heat
map document

Risk heat maps are gener-
ated by business units,
regions and Group functions
in four risk categories:

> Industry & market
> Commercial
> Operational
> Compliance

RISK HEAT MAP (illustration only)

Time horizon 1–5 years

Industry & Market

Commercial

Operational

Compliance

)

h
g
H

m
u
d
e
M

w
o
L

(
y
t
i
l
i

b
a
b
o
r

Impact (Low, Medium, High)

Management response

Reduce

Eliminate

Risk description

Mitigating action

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

151

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Members of the Executive Leadership Team

Hans Vestberg
President and CEO (since 2010)

Jan Frykhammar
Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Head
of Group Function Finance
(since 2009)

Magnus Mandersson
Executive Vice President
(since 2011) and Head of Business
Unit Global Services (since 2010)

Johan Wibergh
Executive Vice President
(2010–January 15, 2015) and
Head of Segment Networks
(2008–January 15, 2015)

Born 1965. Bachelor of Business
Administration and Economics,
University of Uppsala, Sweden.

Born 1959. Bachelor of Business
Administration, University of Lund,
Sweden.

Born 1963. Master of Computer
Science, Linköping Institute of
Technology, Sweden.

Board Member: The Swedish
International Chamber of
Commerce and Attendo AB.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
33,291 Class B shares.

Background: Previously Senior
Vice President and Head of
Business Unit Global Services.
Various positions within Ericsson
including Sales and Business
Control in Business Unit Global
Services, CFO in North America
and Vice President, Finance and
Commercial within the Global
Customer Account Vodafone.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
44,588 Class B shares.

Background: Previously Head
of Business Unit CDMA, Market
Unit Northern Europe, Global
Customer Account Deutsche
Telekom AG and Product Area
Managed Services. Has also been
President and CEO of SEC/Tele2
Europe and COO of Millicom
International Cellular S.A.

Board Member: Confederation of
Swedish Enterprise, KTH Royal
Institute of Technology and
Teknikföretagen.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
74,006 Class B shares.

Background: Head of Business
Unit Networks 2008-2014.
Previously President of Ericsson
Brazil, President of Market Unit
Nordic and Baltics and Vice
President and Head of Sales at
Business Unit Global Services.

Board Chairman: Svenska
Handbollförbundet.

Board Member:
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
and Thernlunds AB.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
333,329 Class B shares.

Background: Previously, First
Executive Vice President, CFO and
Head of Group Function Finance
and Executive Vice President and
Head of Business Unit Global
Services. Various positions in the
Group since 1988, including Vice
President and Head of Market Unit
Mexico and Head of Finance and
Control in USA, Brazil and Chile.
International advisor to the
Governor of Guangdong, China
and co-chairman of the Russian-
Swedish Business Council.
Founding member of the
Broadband Commission for Digital
Development, and heading the
Commission’s task group on the
post-2015 development agenda.
Member of the Leadership Council
of the United Nations Sustainable
Development Solutions Network.

Effective January 15, 2015 Johan Wibergh left his previous position as Executive
Vice President and Head of Segment Networks.

Effective November 1, 2014, Group Function Marketing and Communications was
established; a merger of Group Function Communications and Marketing (which
was formerly part of Group Function Sales and Marketing). As a consequence,
Group Function Sales and Marketing was renamed Group Function Sales. Helena
Norrman heads Group Function Marketing and Communications and Jan Wäreby
heads Group Function Sales.

Effective August 1, 2014, Douglas Gilstrap, former Senior Vice President, Head of
Group Function Strategy and Chairman of Business Unit Modems, left Ericsson.

No ELT member has been appointed pursuant to an arrangement or understand-
ing with any major shareholder, customer, supplier or other person.

The Board memberships and Ericsson holdings reported above are as of December 31, 2014.
1) The number of shares includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as

holdings of any ADS, if applicable.

152

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Per Borgklint
Senior Vice President and Head of
Business Unit Support Solutions
(since 2011)

Bina Chaurasia
Senior Vice President, Chief
Human Resources Officer and
Head of Group Function Human
Resources (since 2010)

Ulf Ewaldsson
Senior Vice President, Chief
Technology Officer and Head of
Group Function Technology
(since 2012)

Nina Macpherson
Senior Vice President, General
Counsel, Head of Group Function
Legal Affairs and secretary to the
Board of Directors (since 2011)

Born 1972. Master of Science in
Business Administration,
Jönköping International Business
School, Sweden.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
5,000 Class B shares.

Background: Previously CEO of
Net1 (Ice.net), Canal Plus Nordic
and Versatel. Has also held several
leading positions at Tele2.

Born 1962. Master of Science in
Management and Human
Resources, Ohio State University,
USA, and Master of Arts in
Philosophy, University of
Wisconsin, USA.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
36,009 Class B shares.

Background: Joined Ericsson
from Hewlett Packard, where she
was Vice President of Global
Talent Management. Has held
senior HR leadership roles at Gap,
Sun Microsystems and PepsiCo/
Yum.

Born 1965. Master of Science in
Engineering and Business
Management, Linköping Institute
of Technology, Sweden.

Board Member: Lund University.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
29,913 Class B shares.

Background: Previously Head of
Product Area Radio within
Business Unit Networks. Has held
various managerial positions
within Ericsson since 1990.
Member of the European Cloud
Partnership Steering Board.

Born 1958. Master of Laws, LL.M.,
University of Stockholm, Sweden.

Board Member: The Association
for Swedish Listed Companies
and the Arbitration Institute of the
Stockholm Chamber of
Commerce (SCC).

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
16,624 Class B shares.

Background: Previously Vice
President and Deputy Head of
Group Function Legal Affairs at
Ericsson. Previous positions also
include private practice and
in-house attorney. Member of the
Swedish Securities Council.

The Board memberships and Ericsson holdings reported above are as of December 31, 2014.
1) The number of shares includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as

holdings of any ADS, if applicable.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

153

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Members of the Executive Leadership Team, cont.

Helena Norrman
Senior Vice President, Chief
Marketing and Communications
Officer and Head of Group
Function Marketing and
Communications
(since November 1, 2014)

Mats H. Olsson
Senior Vice President and Head
of Asia-Pacific (since 2013)

Rima Qureshi
Senior Vice President, Chief
Strategy Officer, Head of Group
Function Strategy and Head of
M&A (since May 1, 2014)

Angel Ruiz
Head of Region North America
(since 2010)

Born 1970. Master of International
Business Administration,
Linköping University, Sweden.

Born 1954. Master of Business
Administration, Stockholm School
of Economics, Sweden.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
18,243 Class B shares.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
90,051 Class B shares.

Background: Senior Vice
President and Head of Group
Function Communications 2011-
2014. Previously Vice President,
Communications Operations at
Group Function Communications.
Has held various positions within
Ericsson’s global communications
organization since 1998. Previous
positions as communications
consultant.

Background: International
economic advisor to a number of
Chinese provincial and municipal
governments. Head of Region
North East Asia, 2010–2012. Has
held various executive positions
across the Asia-Pacific region for
more than 25 years, including
Head of Market Unit Greater China
and Head of Market Unit South
East Asia.

Born 1965. Bachelor of
Information Systems and Master
of Business Administration, McGill
University, Montreal, Canada.

Board Member: MasterCard
Incorporated and the Supervisory
Board of Wolters Kluwer NV.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
9,178 Class B shares.

Background: Senior Vice
President Strategic Projects 2013–
2014, and Head of Business Unit
CDMA Mobile Systems, 2010–
2012. Previously Vice President of
Strategic Improvement Program
and Vice President Product Area
Customer Support. Has held
various positions within Ericsson
since 1993.

Born 1956. Bachelor of Electrical
Engineering, University of Central
Florida, USA, and Master of
Management Science and
Information Systems, Johns
Hopkins University, USA.

Board Member: CTIA–The
Wireless Association and Liberty
Mutual Holding Company.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
79,962 Class B shares.

Background: Joined Ericsson in
1990 and has held a variety of
technical, sales and managerial
positions within the Company,
including heading up the global
account teams for Cingular/SBC/
BellSouth (now AT&T). Was
appointed Head of Market Unit
North America in 2001. Member
of the US National Security
Telecommunications Advisory
Committee (NSTAC).

The Board memberships and Ericsson holdings reported above are as of December 31, 2014.
1) The number of shares includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as

holdings of any ADS, if applicable.

154

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Anders Thulin
Senior Vice President, Chief
Information Officer and Head of
Group Function Business
Excellence and Common
Functions (since 2013)

Born 1963. Degree in Economics
and Business Administration from
Stockholm School of Economics,
Sweden, including MBA studies at
the Western University, Ivey
Business School, Canada.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
3,677 Class B shares.

Background: Joined Ericsson
from McKinsey & Co where he
was senior partner. Has more than
20 years of experience in
implementing business excellence
across diverse industries,
including IT and telecom.

Jan Wäreby
Senior Vice President and Head of
Group Function Sales (since
November 1, 2014)

Born 1956. Master of Science,
Chalmers University, Gothenburg,
Sweden.

Board Member: None.

Holdings in Ericsson 1):
98,314 Class B shares.

Background: Senior Vice
President and Head of Group
Function Sales and Marketing
2011-2014. Previously Senior Vice
President and Head of Business
Unit Multimedia and Executive
Vice President and Head of Sales
and Marketing for Sony Ericsson
Mobile Communications.

Auditor

According to the Articles of Association, the Parent Com-
pany shall have no less than one and no more than three
registered public accounting firms as external indepen-
dent auditor. Ericsson’s auditor is currently elected each
year at the AGM pursuant to the Swedish Companies Act
for a one-year mandate period. The auditor reports to the
shareholders at General Meetings.
The duties of the auditor include:

> Updating the Board of Directors regarding the plan-
ning, scope and content of the annual audit work
> Reviewing the interim reports to assess that the finan-
cial statements are presented fairly in all material
respects and providing review opinions over the
interim reports for the third and fourth quarters and the
year-end financial statements

> Reviewing and providing an audit opinion over the

Annual Report

> Advising the Board of Directors of non-audit services
performed, the consideration paid and other issues
that determine the auditor’s independence.

Auditing work is carried out by the auditor continuously
throughout the year. For further information on the con-
tacts between the Board and the auditor, please see
“Work of the Board of Directors” earlier in this Corporate
Governance Report.

Current auditor
PricewaterhouseCoopers AB was elected auditor at the
AGM 2014 for a period of one year, i.e. until the close of
the AGM 2015.

PricewaterhouseCoopers AB has appointed Peter

Nyllinge, Authorized Public Accountant, to serve as
auditor in charge.

Fees to the auditor
Ericsson paid the fees (including expenses) for audit-
related and other services listed in the table in Notes to
the consolidated financial statements – Note C30, “Fees
to auditors” in the Annual Report.

The Board memberships and Ericsson holdings reported above are as of December 31, 2014.
1) The number of shares includes holdings by related natural and legal persons, as well as

holdings of any ADS, if applicable.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

155

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Corporate Governance Report

Internal control over financial reporting 2014

This section has been prepared in accordance with the
Annual Accounts Act and the Swedish Corporate Gover-
nance Code and is limited to internal control over financial
reporting.

Since Ericsson is listed in the United States, the
requirements outlined in the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX)
apply. These regulate the establishment and mainte-
nance of internal controls over financial reporting as well
as management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the
controls.

In order to support high quality reporting and to meet
the requirement of SOX, the Company has implemented
detailed documented controls and testing and reporting
procedures based on the internationally established 2013
COSO framework for internal control. The COSO frame-
work is issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organi-
zations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

Management’s internal control report according to
SOX will be included in Ericsson’s Annual Report on Form
20-F and filed with the SEC in the United States.

Disclosure policies
Ericsson’s financial disclosure policies aim to ensure
transparent, relevant and consistent communication
with equity and debt investors on a timely, fair and equal
basis. This will support a fair market value for Ericsson
securities. Ericsson wants current and potential investors
to have a good understanding of how the Company
works, including operational performance, prospects
and potential risks.

To achieve these objectives, financial reporting and

disclosure must be:
> Transparent – enhancing understanding of the eco-
nomic drivers and operational performance of the
business, building trust and credibility.

> Consistent – comparable in scope and level of detail
to facilitate comparison between reporting periods.
> Simple – to support understanding of business opera-
tions and performance and to avoid misinterpretations.
> Relevant – with focus on what is relevant to Ericsson’s
stakeholders or required by regulation or listing agree-
ments, to avoid information overload.

> Timely – with regularly scheduled disclosures as well
as ad-hoc information, such as press releases on
important events, performed in a timely manner.
> Fair and equal – where all material information is

published via press releases to ensure that the whole
investor community receives the information at the
same time.

> Complete, free from material errors and a reflection of
best practice – disclosures compliant with applicable
financial reporting standards and listing requirements
and in line with industry norms.

Ericsson’s website comprises comprehensive
information on the Group, including:
> An archive of annual and interim reports.
> Access to recent news.

Disclosure controls and procedures
Ericsson has controls and procedures in place to allow
for timely disclosure in accordance with applicable laws
and regulations, including the US Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, and under agreements with Nasdaq Stock-
holm and NASDAQ New York. These procedures also
require that such information is provided to management,
including the CEO and the CFO, so timely decisions can
be made regarding required disclosure.

The Disclosure Committee comprises members with
various expertise. It assists management in fulfilling their
responsibility regarding disclosures made to the share-
holders and the investment community. One of the main
tasks of the committee is to monitor the integrity and
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures.
Ericsson has investments in certain entities that the
Company does not control or manage. With respect to
such entities, disclosure controls and procedures are
substantially more limited than those maintained with
respect to subsidi aries.

Ericsson’s President and CEO and the CFO evaluated
the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and
concluded that they were effective at a reasonable assur-
ance level as of December 31, 2014. Any controls and
procedures, no matter how well designed and operated,
can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the
desired control objectives.

Internal control over financial reporting
Ericsson has integrated risk management and internal
control into its business processes. As defined in the
COSO framework, internal control is an aggregation of
components such as a control environment, risk assess-
ment, control activities, information and communication
and monitoring.

During the period covered by the Annual Report 2014,

there were no changes to the internal control over finan-
cial reporting that have materially affected, or are reason-
ably likely to materially affect, the internal control over
financial reporting.

Control environment
The Company’s internal control structure is based on the
division of tasks between the Board of Directors and its
Committees and the President and CEO. The Company
has implemented a management system that is based on:
> Steering documents, such as policies, directives and a

Code of Business Ethics.
> A strong corporate culture.
> The Company’s organization and mode of operations,
with well-defined roles and responsibilities and dele-
gations of authority.

> Several well-defined Group-wide processes for plan-

ning, operations and support.

The most essential parts of the control environment
relative to financial reporting are included in steering
documents and processes for accounting and financial
reporting. These steering documents are updated
regularly to include, among other things:

156

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 > Changes to laws.
> Financial reporting standards and listing requirements,

such as IFRS and SOX.

The processes include specific controls to be performed
to ensure high quality financial reports. The management
of each reporting legal entity, region and business unit is
supported by a financial controller function with execu-
tion of controls related to transactions and reporting. The
financial controller functions are organized in a number of
Company Control Hubs, each supporting a number of
legal entities within a geographical area. A financial con-
troller function is also established on Group level, report-
ing to the CFO.

Risk assessment
Risks of material misstatements in financial reporting
may exist in relation to recognition and measurement of
assets, liabilities, revenue and cost or insufficient disclo-
sure. Other risks related to financial reporting include
fraud, loss or embezzlement of assets and undue favor-
able treatment of counterparties at the expense of the
Company.

Policies and directives regarding accounting and
financial reporting cover areas of particular significance
to support correct, complete and timely accounting,
reporting and disclosure.

Identified types of risks are mitigated through well-
defined business processes with integrated risk manage-
ment activities, segregation of duties and appropriate
delegation of authority. This requires specific approval
of material transactions and ensures adequate asset
management.

Control activities
The Company’s business processes include financial
controls regarding the approval and accounting of busi-
ness transactions. The financial closing and reporting
process has controls regarding recognition, measure-
ment and disclosure. These include the application of
critical accounting policies and estimates, in individual
subsidiaries as well as in the consolidated accounts.
Regular analyses of the financial results for each

subsidiary, region and business unit cover the significant
elements of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and cash
flow. Together with further analysis of the consolidated
financial statements performed at Group level, these
procedures are designed to produce financial reports
without material errors.

For external financial reporting purposes, the Disclo-
sure Committee performs additional control procedures
to review whether the disclosure requirements are fulfilled.
The Company has implemented controls to ensure
that financial reports are prepared in accordance with its
internal accounting and reporting policies and IFRS as
well as with relevant listing regulations. It maintains

detailed documentation on internal controls related to
accounting and financial reporting. It also keeps records
on the monitoring of the execution and results of such
controls. This allows the President and CEO and the CFO
to assess the effectiveness of the controls in a way that is
compliant with SOX.

Entity-wide controls, focusing on the control environ-

ment and compliance with financial reporting policies
and directives, are implemented in all subsidiaries.
Detailed process controls and documentation of controls
performed are also implemented in almost all subsidiaries,
covering the items with significant materiality and risk.

In order to secure compliance, governance and risk
management in the areas of legal entity accounting and
taxation, as well as securing funding and equity levels,
the Company operates through a Company Control hub
structure, covering subsidiaries in each respective geo-
graphical area.

Based on a common IT platform, a common chart of
account and common master data, the hubs and shared
services centers perform accounting and financial
reporting services for most subsidiaries.

Information and communication
The Company’s information and communication chan-
nels support complete, correct and timely financial
reporting by making all relevant internal process instruc-
tions and policies accessible to all the employees
concerned. Regular updates and briefing documents
regarding changes in accounting policies, reporting
and disclosure requirements are also supplied.

Subsidiaries and operating units prepare regular finan-
cial and management reports for internal steering groups
and Company management. These include analysis
and comments on financial performance and risks. The
Board of Directors receives financial reports monthly.
Ericsson has established whistleblower procedures for
the reporting of alleged violations that:
> are conducted by Group or local management, and
> relate to corruption, questionable accounting or audit-
ing matters or otherwise seriously affect vital interests
of the Group or personal health and safety.

Monitoring
The Company’s process for financial reporting is
reviewed annually by the management. This forms a
basis for evaluating the internal management system and
internal steering documents to ensure that they cover all
significant areas related to financial reporting. The shared
service center and company control hub management
continuously monitor accounting quality through a set of
performance indicators. Compliance with policies and
directives is monitored through annual self-assessments
and representation letters from heads and company
controllers in all subsidiaries as well as in business units
and regions.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

157

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The Company’s financial performance is also reviewed at
each Board meeting. The Committees of the Board fulfill
important monitoring functions regarding remuneration,
borrowing, investments, customer finance, cash man-
agement, financial reporting and internal control. The
Audit Committee and the Board of Directors review all

interim and annual financial reports before they are
released to the market. The Company’s internal audit
function reports directly to the Audit Committee. The
Audit Committee also receives regular reports from the
external auditor. The Audit Committee follows up on
any actions taken to improve or modify controls.

Board of Directors

Stockholm, February 20, 2015

Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ)
Org. no. 556016-0680

Auditor’s report on the
corporate governance report

To the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders in
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ), Corporate
Identity Number 556016-0680.

It is the Board of Directors who is responsible for the
corporate governance report for the year 2014 and that
it has been prepared in accordance with the Annual
Accounts Act.

We have read the corporate governance report and
based on that reading and our knowledge of the com-

pany and the group we believe that we have a sufficient
basis for our opinions. This means that our statutory
examination of the corporate governance report is differ-
ent and substantially less in scope than an audit con-
ducted in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing and generally accepted auditing standards in
Sweden.

In our opinion, the corporate governance report has
been prepared and its statutory content is consistent with
the annual accounts and the consolidated accounts.

Stockholm, February 20, 2015
PricewaterhouseCoopers AB

Peter Nyllinge
Authorized Public Accountant
Auditor in charge

Bo Hjalmarsson
Authorized Public Accountant

158

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014

Connected talents

Ericsson’s technology and services enable change
and change makers around the world. One of the
new business models that the networked society has
enabled is crowdsourcing which allows global talent
to contribute and develop new ideas or concepts.
The crowdsourcing project that DJ/producer Avicii
launched in 2013 is an example of how music has
the ability not only to reach millions of fans, but also
be created by thousands, through communication

technology. As advancements in mobility provide
more ways to communicate, expression is no longer
limited to one device or one person. Connected
individuals participated in the creation process of
the new single and Avicii received almost 13 000
contributions of which the best were picked. The
world’s first collaborative or crowdsourced hit single
“Avicii X You” became a platinum hit.

Corporate Governance – Corporate Governance Report

159

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

REmuNERATION REPORT

Introduction

This report outlines how the remuneration policy is implemented
throughout Ericsson in line with corporate governance best prac-
tice, with specific references to Group management.

The work of the Remuneration Committee in 2014 and the
remuneration policy are explained at the beginning of the report,
followed by descriptions of plans and their outcome.

More details on the remuneration of Group management and

Board members’ fees can be found in the Notes to the Consoli-
dated financial statements – Note C28, “Information regarding
members of the Board of Directors, the Group management and
employees.”

Board member remuneration is resolved annually by the

Annual General Meeting.

The Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee advises the Board of Directors on
a regular basis on the remuneration to the Group management,
consisting of the Executive Leadership Team (ELT). This includes
fixed salaries, pensions, other benefits and short-term and long-
term variable compensation, all in the context of pay and employ-
ment conditions throughout Ericsson. The Remuneration Com-
mittee reviews and prepares for resolution by the Board:
> Proposals on salary and other remuneration, including retire-

ment compensation, for the President and CEO.

> Proposals on targets for the short-term variable compensation

for the President and CEO.

> Proposals to the Annual General Meeting on guidelines for

remuneration to the ELT.

> Proposals to the Annual General Meeting on long-term variable

compensation and similar equity arrangements.

The responsibility of the Remuneration Committee is also to:
> Approve proposals on salary and other remuneration, including
retirement compensation, for the Executive Vice Presidents
and other ELT members.

> Approve proposals on targets for the short-term variable

compensation for the Executive Vice Presidents and other
ELT members.

> Approve pay out of the short-term variable compensation for

the ELT, based on achievements and performance.

The Remuneration Committee’s work forms the foundation for the
governance of Ericsson’s remuneration processes, together with
Ericsson’s internal systems and audit controls. The Committee is
chaired by Leif Johansson and its other members are Börje
Ekholm, Roxanne S. Austin, and Karin Åberg. All the members are
non-executive directors, independent (except for the employee
representative) as required by the Swedish Corporate Gover-
nance Code and have relevant knowledge and experience of
remuneration matters.

The Company’s General Counsel acts as secretary to the
Committee. The President and CEO, the Senior Vice President,
Head of Human Resources and the Vice President, Head of Total
Rewards attend Remuneration Committee meetings by invitation
and assist the Committee in its considerations, except when
issues relating to their own remuneration are being discussed.

The Remuneration Committee has appointed an independent
expert advisor, Piia Pilv, to assist and advise the Committee. The
independent advisor provided no other services to the Company
during 2014. The Remuneration Committee is also furnished with
national and international pay data collected from external survey
providers and can call on other independent expertise, should it
so require. The Chairman strives to ensure that contact is main-
tained, as necessary and appropriate, with shareholders regard-
ing remuneration.

Further information on the Remuneration Committee and its

responsibilities can be found in the Corporate Governance
Report. These responsibilities, together with the Guidelines for
remuneration to Group management (ELT) and the Long-Term
Variable (LTV) compensation program is reviewed and evaluated
annually in light of matters such as changes to corporate gover-
nance best practice or changes to accounting, legislation, political
opinion or business practices among peers. This helps to ensure
that the policy continues to provide Ericsson with a competitive
remuneration strategy.

The Guidelines for remuneration to Group management are, in
accordance with Swedish law, brought to shareholders annually
for approval.

The Remuneration Committee met six times during the

year 2014.

The winter meetings focused on following up on results from
the 2013 variable compensation programs and preparing propos-
als to shareholders for the 2014 Annual General Meeting (AGM).
Based on the Committee’s proposal, the AGM decided to adjust

Remuneration policy

Remuneration at Ericsson is based on the principles of per-
formance, competitiveness and fairness. The remuneration
policy, together with the mix of remuneration elements, is
designed to reflect these principles by creating a balanced
remuneration package. The Guidelines for remuneration to

Group management 2014, approved by the AGM, can
be found in Note C28. The auditor’s report regarding
whether the company has complied with the guide lines
for remuneration to the ELT during 2014 is posted on the
Ericsson website.

160

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014
the 2014 Guidelines for Remuneration to Group management by
deleting the reference to normal retirement age between 60 and
65 years. The reason for this change is that all new retirement
schemes for ELT members are defined contribution plans and
thus the retirement age is not relevant. Also, the Committee pro-
posed to the Board of Directors to approve the LTV 2011 vesting
result. In the summer the committee reviewed alternative LTV plan
designs. The Committee based its considerations on business
needs, analyses and reviews of the global market trends and
feedback from shareholders and institutions. Supported by the
independent advisor, the Committee reviewed the competitive-
ness of the ELT remuneration in the global market. The Committee
also reviewed the ELT severance conditions and adjusted two ELT
members’ remuneration following a re-organization.

Evaluation of the Guidelines for remuneration to Group
management and of the LTV program
The Remuneration Committee supports the Board with the review
and evaluation of the Guidelines for remuneration to Group man-
agement and Ericsson’s application of these guidelines. The
Committee and the Board have concluded that the guidelines
remain valid and right for Ericsson and that the guidelines should
not be materially changed for 2015.

Furthermore, the Remuneration Committee is of the opinion

that the LTV program fulfills the defined objectives to promote
“One Ericsson”. The number of participants as of December 1,
2014 was approximately 32,000 employees, compared to 29,000
employees as of December 1, 2013. The evaluation also confirms
that the Key Contributor Retention Plan meets the purpose of
retaining the Company’s key employees. The voluntary attrition
rate among Key Contributors is about two-thirds compared to the
attrition rate in the total number of employees. After a thorough
review of alternative LTV designs, the Committee concluded not
to propose any changes in the 2015 Executive Performance Stock
plan but will continue to explore alternatives.

Total remuneration

When considering the remuneration of an individual, it is the total
remuneration that matters. First, the total annual cash compensa-
tion is defined, consisting of the target level of short-term variable
compensation plus fixed salary. Thereafter, target long-term vari-
able compensation may be added to get to the total target com-
pensation and, finally, pension and other benefits may be added
to arrive at the total remuneration.

For the ELT, remuneration consists of fixed salary, short-term
and long-term variable compensation, pension and other benefits.
If the size of any one of these elements is increased or decreased
when setting the remuneration, at least one other element has to
change if the competitive position is to remain unchanged.

The remuneration costs for the CEO and the ELT are reported

in Note C28.

Fixed salary
When setting fixed salaries, the Remuneration Committee con-
siders the impact on total remuneration, including pensions and
associated costs. The absolute levels are determined based on
the size and complexity of the position and the year-to-year
performance of the individual. Together with other elements of
remuneration, ELT salaries are subject to an annual review by
the Remuneration Committee, which considers external pay
data to ensure that levels of pay remain competitive and appro-
priate to the remuneration policy.

Variable compensation
Ericsson strongly believes that, where possible, variable comp-
ensation should be encouraged as an integral part of total remu-
neration. First and foremost, this aligns employees with clear and
relevant targets, but it also enables more flexible payroll costs
and emphasizes the link between performance and pay.

All variable compensation plans have maximum award and
vesting limits. Short-term variable compensation is to a greater
extent dependent on the performance of the specific unit or func-
tion, while long-term variable compensation is dependent on the
achievements of the Ericsson Group.

Short-term variable compensation payouts as percentage
of opportunity

Fixed salary, short-term and long-term variable compensation
as percentage of total target compensation

100

61.9

60.4

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

CEO
Average ELT excl. CEO

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

CEO

35.8

Gör så här: Färglägg inte från
paletten. Markera staplar med vita
pilen. Välj Object–Graph–Column.
Average
Där väljer man färg och ev tint.
ELT excl.
Kolla särskilt att “Sliding” är valt på
CEO
“Column type”.

55.6

28.7

35.5

27.8

16.7

100

Type–Options:
1 stapel: 76% 70%
2 staplar: 80% 80%

Fixed salary 2014
Short-Term Variable Target 2014
Long-Term Variable at half of max 2014

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

Type–Options:
1 stapel: 76% 70%
2 staplar: 80% 80%

Corporate Governance – Remuneration report

161

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014CORPORATE GOVERNANCE – Remuneration report

Summaries of 2014 short- and long-term variable compensation

What we call it

What is it?

What is the objective?

Who participates?

How is it earned?

Short-term: Compensation delivered over twelve months or less

Fixed salary

Short-Term Variable
compensation (STV)

Fixed compensation
paid at set times

A variable plan that is
measured and paid over
a single year

Attract and retain employees,
delivering part of annual
compensation in a predictable format

Align employees with clear and
relevant targets, providing an
earnings opportunity in return for
performance, and flexible cost

All employees

Enrolled employees, including
Executive Leadership Team.
Approximately 86,000 in 2014

Market appropriate levels set
according to position and evaluated
according to individual performance

Achievements against set targets.
Reward can increase to up to twice
the target level and decrease to zero,
depending on performance

Sales Incentive Plans

Tailored versions of
the STV

As for STV, tailored for local or
business requirements, such as sales

Employees in sales.
Approximately 3,000 in 2014

Similar to STV. All plans have
maximum award and vesting limits

Long-term: Compensation delivered over three years or more

Stock Purchase Plan
(SPP)

All-employee stock-
based plan

Key Contributor
Retention Plan (KC)

Share-based plan for
selected individuals

Reinforce a “One Ericsson” mentality
and align employees’ interests with
those of shareholders

Recognize, retain and motivate key
contributors for performance, critical
skills and potential

All employees are eligible

Up to 10% of employees

Executive Performance
Stock Plan (EPSP)

Share-based plan for
senior managers

Compensation for long-term
commitment and value creation

Senior managers, including
Executive Leadership Team

Buy one share and it will be matched
by one share after three years if still
employed

If selected, get one more matching
share in addition to the SPP one

Get up to four, six or, for CEO, nine
further shares matched to each SPP
share for long-term performance

Ericsson measures business performance according to five cate-
gories of measurements derived from the overall strategy: growing
sales faster than market, best-in-class operating margin, strong
cash conversion, customer satisfaction and employee engage-
ment. These categories form the basis for the short- and long-
term variable compensation programs and set the framework of
what measurements shall be used for variable compensation.

Short-term variable compensation
Annual variable compensation is delivered through cash-based
programs. Specific business targets are derived from the annual
business plan approved by the Board of Directors and, in turn,
defined by the Company’s long-term strategy. Ericsson strives to
grow faster than the market with best-in-class margins and strong
cash conversion and therefore the starting point is to have three
core targets:
> Net sales growth
> Operating income
> Cash flow

For the ELT, targets are thus predominantly financial at either
Group level (for Heads of Group functions) or at the individual unit
level (for Heads of regions or business units) and may also include
operational targets like customer satisfaction and employee
engagement.

The chart on previous page illustrates how payouts to the

ELT have varied with performance over the past five years.

The Board of Directors and the Remuneration Committee
decide on all targets for Group management which are cascaded
to unit-related targets throughout the Company, always subject to
a two-level management approval process. The Remuneration
Committee monitors the appropriateness and fairness of Group
target levels throughout the performance year and has the author-
ity to revise them should they cease to be relevant or stretching or
to enhance shareholder value.

During 2014, approximately 89,000 employees participated in

short-term variable compensation plans.

Long-term variable compensation
Share-based long-term variable compensation plans are sub-
mitted each year for approval by shareholders at the AGM.

All long-term variable compensation plans are designed to form
part of a well-balanced total remuneration package and to span
over a minimum of three years. As these are variable plans, out-
comes are unknown and rewards depend on long-term personal
investment, corporate performance and resulting share price per-
formance. During 2014, share-based compensation was made
up of three different but linked plans: the all-employee Stock Pur-
chase Plan, the Key Contributor Retention Plan and the Executive
Performance Stock Plan.

The Stock Purchase Plan
The all-employee Stock Purchase Plan is designed to offer,
where practicable, an incentive for all employees to participate.
This reinforces “One Ericsson,” aligned with shareholder interests.
Employees can save up to 7.5% of gross fixed salary (the Presi-
dent and CEO can save up to 10% of gross fixed salary and short-
term variable compensation) for purchase of Class B shares at
market price on Nasdaq Stockholm or ADSs on NASDAQ New
York (contribution shares) over a 12-month period. If the contribu-
tion shares are retained by the employee for three years after the
investment and employment with the Ericsson Group continues
during that time, the employee’s shares will be matched with a
corresponding number of Class B shares or ADSs, as applicable.
The plan was introduced in 2002 and employees in 71 countries
participated during its first year. In December 2014, the number
of participants was over 32,000, or approximately 30% of eligible
employees in 102 countries.

Participants save each month, beginning with the August

payroll, towards quarterly investments. These investments
(in November, February, May and August) are matched on the
third anniversary of each such investment and hence the
matching spans over two financial years and two tax years.

The Key Contributor Retention Plan
The Key Contributor Retention Plan is part of Ericsson’s talent
management strategy. It is designed to recognize individuals for
performance, critical skills and potential as well as to encourage
retention of key employees.

Under the program, operating units around the world can nom-

inate up to 10% of employees worldwide. Each unit nominates
individuals that have been identified according to performance,

162

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Short-term variable compensation structure

CEO 2013
CEO 2014
Average ELT 2013 1)
Average ELT 2014 1)

Short-term variable compensation
as percentage of fixed salary

Percentage of short-term variable compensation
maximal opportunity

Target level Maximum level

Actual paid

40%
80%
37%
54%

80%
160%
74%
107%

25%
99%
36%
59%

Group financial
targets

Unit/functional
financial targets

Non-financial
targets

100%
100%
53%
46%

0%
0%
25%
23%

0%
0%
22%
31%

1) Excludes CEO, differences in target and maximum levels from year to year are due to changes in the composition of the ELT.

critical skills and potential. The nominations are calibrated in
management teams locally and are reviewed by both local and
corporate Human Resources to ensure that there is a minimum
of bias and a strong belief in the system.

Participants selected obtain one extra matching share in
addition to the one matching share for each contribution share
purchased under the Stock Purchase Plan during a 12-month
investment period. The plan was introduced in 2004.

The Executive Performance Stock Plan
The Executive Performance Stock Plan was first introduced in
2004. The plan is designed to focus management on driving long-
term financial performance and to provide market-competitive
remuneration. Senior managers, including the ELT, are selected
to obtain up to four or six extra shares (performance-matching
shares). This is in addition to the one matching share for each con-
tribution share purchased under the all-employee Stock Purchase
Plan. Performance matching is subject to the fulfillment of perfor-
mance targets. Since 2010, the President and CEO may obtain
up to nine performance-matching shares in addition to the Stock
Purchase Plan matching share for each contribution share.
In the 2004 to 2010 plans, the performance targets were

Earnings Per Share (EPS) targets.

To support the long-term strategy and value creation of the
Company, new targets have been in place since the 2011 plan.
At the AGM 2014, the following targets for the 2014 Executive
Performance Stock Plan were resolved on proposal by the Board:
> Net Sales Growth: Up to one-third of the award will vest if the
compound annual growth rate of consolidated net sales is
between 2 and 8% comparing 2016 financial results to 2013.
> Operating Income Growth: Up to one-third of the award will

vest if the compound annual growth rate of consolidated oper-
ating income is between 5 and 15% comparing 2016 financial
results to 2013.

> Cash Conversion: Up to one third of the award will vest if cash
conversion is at or above 70% during each of the years 2014–
2016 and vesting one ninth of the total award for each year the
target is achieved.

Before the number of performance shares to be matched are
finally determined, the Board of Directors shall examine whether
the performance matching is reasonable considering the Compa-
ny’s financial results and position, conditions on the stock market
and other circumstances, and if not, as determined by the Board
of Directors, reduce the number of performance shares to be
matched to the lower number of shares deemed appropriate by
the Board of Directors. When undertaking its evaluation of per-
formance, the Board of Directors will consider, in particular, the
impact of larger acquisitions, divestitures, the creation of joint
ventures and any other significant capital event on the three
targets on a case-by-case basis.

Benefits and terms of employment
Pension benefits follow the competitive practice in the employee’s
home country and may contain various supplementary plans, in
addition to any national system for social security. Where possible,
pension plans are operated on a defined contribution basis. Under
these plans, Ericsson pays in contributions but does not guaran-
tee the ultimate benefit, unless local regulations or legislation
prescribe that defined benefit plans that do give such guarantees
have to be offered.

For the President and CEO and other members of the ELT
employed in Sweden before 2011, a supplementary pension plan
is applied in addition to the occupational pension plan for salaried
staff on the Swedish labor market (ITP). The retirement age for
these ELT members is normally 60 years.

The ELT members employed in Sweden from 2011 are normally

covered by the defined contribution plan under the ITP1 scheme,
with a retirement age of 65 years.

For members of the ELT who are not employed in Sweden,

local market competitive pension arrangements apply.

Other benefits, such as company cars and medical insurance,

are also set to be competitive in the local market. The ELT mem-
bers may not receive loans from the Company.

The ELT members locally employed in Sweden have a mutual

notice period of up to six months. Upon termination of employ-
ment by the Company, severance pay can amount to up to
18 months’ fixed salary. For other ELT members, different notice
periods and severance pay agreements apply; however, no
agreement exceeds the notice period of six months or the
severance pay period of 18 months.

Remuneration policy in practice

Ericsson has taken a number of measures over the years to
enhance the understanding of how the company translates remu-
neration principles and policy into practice. The first step was
the launch of an internal remuneration website where it provide
e-learning and training program solutions targeted for line manag-
ers. This was followed by the development and implementation
of an Integrated Human Resources IT tool. During 2014 enhance-
ments of the IT tool and intensified briefings of line managers
on pay principles and their practical execution enabled further
progress towards a globally consistent implementation of core
principles while allowing room for adaptation to local legislation
and pay markets.

Corporate Governance – Remuneration report

163

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FOR INVESTORS – Ericsson and the capital market

Ericsson and the
capital market

Roadshows and
Conferences in 2014

Nordic 12%

UK 24%

Rest of Europe 26%

US 21%

Asia 10%

Other 7%

Number of IR activities 2014

278

300

250

200

150

100

179

150

One-on-one meetings

Group meetings

Conference calls

Roadshows

Investor conferences

Purpose of the capital markets
communications
Ericsson’s overall goal is to create shareholder
value. This is achieved through a number of
objectives, both financial and non-financial,
including growing faster than the market with
best-in-class margins and strong cash con-
version.

The communication with the capital market

aims to support the Company’s overall goal
by ensuring increased understanding and
decreased volatility through transparency and
clear messages. The Investor Relations depart-
ment serves as the bridge between the Compa-
ny’s strategic planning , development and activi-
ties, and the external valuation and perception.

Transparency means giving transparent, rele-
vant and consistent communication, on a timely,
fair and equal basis and making sure the stake-
holders are updated. Over the years, the stake-
holders have become more diverse, which has
increased the importance of clear and concise
messages to the financial market.

Goals and measurement
Obs! Gjord med column
Perception studies are carried out on a regular
design. Prata med
basis to gauge the perceptions of messages at
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.
capital markets days, the web site, road shows
and the availability of IR and the executive man-
Gör så här: Färglägg inte från
agement.
paletten. Markera staplar med vita
pilen. Välj Object–Graph–Column.
Ericsson aims to maintain a long-term rela-
Där väljer man färg och ev tint.
tionship with its owners, and the IR department
Kolla särskilt att “Sliding” är valt på
“Column type”.
monitors shareholder turnover on a regular basis.

IR activities are linked to the Company
strategy and development
Throughout the year, the IR department carries
out a number of activities aiming at meeting the

goals of transparent communication and
increased understanding; capital markets days,
road shows, meetings with investors and analysts
etc. IR also participates in all communications
surrounding the Company’s activities, product
launches, quarterly earnings, M&A-activities etc,
to ensure that financial communication is clear
and relevant for the capital market.

Working with other functions in the company
IR also works together with other Group func-
tions, e.g. Strategy and Treasury. While commu-
nication with the rating institutions primarily falls
with Treasury, the IR department is also involved
on a regular basis.

With strong growth in Ericsson’s operations in
the US, coupled with a larger shareholder base,
the US market has grown in importance in recent
years. To match strong operations with local
funding, Ericsson launched a bond program in
the US in 2012. Treasury and IR do a joint annual
roadshow to meet bondholders in the US market.

Activities at Industry events
IR also participates at important industry events
such as the annual Mobile World Congress.
The IR activities include communication relating
to important Company news, but also setting up
meetings between Com pany spokespeople and
different stakeholders to facilitate their under-
standing of how important news and activities
relate to the Company’s goals and strategy.

IR in Transformation
Ericsson is transforming from a leader in telecom-
munications and related services into a leader in
the ICT arena.

Important activities during the year

> At the Mobile World Con-
gress in Barcelona in Feb-
ruary, Ericsson announced
several new products and
contracts. Investor and
analysts meetings were
held with management
and spokespersons.

> At the Annual General Meeting
of shareholders in April, CEO
Hans Vestberg outlined the
vision to hold the leadership
position in the rapidly deve-
loping Networked Society,
and talked about the ongoing
transition in the Com pany.

> CEO Hans Vestberg made
a key note speech and held
investor meetings at an
investor conference in Paris
in June.

164

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Share price development during the year

SEK

120

100

Volume, 000’s

42,000

35,000

28,000

21,000

14,000

7,000

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

Important events during the year

Q4 Report, January: Sales
flat YoY while gross margin
improved driven by changed
business mix. A signed
cross-licensing agreement
with Samsung contributed to
both Sales and Income.

Q1 Report, April: Gross
margin improved YoY
driven by strong capacity
business, while sales
declined primarily due to
reduced mobile broad-
band coverage activities.

AGM, April: The proposed
dividend of SEK 3,00 (SEK 2,75)
was approved at the AGM.
Record date was April 16.

Volume traded at Nasdaq Stockholm, 000’s

Ericsson, B

OMX Stockholm

Q2 Report, July: Sequential
sales growth was driven by
North America, China and
Brazil. Continued strong
capacity business had a
positive impact on the result.

Modems announcement,
September: Announced
discontinued development
of modems business – with
an estimated significant
reduction in costs related
to modems in the 1st half
of 2015.

Q3 Report, October: Sales
growth YoY was driven by
Middle East, China, India and
Russia, partly offset by lower
sales in North America.
Revalu ation of currency hedge
contracts had a significant
negative effect on income.

CMD, November: Ericsson
announced a cost saving
program of SEK 9 billion, at
the Capital Markets Day in
Stockholm.

New stakeholders – new focus areas
Simultaneously, the stakeholders in the
capital market have also transformed in recent
years; from industry-specialists focusing
on the technology sector to generalists
covering several sectors. It has become
increasingly important for the financial

communication to make it easy for stake-
holders to make the connection between
the Company’s activ ities and development
and its long-term strategy, thus putting
higher demands on clear messages.

With almost two thirds of Ericsson’s
holdings outside of Sweden, IR needs to

have an understanding of focus areas,
questions and issues in other parts of the
world. The demand for availability at a
global level also means working with
other tools besides regular meetings,
such as digital media.

> During the UN week in New York, CEO
Hans Vestberg and Elaine Weidman-
Grunewald, head of Sustainability and
CR, talked about Ericsson’s role and
vision of the networked society and
how Sustainability and CR is an
integral part of this vision.

> In November, Ericsson arranged
the annual Capital Markets Day in
Stockholm with more than 200
participants. For more information
see page 167.

> CFO Jan Frykhammar held a speech
and investor meetings at an investor
conference in Barcelona in November.

For investors – Ericsson and the capital market

165

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FOR INVESTORS – Ericsson and the capital market

Investors and financial
analysts Q&a

What is the sales development and
market trend in North America?
After a few years of major LTE network
build outs, the business in North America
during 2014 were driven by network quality
and capacity expansion business. This
was a consequence of the continued
increase in user demand for mobile data.
Full-year sales declined, driven by lower
network sales as a result of large mobile
broadband coverage projects coming to
an end, and increased operator focus on
cash flow in the second half of the year.
Sales in Support Solutions and Profes-
sional Services continued to grow, driven
by OSS and BSS modernization. The over-
all market fundamentals are strong with
continued need for capacity investments
and densification driven by video and the
introduction of new services such as
VoLTE. The US market is at the forefront
when it comes to network evolution and
LTE usage, and many of the targeted
areas such as OSS and BSS, IP, Cloud
and TV&Media have a strong potential in
this market.

What is the market trend in Europe?
Compared to previous years, that were
impacted by the modernization projects,
business in 2014 was driven by invest-
ments in network quality and capacity
combined with managed services. Voda-
fone started to invest in a multi-year proj-
ect called “Project Spring” to increase the
coverage and capacity in several Euro-
pean countries. Western Europe is in the
forefront of mobile broadband, with 65
percent of all subscriptions being WCDMA/
HSPA. LTE subscriptions are still below

20% but is expected to make up around
75 percent of the subscription base by
2020. Operator consolidations in Europe
continued to be on the agenda during the
year partly driven by an increasing need for
network investments. Business in Russia
developed favorably during the year driven
by mobile broadband investments.

What is the market trend in China?
Mainland China has started a large scale
roll out of LTE and by the end of 2020 we
estimate it will have over 1.2 billion LTE-
subscriptions – more than one third of
the global total. Sales during the year were
driven by deployment of 4G/LTE coverage
type of contracts, primarily to one Chinese
customer. Future capacity sales will be
dependent on subscriber uptake and
mobile data usage in the LTE networks.

What has driven the improved
operating margin in segment Networks
during the year?
Operating income improved significantly
compared with last year due to increased
capacity business, earlier actions to
improve commercial and operational
efficiency and lower restructuring charges.
This was partly offset by a negative effect
from currency hedges and byhigher oper-
ating expenses mainly in IP and Cloud.

How has the business
mix developed during the year?
The business mix has developed with
more capacity sales compared to previous
years. This was primarily visible in the US,
in Europe and in parts of North East Asia.
Network rollout revenues declined YoY,

which is an indicator for a lower share of
coverage projects. The increased capacity
and software sales is driven by a continued
increase in mobile data traffic and end user
demand for good network performance
and new services.

USD has strengthened compared
to several currencies, how has
this impacted the result?
Compared to 2013, currency movements
versus the Swedish Krona has impacted
sales positively mainly driven by the
strengthened USD and the weakened
SEK. The positive underlying effect on
the income from having less costs than
revenues in USD was offset by negative
effect from currency hedge contracts.
A strengthened USD versus the Swedish
krona will over time have a positive impact
on both Sales and Income.

Can you give us an update
on your cost saving plan?
Ericsson continues to proactively identify
efficiency opportunities in the Company.
The cost and efficiency program pre-
sented at the Capital Markets Day, with
the ambition to achieve savings of approx-
imately SEK 9 b. with full effect during
2017, is progressing. Activities for the dis-
continuation of the modems business are
included in the program and are ahead of
plan. The Company will report progress
on the program starting Q1 2015.

166

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014capital markets day
the main messages

Ericsson’s Capital Markets Day (CMD) 2014 took place in
Stockholm. During the day, speakers including Ericsson’s
CEO Hans Vestberg and CFO Jan Frykhammar, and the
heads of the business segments, focused on explaining
how Ericsson’s technology and service leadership and
global strength enable the company to transform in
terms of product and business mix, resource allocation,
headcount and earnings. The Company’s strategic
direction, namely to excel in core business, establish

leadership in targeted areas and expand business in
new areas, was also thoroughly explained by the CEO
Hans Vestberg and Head of Strategy Rima Qureshi. The
Company’s focus on operational efficiency, profitability
and cash flow generation, with the ambition to improve
profitability and grow faster than the market, or by more
than CAGR 3–5%, were significant key takeaways from
the CMD 2014.

FOR INVESTORS – Share information

Share information

Share trading

The Ericsson Class A and Class B
shares are listed on Nasdaq Stock-
holm. In the United States, the Class B
shares are listed on NASDAQ New York
in the form of American Depositary
Shares (ADS) evidenced by American
Depositary Receipts (ADR) under the
symbol ERIC. Each ADS represents
one Class B share.

In 2014, approximately 1.9 (2.0)
billion shares were traded on Nasdaq
Stockholm and approximately 1.0 (1.0)
billion ADS were traded in the United
States (incl. NASDAQ New York). A
total of 2.9 (3.0) billion Ericsson shares
were thus traded on the exchanges in
Stockholm and in the United States.
Trading volume in Ericsson shares
decreased by approximately 4% on

Share trading on different
market places (class B shares)

Shares traded, billions

Nasdaq Stockholm and is unchanged
in the United States compared to 2013.
With the implementation of the Mifid
directive in the EU, share trading has
become increasingly fragmented
across a number of venues and trading
categories. Trading on MTFs and other
venues have gained market shares
from stock exchanges like Nasdaq
OMX Stockholm.

Trading in Stockholm represented

37 percent of total trading in 2014,
compared with more than 50 percent
in 2010. Total trading in Ericsson B on
all venues combined, has decreased
slightly over the past five years, from
6.8 billion shares in 2010 to 5.5 billion
shares in 2014. Over the same period,
trading of Ericsson ADS in the US has
decreased from 1.6 billion ADS to 1 bil-
lion ADS.

This development, with decreasing
share of trading volumes in Stockholm,
is in line with the development for other
Swedish Large Cap shares.

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

Other
Turquoise
Boat
London
BATS Chi-X
Stockholm

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

The Ericsson share

Share listings

Nasdaq Stockholm
NASDAQ New York

Share data

Total number of shares in issue

of which Class A shares, each carrying one vote 1)
of which Class B shares, each carrying
one tenth of one vote 1)

Ericsson treasury shares, Class B
Quotient value
Market capitalization, December 31, 2014
ICB (Industry Classification Benchmark)

3,305,051,735
261,755,983

3,043,295,752
63,450,558
SEK 5.00
approx. SEK 310 b.
9500

1) Both classes of shares have the same rights of participation in the net assets and

earnings.

Ticker codes

Nasdaq Stockholm
NASDAQ New York
Bloomberg Nasdaq Stockholm
Bloomberg NASDAQ
Reuters Nasdaq Stockholm
Reuters NASDAQ

ERIC A/ERIC B
ERIC
ERICA SS/ERICB SS
ERIC US
ERICa.ST/ERICb.ST
ERIC.O

Changes in number of shares and capital stock 2010–2014

2010
2011
2012
2012
2013
2014

December 31
December 31
June 29, new issue (Class C shares, later converted to Class B)
December 31
December 31
December 31

Number of shares

Share capital (SEK)

3,273,351,735
3,273,351,735
31,700,000
3,305,051,735
3,305,051,735
3,305,051,735

16,366,758,678
16,366,758,678
158,500,000
16,525,258,678
16,525,258,678
16,525,258,678

Share performance indicators

Earnings per share, diluted (SEK) 1)
Earnings per share, diluted non-IFRS (SEK) 2)
Operating income per share (SEK) 3) 4)
Cash flow from operating activities per share (SEK) 3)
Stockholders’ equity per share, basic, end of period (SEK) 5)
P/E ratio
Total shareholder return (%)
Dividend per share (SEK) 6)

1) Calculated on average number of shares outstanding,

diluted.

2) EPS, diluted, excluding restructuring charges, amortizations

and write-downs of acquired intangible assets, SEK.

2014

3.54
4.80
5.19
5.78
44.51
26
24
3.40

2013

3.69
5.62
5.53
5.39
43.39
21
25
3.00

2012

1.78
2.74
3.25
6.85
42.51
36
–3
2.75

2011

3.77
4.72
5.58
3.11
44.57
19
–7
2.50

2010

3.46
4.80
7.42
8.31
45.34
22
22
2.25

3) Calculated on average number of shares outstanding, basic.
4) For 2010 excluding restructuring charges.

5) Calculated on number of shares, end of period.
6) For 2014 as proposed by the Board of Directors.

For definitions of the financial terms used, see Glossary, Financial Terminology and Exchange Rates.

168

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Share trend

In 2014, Ericsson’s total market capitalization increased by 20.1% to SEK 310 billion, compared to an
increase by 20.3% reaching SEK 258 billion in 2013. The index, OMX Stockholm, on Nasdaq Stockholm
increased by 11.9% in 2014 and the NASDAQ composite index increased by 13.4%. The S&P 500
Index increased by 11.4%.

Share turnover and price trend, Nasdaq Stockholm

Dividend per share

Class A shares, SEK

000’s share traded

120

100

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

18,000

15,000

12,000

9,000

6,000

3,000

Class B shares, SEK

000’s share traded

120

100

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

600,000

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

100,000

Volume traded, 000’s

Ericsson share

OMX Stockholm

Volumes reflect trading on Nasdaq Stockholm only.

Share turnover and price trend, US market

ADS, USD

000’s share traded

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

Volume traded, 000’s

Ericsson ADS

S&P 500

For investors – Share information

SEK

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00

3.40

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

1) For 2014 as proposed by
the Board of Directors.

Earnings per share, diluted

SEK

4.80

3.54

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Earnings per share, diluted
Earnings per share, diluted
(non-IFRS) 1)

1) EPS, diluted, excl. restructuring
charges, amortizations and
write-downs of acquired intangible
assets, SEK.

Stockholders’ equity per
share, basic

SEK

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

Type–Options:
1 stapel: 76% 70%
2 staplar: 80% 80%

44.51

Obs! Gjord med column
design. Prata med
Eva/Catta/Sanna om ev
frågor.

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

169

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014FOR INVESTORS – Share information

Share and ADS prices

Principal trading market – Nasdaq Stockholm – share prices
The table below states the high and low share prices for the Class
A and Class B shares as reported by Nasdaq Stockholm for the
last five years. Trading on the exchange generally continues until
5:30 p.m. (CET) each business day. In addition to trading on the
exchange, there is trading off the exchange and on alternative
venues during trading hours and also after 5:30 p.m. (CET).
Nasdaq Stockholm publishes a daily Official Price List of
Shares which includes the volume of recorded transactions in
each listed stock, together with the prices of the highest and low-
est recorded trades of the day. The Official Price List of Shares
reflects price and volume information for trades completed by the
members. The equity securities listed on the Nasdaq Stockholm
Official Price List of Shares currently comprise the shares of 269
companies.

Host market NASDAQ New York – ADS prices
The table below states the high and low share prices quoted
for the ADSs on NASDAQ New York for the last five years. The
NASDAQ New York quotations represent prices between dealers,
not including retail markups, markdowns or commissions, and
do not necessarily represent actual transactions.

Share prices on Nasdaq Stockholm

(SEK)

Class A at last day of trading
Class A high
(December 29, 2014)
Class A low
(January 23, 2014)
Class B at last day of trading
Class B high
(December 29, 2014)
Class B low
(January 24, 2014)

Source: Nasdaq Stockholm.

2014

88.25

2013

74.50

2012

63.90

2011

69.55

2010

74.00

91.80

86.95

72.00

93.60

88.40

71.55
94.35

50.00
78.50

55.55
65.10

59.05
70.40

65.20
78.15

96.40

90.95

71.90

96.65

90.45

75.05

64.50

55.90

61.70

65.90

Share prices on NASDAQ New York

(USD)

ADS at last day of trading
ADS high (April 9, 2014)
ADS low (October 27, 2013)

Source: NASDAQ New York.

2014

12.10
13.61
11.20

2013

12.24
14.22
9.78

2012

10.10
10.60
8.23

2011

10.13
15.44
8.83

2010

11.53
12.39
9.40

Share prices on Nasdaq Stockholm and NASDAQ New York

Period

Annual high and low
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014

Quarterly high and low
2013 First Quarter
2013 Second Quarter
2013 Third Quarter

2013 Fourth Quarter
2014 First Quarter
2014 Second Quarter
2014 Third Quarter
2014 Fourth Quarter

Monthly high and low
August 2014
September 2014
October 2014
November 2014
December 2014
January 2015

Nasdaq Stockholm

SEK per Class A share

SEK per Class B share

NASDAQ New York
USD per ADS 1)

High

Low

High

Low

High

Low

88.40
93.60
72.00
86.95
91.80

84.55
80.20
86.95

82.75
82.00
84.10
89.95
91.80

83.40
89.95
87.35
89.85
91.80
99.00

65.20
59.05
55.55
50.00
71.55

62.90
69.65
71.00

50.00
71.55
74.15
74.50
76.05

79.00
82.00
76.05
81.00
83.45
88.75

90.45
96.65
71.90
90.95
96.40

86.40
83.15
90.95

87.10
86.25
88.55
94.45
96.40

87.65
94.45
91.95
94.45
96.40
104.80

65.90
61.70
55.90
64.50
75.05

64.50
72.40
74.10

76.05
75.05
77.55
77.90
81.05

82.90
86.15
81.05
85.65
88.45
92.90

12.39
15.44
10.60
14.22
13.61

13.46
12.60
14.22

13.71
13.37
13.61
13.28
12.74

12.66
13.28
12.59
12.71
12.74
12.44

9.40
8.83
8.23
9.78
11.20

9.78
10.67
11.26

11.59
11.52
11.83
11.50
11.20

12.10
12.30
11.20
11.57
11.70
11.75

1) One ADS = 1 Class B share.

Source: Nasdag Stockholm and NASDAQ New York.

170

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Shareholders

As of December 31, 2014, the Parent Company had 482,025 sharehold-
ers registered at Euroclear Sweden AB (the Central Securities Depository
– CSD), of which 952 holders had a US address. According to information
provided by the Company’s depositary, Deutsche Bank, there were
233,146,314 ADSs outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and 4,127
registered holders of such ADSs. A significant number of Ericsson ADSs
are held by banks, brokers and/or nominees for the accounts of their
customers. As of January 15, 2015, the total number of bank, broker
and/or nominee accounts holding Ericsson ADSs was 156,271.

According to information known at year-end 2014, approximately 87%

of the Class A and Class B shares were owned by institutions, Swedish
and international. The major shareholders do not have different voting
rights than other shareholders holding the same classes of shares. As far
as Ericsson knows, the Company is not directly or indirectly owned or con-
trolled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other
natural or legal person(s) separately or jointly.

The table shows the total number of shares in the Parent Company
owned by the Executive Leadership Team and Board members (including
Deputy employee representatives) as a group as of December 31, 2014.

The Executive Leadership Team and Board members, ownership

Number of
Class A shares

Number of
Class B shares

Voting rights,
percent

The Executive Leadership
Team and Board members as
a group (31 persons)

1,060,685

0.02%

Includes shares held via endowment insurance, for more info see page 144–145, note 2
For individual holdings, see Corporate Governance Report.

Geographical ownership breakdown of share capital including retail
shareholders and treasury shares

Percent of capital

Sweden

United States

United Kingdom

Norway

Netherlands

2014

37.75%

23.13%

10.52%

3.30%

1.77%

2013

38.65%

21.67%

10.15%

3.26%

1.49%

Other countries

23.53%

24.80%

Source: Nasdaq

Ownership breakdown by type of owner

Percentage of voting rights

Swedish institutions

54.65%

56.73%

2014

2013

Of which:
– Investor AB
– AB Industrivärden 1)

Foreign institutions

Swedish retail investors

Other

Source: Nasdaq

21.50%
20.05%

32.16%

5.44%

7.75%

21.50%
19.96%

25.38%

4.98%

12.91%

1) Together with SHB Pensionsstiftelse and Pensions kassan SHB

Försäkringsförening.

Share distribution 1)

Holding

1–500
501–1,000
1,001–5,000
5,001–10,000
10,001–15,000
15,001–20,000
20,001–

Total, December 31, 2014 2)

No. of
shareholders

383,779
45,662
43,524
5,019
1,260
593
2,188

482,027

No. of
shares A

1,334,383
984,648
2,911,050
1,132,802
559,143
355,152
254,478,805

261,755,983

No. of
shares B

Percentage
of share capital

Percentage
of voting rights

Market value
(MSEK)

51,676,575
33,135,228
90,255,636
34,349,148
14,946,325
10,165,451
2,808,653,740

3,043,295,752

1.60%
1.03%
2.82%
1.07%
0.47%
0.32%
92.68%

1.15%
0.76%
2.11%
0.81%
0.36%
0.24%
94.57%

100.00%

4,993
3,213
8,773
3,341
1,460
990
287,454

310,235

1) Source: Euroclear
2) Includes a nominee reporting discrepancy of 113,649 shares.

The following table shows share information, as of December 31, 2014, with respect to the 15 largest shareholders,
ranked by voting rights, as well as their percentage of voting rights as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Largest shareholders, December 31, 2014 and percentage of voting rights, December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

Identity of person or group 1)

Investor AB
AB Industrivärden
Handelsbankens Pensionsstiftelse
Dodge & Cox, Inc.
AFA Försäkring AB
Swedbank Robur AB
AMF Pensionsförsäkring AB
Livförsäkringsbolaget Skandia
BlackRock Fund Advisors
Aberdeen Asset Managers Ltd.
Norges Bank Investment Management
Handelsbanken Asset Management
OppenheimerFunds, Inc.
State Street Global Advisors (US)
The Vanguard Group, Inc.
Others

Total

1) Source: Nasdaq

For investors – Share information

Number of Class
A shares

Of total
Class A shares,
percent

Number of Class
B shares

Of total
Class B shares,
percent

2014
Voting rights,
percent

2013
Voting rights,
percent

2012
Voting rights,
percent

115,762,803
86,052,615
27,430,790
0
11,423,000
13,270
0
7,218,395
0
0
0
630,341
0
603
0
13,224,166

261,755,983

44.23
32.88
10.48
0.00
4.36
0.01
0.00
2.76
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.24
0.00
0.00
0.00
5.05

59,284,545
0
0
117,579,896
2,171,761
107,803,564
104,826,878
16,539,057
82,330,468
67,308,122
64,394,664
51,612,963
57,884,322
51,819,852
43,488,591
2,216,251,069

100

3,043,295,752

1.95
0.00
0.00
3.79
0.07
3.54
3.44
0.54
2.71
2.21
2.12
1.70
1.90
1.69
1.42
72.92

100

21.50
15.20
4.85
2.08
2.06
1.91
1.85
1.57
1.45
1.19
1.14
1.02
1.02
0.92
0.77
41.49

100

21.50
15.21
3.62
1.36
2.10
2.16
1.34
1.32
1.45
0.71
1.15
0.85
1.09
0.77
0.66
44.71

100

21.37
14.96
3.72
1.14
2.18
2.71
1.26
1.31
1.37
1.16
1.36
1.07
1.10
0.07
0.53
44.69

100

171

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014OTHER INFORMATION

Ten-year summary

For definitions of the financial terms used, see Glossary, Financial terminology and Exchange rates.

Ten-year summary

SEK million

Income statement items
Net sales
Operating income
Financial net
Net income

Year-end position
Total assets
Working capital
Capital employed
Gross cash
Net cash
Property, plant and equipment
Stockholders’ equity
Non-controlling interest
Interest-bearing liabilities and post-employment benefits

Per share indicators
Earnings per share, basic, SEK
Earnings per share, diluted, SEK
Cash flow from operating activities per share, SEK
Cash dividends per share, SEK
Stockholders’ equity per share, SEK
Number of shares outstanding (in millions)

end of period, basic
average, basic
average, diluted

Other information
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Depreciation and write-downs/impairments of property, plant and equipment
Acquisitions/capitalization of intangible assets
Amortization and write-downs/impairments of intangible assets
Research and development expenses

as percentage of net sales

Ratios
Operating margin excluding joint ventures and associated companies
Operating margin
EBITA margin
Cash conversion
Return on equity
Return on capital employed
Equity ratio
Capital turnover
Inventory turnover days
Trade receivables turnover
Payment readiness, SEK million
as percentage of net sales

Statistical data, year-end
Number of employees
of which in Sweden

Export sales from Sweden, SEK million

1) For 2014, as proposed by the Board of Directors.

172

2014

Change

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

227,983
16,807
–996
11,143

293,558
103,246
189,839
72,159
27,629
13,341
144,306
1,003
44,530

3.57
3.54
5.78
3.40 1)

44.51

3,242
3,237
3,270

5,322
4,316
6,184
5,629
36,308
15.9%

7.4%
7.4%
9.3%
84%
8.1%
9.8%
49.5%
1.2
64
3.1
85,465
37.5%

118,055
17,580
113,734

0%
–6%
33%
–8%

9%
–3%
5%
–6%
–27%
17%
3%
–29%
13%

–4%
–4%
7%
13%
3%

–
–
–

18%
3%
30%
–5%
13%
–

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
3%
–

3%
–2%
4%

227,376

17,845

–747

12,174

269,190

106,940

180,903

77,089

37,809

11,433

140,204

1,419

39,280

3.72

3.69

5.39

3.00

43.39

3,231

3,226

3,257

4,503

4,209

4,759

5,928

32,236

14.2%

7.9%

7.8%

9.8%

79%

8.7%

10.7%

52.6%

1.3

3.4

82,631

36.3%

227,779

10,458

–276

5,938

274,996

100,619

176,653

76,708

38,538

11,493

136,883

1,600

38,170

1.80

1.78

6.85

2.75

42.51

3,220

3,216

3,247

5,429

4,012

13,247

5,877

32,833

14.4%

9.7%

4.6%

6.6%

116%

4.1%

6.7%

50.4%

1.3

3.6

84,951

37.3%

226,921

17,900

221

12,569

280,349

109,552

186,307

80,542

39,505

10,788

143,105

2,165

41,037

3.80

3.77

3.11

2.50

44.57

3,211

3,206

3,233

4,994

3,546

2,748

5,490

32,638

14.4%

9.6%

7.9%

9.9%

40%

8.5%

11.3%

51.8%

1.2

3.6

86,570

38.1%

203,348

16,455

–672

11,235

281,815

105,488

182,640

87,150

51,295

9,434

145,106

1,679

35,855

3.49

3.46

8.31

2.25

45.34

3,200

3,197

3,226

3,686

3,296

7,246

6,657

31,558

15.5%

8.7%

8.1%

11.0%

112%

7.8%

9.6%

52.1%

1.1

3.2

96,951

47.7%

206,477

5,918

325

4,127

269,809

99,079

181,680

76,724

36,071

9,606

139,870

1,157

40,653

1.15

1.14

7.67

2.00

43.79

3,194

3,190

3,212

4,006

3,502

11,413

8,621

33,055

16.0%

6.5%

2.9%

6.7%

117%

2.6%

4.3%

52.3%

1.1

2.9

88,960

43.1%

82,493

18,217

94,829

208,930

16,252

974

11,667

285,684

99,951

182,439

75,005

34,651

9,995

140,823

1,261

40,354

3.54

3.52

7.54

1.85

44.21

3,185

3,183

3,202

4,133

3,105

1,287

5,568

33,584

16.1%

8.0%

7.8%

9.4%

92%

8.2%

11.3%

49.7%

1.2

3.1

84,917

40.6%

187,780

30,646

22,135

245,117

86,327

168,456

57,716

24,312

9,304

134,112

940

33,404

6.87

6.84

6.04

2.50

42.17

3,180

3,178

3,193

4,319

2,914

29,838

5,459

28,842

15.4%

12.5%

16.3%

18.0%

66%

17.2%

20.9%

55.1%

1.2

3.4

64,678

34.4%

179,821

35,828

165

26,436

214,940

82,926

142,447

62,280

40,728

7,881

120,113

782

21,552

8.27

8.23

5.83

2.50

37.82

3,176

3,174

3,189

3,827

3,038

18,319

4,479

27,533

15.3%

16.7%

19.9%

21.0%

57%

23.7%

27.4%

56.2%

1.3

3.9

67,454

37.5%

63,781

19,094

98,694

153,222

33,084

251

24,460

209,336

86,184

133,332

81,505

50,645

6,966

101,622

850

30,860

7.67

7.64

5.26

2.25

32.03

3,173

3,169

3,181

3,365

2,438

2,250

3,364

24,059

15.7%

20.1%

21.6%

21.8%

47%

26.7%

28.7%

49.0%

1.2

4.1

78,647

51.3%

56,055

21,178

93,879

114,340

17,858

108,944

110,255

17,712

106,997

104,525

17,500

116,507

90,261

17,848

100,070

78,740

20,155

109,254

74,011

19,781

102,486

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Ten-year summary

SEK million

Income statement items

Net sales

Operating income

Financial net

Net income

Year-end position

Total assets

Working capital

Capital employed

Gross cash

Net cash

Property, plant and equipment

Stockholders’ equity

Non-controlling interest

Interest-bearing liabilities and post-employment benefits

Per share indicators

Earnings per share, basic, SEK

Earnings per share, diluted, SEK

Cash flow from operating activities per share, SEK

Cash dividends per share, SEK

Stockholders’ equity per share, SEK

Number of shares outstanding (in millions)

end of period, basic

average, basic

average, diluted

Other information

Additions to property, plant and equipment

Depreciation and write-downs/impairments of property, plant and equipment

Acquisitions/capitalization of intangible assets

Amortization and write-downs/impairments of intangible assets

Research and development expenses

as percentage of net sales

Operating margin excluding joint ventures and associated companies

Ratios

Operating margin

EBITA margin

Cash conversion

Return on equity

Equity ratio

Capital turnover

Return on capital employed

Inventory turnover days

Trade receivables turnover

Payment readiness, SEK million

as percentage of net sales

Statistical data, year-end

Number of employees

of which in Sweden

Export sales from Sweden, SEK million

1) For 2014, as proposed by the Board of Directors.

For definitions of the financial terms used, see Glossary, Financial terminology and Exchange rates.

2014

Change

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

227,983

16,807

–996

11,143

293,558

103,246

189,839

72,159

27,629

13,341

144,306

1,003

44,530

3.57

3.54

5.78

3.40 1)

44.51

3,242

3,237

3,270

5,322

4,316

6,184

5,629

36,308

15.9%

7.4%

9.3%

84%

8.1%

9.8%

49.5%

1.2

3.1

85,465

37.5%

118,055

17,580

113,734

–6%

33%

–8%

–3%

–6%

–27%

17%

–29%

13%

–4%

13%

18%

30%

–5%

13%

–

–2%

227,376
17,845
–747
12,174

269,190
106,940
180,903
77,089
37,809
11,433
140,204
1,419
39,280

3.72
3.69
5.39
3.00
43.39

3,231
3,226
3,257

4,503
4,209
4,759
5,928
32,236
14.2%

7.9%
7.8%
9.8%
79%
8.7%
10.7%
52.6%
1.3
62
3.4
82,631
36.3%

227,779
10,458
–276
5,938

274,996
100,619
176,653
76,708
38,538
11,493
136,883
1,600
38,170

1.80
1.78
6.85
2.75
42.51

3,220
3,216
3,247

5,429
4,012
13,247
5,877
32,833
14.4%

9.7%
4.6%
6.6%
116%
4.1%
6.7%
50.4%
1.3
73
3.6
84,951
37.3%

226,921
17,900
221
12,569

280,349
109,552
186,307
80,542
39,505
10,788
143,105
2,165
41,037

3.80
3.77
3.11
2.50
44.57

3,211
3,206
3,233

4,994
3,546
2,748
5,490
32,638
14.4%

9.6%
7.9%
9.9%
40%
8.5%
11.3%
51.8%
1.2
78
3.6
86,570
38.1%

203,348
16,455
–672
11,235

281,815
105,488
182,640
87,150
51,295
9,434
145,106
1,679
35,855

3.49
3.46
8.31
2.25
45.34

3,200
3,197
3,226

3,686
3,296
7,246
6,657
31,558
15.5%

8.7%
8.1%
11.0%
112%
7.8%
9.6%
52.1%
1.1
74
3.2
96,951
47.7%

114,340
17,858
108,944

110,255
17,712
106,997

104,525
17,500
116,507

90,261
17,848
100,070

206,477
5,918
325
4,127

269,809
99,079
181,680
76,724
36,071
9,606
139,870
1,157
40,653

1.15
1.14
7.67
2.00
43.79

3,194
3,190
3,212

4,006
3,502
11,413
8,621
33,055
16.0%

6.5%
2.9%
6.7%
117%
2.6%
4.3%
52.3%
1.1
68
2.9
88,960
43.1%

82,493
18,217
94,829

208,930
16,252
974
11,667

285,684
99,951
182,439
75,005
34,651
9,995
140,823
1,261
40,354

3.54
3.52
7.54
1.85
44.21

3,185
3,183
3,202

4,133
3,105
1,287
5,568
33,584
16.1%

8.0%
7.8%
9.4%
92%
8.2%
11.3%
49.7%
1.2
68
3.1
84,917
40.6%

187,780
30,646
83
22,135

245,117
86,327
168,456
57,716
24,312
9,304
134,112
940
33,404

6.87
6.84
6.04
2.50
42.17

3,180
3,178
3,193

4,319
2,914
29,838
5,459
28,842
15.4%

12.5%
16.3%
18.0%
66%
17.2%
20.9%
55.1%
1.2
70
3.4
64,678
34.4%

78,740
20,155
109,254

74,011
19,781
102,486

179,821
35,828
165
26,436

214,940
82,926
142,447
62,280
40,728
7,881
120,113
782
21,552

8.27
8.23
5.83
2.50
37.82

3,176
3,174
3,189

3,827
3,038
18,319
4,479
27,533
15.3%

16.7%
19.9%
21.0%
57%
23.7%
27.4%
56.2%
1.3
71
3.9
67,454
37.5%

63,781
19,094
98,694

153,222
33,084
251
24,460

209,336
86,184
133,332
81,505
50,645
6,966
101,622
850
30,860

7.67
7.64
5.26
2.25
32.03

3,173
3,169
3,181

3,365
2,438
2,250
3,364
24,059
15.7%

20.1%
21.6%
21.8%
47%
26.7%
28.7%
49.0%
1.2
74
4.1
78,647
51.3%

56,055
21,178
93,879

Other information – Ten-year summary

173

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014OTHER INFORMATION

Glossary

2G
The first digital generation of mobile systems.
Includes GSM, TDMA, PDC and cdmaOne.

EPC
Evolved Packet Core.
The core network of the LTE system.

3G
Third generation mobile system. Includes
WCDMA/HSPA, CDMA2000 and TD-SCDMA.

Heterogeneous network
Densification and enhancement of a network to
increase capacity.

Networked Society
Ericsson’s vision of what will happen when
everything that can benefit from being con-
nected is connected, empowering people,
business and society.

NFV
Network Functions Virtualization.
Software implementation of network functions
that can be deployed in virtualized infrastruc-
ture, offering efficient orchestration, automation
and scalability.

HSPA
High Speed Packet Access.
Enhancement of 3G/WCDMA that enables
mobile broadband.

ICT
Information and Communication Technology.

OSS
Operations Support Systems.

IMS
IP Multimedia Subsystem.
A standard for voice and multimedia services
over mobile and fixed networks using IP.

Penetration
The number of subscriptions divided by the
population in a geographical area.

IP
Internet Protocol.
Defines how information travels between
network elements across the internet.

IPR
Intellectual Property Rights.

IPTV
IP Television.
A technology that delivers digital television via
fixed broadband access.

JV
Joint Venture.

RAN
Radio Access Network.

SDN
Software-Defined Network.
A programmable network with physical separa-
tion of decisions about where network traffic is
sent (control plane), from the underlying system
that forward traffic to the selected destinations
(data plane).

VoLTE (Voice over LTE)
VoLTE, based on the IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS), is a voice service delivered as data flows
in LTE, over time replacing the legacy
circuit-switched voice network.

LTE
Long-Term Evolution.
4G; the evolutionary step of mobile technology
beyond HSPA, allowing data rate above 100
Mbps.

WCDMA
Wideband Code Division Multiple Access.
A 3G mobile communication standard.
WCDMA builds on the same core network
infrastructure as GSM.

xDSL
Digital Subscriber Line technologies for broad-
band multimedia communications in fixed-line
networks. Examples: IP-DSL, ADSL and VDSL.

M-commerce
Mobile commerce.

M2M
Machine-to-machine communication.

Managed services
Management of operator networks and/or
hosting of their services.

Mobile broadband
Wireless high-speed internet access using
the HSPA, LTE and CDMA2000EV-DO
technologies.

4G
See LTE.

All-IP
A single, common IP infrastructure that can
handle all network services, including fixed and
mobile communications, for voice and data
services as well as video services such as TV.

Backhaul
Transmission between radio base stations and
the core network.

BSS
Business support systems.

CAGR
Compound Annual Growth Rate.

Capex
Capital expenditure.

Carrier grade
(Also telecom grade) refers to a system, or a
hardware or software component, with at least
“five nines”, i.e. 99.999%, availability.

CDMA
Code Division Multiple Access.
A radio technology on which the cdmaOne (2G)
and CDMA2000 (3G) mobile communication
standards are both based.

Cloud
When data and applications reside in the
network.

CO2e
The amount of a particular greenhouse gas,
expressed as the amount of carbon dioxide that
gives the same greenhouse effect.

EDGE
An enhancement of GSM. Enables the trans-
mission of data at speeds up to 250 kbps
(Evolved EDGE up to 1 Mbps.)

GSM
Global System for Mobile Communications.
A first digital generation mobile system.

The terms “Ericsson”, “the Company”, “the Group”, “us”, “we”, and “our”
all refer to Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson and its subsidiaries.

174

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Financial terminology

Capital employed
Total assets less non-interest-bearing provi-
sions and liabilities. (which includes: non-cur-
rent provisions; deferred tax liabilities; other
non-current liabilities; current provisions; trade
payables; other current liabilities).

Capital turnover
Net sales divided by average
capital employed.

Cash conversion
Cash flow from operating activities divided
by the sum of net income and adjustments to
reconcile net income to cash, expressed as
percent.

Cash dividends per share
Dividends paid divided by average number of
basic shares.

Compound annual growth rate (CAGR)
The year-over-year growth rate over a specified
period of time.

Days sales outstanding (DSO)
Trade receivables balance at quarter end
divided by net sales in the quarter and multi-
plied by 90 days. If the amount of trade receiv-
ables is larger than last quarter’s sales, the
excess amount is divided by net sales in the
previous quarter and multiplied by 90 days,
and total DSO are the 90 days of the most
current quarter plus the additional days from
the previous quarter.

Earnings per share (EPS)
Basic earnings per share: profit or loss attribut-
able to stockholders of the Parent Company
divided by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share: the weighted aver-
age number of shares outstanding are adjusted
for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary
shares.

EPS (non-IFRS)
EPS, diluted, excluding amortizations and
write-down of acquired intangible assets and
including restructuring charges.

EBITA margin
Earnings before interest, taxes, amortization
and write-downs of acquired intangibles (intel-
lectual property rights, trademarks and other
intangible assets; see Note C10 “Intangible
assets”) as a percentage of net sales.

Equity ratio
Equity, expressed as a percentage of total
assets.

Gross cash
Cash and cash equivalents plus short-term
investments.

Inventory turnover days (ITO days)
365 divided by inventory turnover, calculated as
total cost of sales divided by the average inven-
tories for the year (net of advances from cus-
tomers).

Net cash
Cash and cash equivalents plus short-term
investments less interest-bearing liabilities
(which include: non-current borrowings and
current borrowings) and post-employment
benefits.

P/E ratio
The P/E ratio is calculated as the price of a
Class B share at last day of trading divided by
Earnings per basic share.

Payment readiness
Cash and cash equivalents and short-term
investments less short-term borrowings
plus long-term unused credit commitments.
Payment readiness is also shown as a percent-
age of net sales.

Return on capital employed
The total of Operating income plus Financial
income as a percentage of average capital
employed (based on the amounts at January 1
and December 31).

Return on equity
Net income attributable to stockholders of the
Parent Company as a percentage of average
Stockholders’ equity (based on the amounts at
January 1 and December 31).

Stockholders’ equity per share
Stockholders’ equity divided by the number of
shares outstanding at end of period, basic.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR)
The increase or decrease in Class B share price
during the period, including dividend,
expressed as a percentage of the share price at
the start of the period.

Trade receivables turnover
Net sales divided by average trade receivables.

Value at Risk (VaR)
A statistical method that expresses the maxi-
mum potential loss that can arise with a certain
degree of probability during a certain period
of time.

Payable days
The average balance of trade payables at the
beginning and at the end of the year divided
by cost of sales for the year, and multiplied by
365 days.

Working capital
Current assets less current non-interest-bear-
ing provisions and liabilities (which include:
current provisions; trade payables; other
current liabilities).

Exchange rates

Exchange rates used in the consolidation

SEK/EUR

Average rate
Closing rate

SEK/USD

Average rate
Closing rate

January–December

2014

2013

9.11
9.47

6.89
7.79

8.67
8.90

6.52
6.46

175

Other information – Financial terminology

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014OTHER INFORMATION

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson’s Annual Gen-
eral Meeting of shareholders 2015 will be held on
Tuesday, April 14, 2015, at 3 p.m. at Stockholm
Waterfront Congress Centre, Nils Ericsons Plan
4, Stockholm, Sweden.

Registration and notice of attendance
Shareholders who wish to attend the Annual
General Meeting must:
> Be recorded in the share register kept by

Euroclear Sweden AB (the Swedish Securi-
ties Registry) on Wednesday, April 8, 2015;
and

> Give notice of attendance to the Company at
the latest on Wednesday April 8, 2015. Notice
of attendance can be given by telephone:
+46 8 402 90 54 on weekdays between
10 a.m. and 4 p.m., or on Ericsson’s website:
www.ericsson.com

Notice of attendance may also be given
in writing to:
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
General Meeting of shareholders
Box 7835, SE-103 98 Stockholm, Sweden

Notice of attendance can be given as from the
publication of the notice convening the Annual
General Meeting.

When giving notice of attendance, please state
the name, date of birth or registration number,
address, telephone number and number of
assistants, if any.

The meeting will be conducted in Swedish
and simultaneously translated into English.

Shares registered in the name of a nominee
In addition to giving notice of attendance,
shareholders having their shares registered in
the name of a nominee, must request the nomi-
nee to temporarily enter the shareholder into the
share register as per Wednesday, April 8, 2015,

in order to be entitled to attend the meeting.
The shareholder should inform the nominee to
that effect well before that day.

Proxy
Shareholders represented by proxy shall issue
and submit to the Company a power of attorney
for the representative. A power of attorney
issued by a legal entity must be accompanied
by a copy of the entity’s certificate of registration,
or if no such certificate exists, a corresponding
document of authority. Such documents must
not be older than one year unless the power of
attorney explicitly provides that it is valid for a
longer period, up to a maximum of five years.
In order to facilitate the registration at the Annual
General Meeting, the original power of attorney,
certificates of registration and other documents
of authority should be sent to the Company in
advance to the address above for receipt by
Monday, April 13, 2015. Forms of power of
attorney in Swedish and English are available
on Ericsson’s website:
www.ericsson.com/investors.

Dividend
The Board of Directors has decided to propose
the Annual General Meeting to resolve on a
dividend of SEK 3.40 per share for the year
2014 and that Thursday, April 16, 2015 will be
the record date for dividend.

Financial information from Ericsson
2014 Form 20-F for the US market:
March 2015

Interim reports 2015:
> Q1, April 23, 2015
> Q2, July 17, 2015
> Q3, October 23, 2015
> Q4, January 27, 2016

Annual Report 2015:
March 2016

176

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014Ericsson headquarters in Kista, Stockholm, Sweden.

For printed publications

Where you can find out more

Ericsson Annual Report 2014:

A printed copy of the Annual Report is provided on
request.

Information about Ericsson and its development is
available on the website: www.ericsson.com

Project management:
Ericsson Investor Relations

Strömberg Distribution
SE-120 88 Stockholm, Sweden
Phone: +46 8 449 89 57
Email: ericsson@strd.se

IN THE UNITED STATES:
Ericsson’s Transfer Agent
Deutsche Bank, Deutsche Bank Shareholder Services
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company

Registered holders:
Toll-free number: +1 (800) 937-5449

Interested investors:
Direct dial: +1 (718) 921-8124
Email: DB@amstock.com

Ordering a hard copy of the Annual Report:
Phone: +1 (888) 301 2504

Annual and interim reports and other relevant
shareholder information can be found at:
www.ericsson.com/investors

Ericsson headquarters
Torshamnsgatan 21
Kista, Stockholm, Sweden

Registered office
Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
SE-164 83 Stockholm, Sweden

Investor relations
For questions on the Company, please contact
Investor Relations:
Phone: +46 (10) 719 00 00
Email: investor.relations@ericsson.com

Design and production:
Hallvarsson & Halvarsson

Group Management, Board
of Directors photography:
Per Myrehed

Printing:
Göteborgstryckeriet 2015

Printed on UPM Sol Matt and
Munken Lynx

Other information – Shareholder information

177

Ericsson | Annual Report 2014 A Networked Society where every
person and every industry is empowered
to reach their full potential”

Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson
SE-164 83 Stockholm, Sweden
Telephone +46 10 719 0000
www.ericsson.com